diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
348 files changed, 9306 insertions, 2160 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 1750fce..cd077ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -29,8 +29,6 @@ DMA-ISA-LPC.txt - How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices. DMA-attributes.txt - listing of the various possible attributes a DMA region can have -dmatest.txt - - how to compile, configure and use the dmatest system. DocBook/ - directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation. EDID/ @@ -163,8 +161,6 @@ digsig.txt -info on the Digital Signature Verification API dma-buf-sharing.txt - the DMA Buffer Sharing API Guide -dmaengine.txt - -the DMA Engine API Guide dontdiff - file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed. driver-model/ @@ -209,6 +205,8 @@ hid/ - directory with information on human interface devices highuid.txt - notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs. +hsi.txt + - HSI subsystem overview. hwspinlock.txt - hardware spinlock provides hardware assistance for synchronization timers/ @@ -277,6 +275,8 @@ kprobes.txt - documents the kernel probes debugging feature. kref.txt - docs on adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects. +kselftest.txt + - small unittests for (some) individual codepaths in the kernel. laptops/ - directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation. ldm.txt @@ -285,22 +285,22 @@ leds/ - directory with info about LED handling under Linux. local_ops.txt - semantics and behavior of local atomic operations. -lockdep-design.txt - - documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator. locking/ - directory with info about kernel locking primitives -lockstat.txt - - info on collecting statistics on locks (and contention). lockup-watchdogs.txt - info on soft and hard lockup detectors (aka nmi_watchdog). logo.gif - full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux). logo.txt - info on creator of above logo & site to get additional images from. +lzo.txt + - kernel LZO decompressor input formats m68k/ - directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture. magic-number.txt - list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures. +mailbox.txt + - How to write drivers for the common mailbox framework (IPC). md.txt - info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver. media-framework.txt @@ -327,8 +327,6 @@ mtd/ - directory with info about memory technology devices (flash) mono.txt - how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC. -mutex-design.txt - - info on the generic mutex subsystem. namespaces/ - directory with various information about namespaces netlabel/ @@ -395,10 +393,6 @@ robust-futexes.txt - a description of what robust futexes are. rpmsg.txt - info on the Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework -rt-mutex-design.txt - - description of the RealTime mutex implementation design. -rt-mutex.txt - - desc. of RT-mutex subsystem with PI (Priority Inheritance) support. rtc.txt - notes on how to use the Real Time Clock (aka CMOS clock) driver. s390/ @@ -425,8 +419,6 @@ sparse.txt - info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking. spi/ - overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support. -spinlocks.txt - - info on using spinlocks to provide exclusive access in kernel. stable_api_nonsense.txt - info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi. stable_kernel_rules.txt @@ -483,10 +475,10 @@ wimax/ - directory with info about Intel Wireless Wimax Connections workqueue.txt - information on the Concurrency Managed Workqueue implementation -ww-mutex-design.txt - - Intro to Mutex wait/would deadlock handling.s x86/x86_64/ - directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines. +xillybus.txt + - Overview and basic ui of xillybus driver xtensa/ - directory with documents relating to arch/xtensa port/implementation xz.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm index a60b45e..9f790ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/ +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/ Date: April 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.12 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes the properties of that TPM chip -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/active +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/active Date: April 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.17 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting section 17 for more information on which commands are available. -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/cancel +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/cancel Date: June 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.13 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the TPM vendor specific cancel operation. -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/caps +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/caps Date: April 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.12 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info. the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and is manufacturer specific. -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/durations +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/durations Date: March 2011 KernelVersion: 3.1 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]" will be displayed in place of "[original]". -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/enabled +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/enabled Date: April 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.17 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled, may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that disables the TPM. -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/owned +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/owned Date: April 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.17 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0' indicates that ownership hasn't been taken. -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pcrs +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pcrs Date: April 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.12 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform 1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version. -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/pubek +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pubek Date: April 2005 KernelVersion: 2.6.12 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement Modulus Length: 256 (bytes) Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated Date: April 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.17 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific. -What: /sys/class/misc/tpmX/device/timeouts +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/timeouts Date: March 2011 KernelVersion: 3.1 Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f4a005 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: UVC function directory + + streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) + streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss) + streaming_interval - 1..16 + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Control descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Super speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Full speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Output terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default output terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only: + iTerminal - index of string descriptor + bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal + is connected + bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output + terminal is associated + wTerminalType - terminal type + bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Camera terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default camera terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular + wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin + wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax + iTerminal - index of string descriptor + bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which + this terminal is connected + wTerminalType - terminal type + bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Processing unit descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default processing unit descriptors + + All attributes read only: + iProcessing - index of string descriptor + bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100 + bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is + connected + bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Control header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific control header descriptors + +dwClockFrequency +bcdUVC +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Super speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/hs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: High speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Full speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Color matching descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default color matching descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picutre, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference + white + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: MJPEG format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors + + All attributes read only, + except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex: + bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bmFlags - characteristics of this format, + read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors + + dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Uncompressed format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors + + bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream + bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to + specify color in the decoded video + frame + guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify + stream-encoding format + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors + + dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific streaming header descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to + a hardware trigger interrupt event + bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware + triggering is supported + bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre + supported + bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which + the video endpoint of this interface + is connected + bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming + interface diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7b5467 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/amba/devices/.../driver_override +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Antonios Motakis <a.motakis@virtualopensystems.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to + the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vfio-amba > driver_override) and may + be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will + not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of + driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". + Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is + no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 index 32f3f5f..f893337 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 @@ -21,3 +21,25 @@ Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> Description: Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the description of a particular event as provided by + the firmware. If firmware does not provide a description, no + file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_long_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the "long" description of a particular event as + provided by the firmware. If firmware does not provide a + description, no file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio index 117521d..9a70c31 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -92,6 +92,18 @@ Description: is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application of scale and offset are millivolts. +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) current measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are milliamps. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw KernelVersion: 3.2 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -234,6 +246,8 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset @@ -262,9 +276,14 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale @@ -276,6 +295,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -323,6 +343,44 @@ Description: production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels, <type>_calibscale is used. +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibheight +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Height of the user (in meters) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers + to compute the calories burnt by the user. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available @@ -783,6 +841,14 @@ What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_period KernelVersion: 2.6.37 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org Description: @@ -790,6 +856,40 @@ Description: met before an event is generated. If direction is not specified then this period applies to both directions. +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enables or disables activitity events. Depending on direction + an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Confidence value (in units as percentage) to be used + for deciding when an event should be generated. E.g for + running: If the confidence value reported by the sensor + is greater than in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value + then the sensor ENTERS running state. Conversely, if the + confidence value reported by the sensor is lower than + in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value then the sensor + is LEAVING running state. + What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en @@ -822,6 +922,25 @@ Description: number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of this type. +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute + change in value. E.g. for steps: a step change event is + generated each time the user takes N steps, where N is set using + in_steps_change_value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling|]_en. E.g. for steps: + if set to 3, a step change event will be generated every 3 + steps. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger KernelVersion: 2.6.35 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -956,6 +1075,16 @@ Description: and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage format. +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_still_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_walking_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_jogging_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_running_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the confidence for an activity + expressed in units as percentage. + What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw KernelVersion: 2.6.38 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -973,6 +1102,24 @@ Description: For a list of available output power modes read in_accel_power_mode_available. +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the + device (e.g.: human activity sensors report energy burnt by the + user). Units after application of scale are Joules. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the distance covered by the user + since the last reboot while activated. Units after application + of scale are meters. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom KernelVersion: 3.4.0 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -992,7 +1139,9 @@ Description: reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion to SI units is not possible. Where it is, the units should - be meters. + be meters. If such a conversion is not possible, the reported + values should behave in the same way as a distance, i.e. lower + values indicate something is closer to the sensor. What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw @@ -1024,6 +1173,12 @@ Description: This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in seconds. +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of seconds in which to compute speed. + What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw KernelVersion: 3.15 Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org @@ -1051,3 +1206,46 @@ Description: after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is present, output should be considered as processed with the unit in milliamps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Activates a device feature that runs in firmware/hardware. + E.g. for steps: the pedometer saves power while not used; + when activated, it will count the steps taken by the user in + firmware and export them through in_steps_input. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the number of steps taken by the user + since the last reboot while activated. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_raw +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the current speed value of the + user (which is the norm or magnitude of the velocity vector). + Units after application of scale are m/s. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the number of steps that must occur within + in_steps_filter_debounce_time for the pedometer to decide the + consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps + that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl index 554405e..3680364 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +Note: Attributes that are shared between devices are stored in the directory +pointed to by the symlink device/. +Example: The real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is +/sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/device/irqs_max, i.e. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/irqs_max. + + Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s): What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_max @@ -67,7 +73,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API. -What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_com +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only @@ -75,6 +81,42 @@ Description: read only this this kernel supports. +AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0): + +An AFU may optionally export one or more PCIe like configuration records, known +as AFU configuration records, which will show up here (if present). + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/device +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/config +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + This binary file provides raw access to the AFU configuration + record. The format is expected to match the either the standard + or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe + specification. + + Master contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0m) @@ -106,7 +148,7 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements. -What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_version +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_revision Date: September 2014 Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only @@ -127,3 +169,24 @@ Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org Description: read only Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded onto the card. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst +Date: December 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Valid entries are "none", "user", and "factory". + "none" means PERST will not cause image to be loaded to the + card. A power cycle is required to load the image. + "none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays + are preserved. + "user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or + user or factory image to be loaded. + Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has + loaded. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/reset +Date: October 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card which may cause the card + to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power index 909e760..369d2a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -32,3 +32,45 @@ Description: Valid values: - 5, 6 or 7 (hours), - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_threshold_current +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for + entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast + charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger + interrupt and start top-off charging mode. + + Valid values: + - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down) + - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5e671b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/startup +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Startup time in us. Board is powered on if the button is pressed + for more than <startup_time> + +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/shutdown +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Shutdown time in us. Board is powered off if the button is pressed + for more than <shutdown_time> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop index 678819a..63c1ad0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -35,3 +35,11 @@ Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even when your laptop is powered off. 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/lid_handling +Date: December 11, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Julijonas Kikutis <julijonas.kikutis@gmail.com> +Description: Some Samsung laptops handle lid closing quicker and + only handle lid opening with this mode enabled. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca9c71a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_mode +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid + values are: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that the kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed + parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and + AUTO). +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the timeout of the keyboard backlight + whenever the operation mode is set to AUTO (or TIMER), + valid values range from 0-60. + Note that the kernel 3.15 only had support for the first + keyboard type, the kernel 3.16 added support for the second + type and the range accepted for type 2 is 1-60. + See the entry named "kbd_type" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/position +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the absolute position of the built-in + accelereometer. + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/touchpad +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing + stick (if available), valid values are: + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes + the system supports, which can be: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes. + See the entry named "available_kbd_modes" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_type +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type, + which can be: + * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO + * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version +Date: February, 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current version of the driver + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan +Date: February, 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid + values are: + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys +Date: February, 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation + mode, valid values are: + * 0 -> Normal Operation + * 1 -> Special Functions + In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual + and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the + hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on +Date: February, 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever + the LID is opened, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three +Date: February, 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls whether the USB 3 functionality, valid + values are: + * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2) + * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index 6f9157f..2c4cc42 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -74,3 +74,9 @@ Date: March 2014 Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> Description: Controls the memory footprint used by f2fs. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/trim_sections +Date: February 2015 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: + Controls the trimming rate in batch mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bf42a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interface for kernel live patching + + The /sys/kernel/livepatch directory contains subdirectories for + each loaded live patch module. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The patch directory contains subdirectories for each kernel + object (vmlinux or a module) in which it patched functions. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/enabled +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A writable attribute that indicates whether the patched + code is currently applied. Writing 0 will disable the patch + while writing 1 will re-enable the patch. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The object directory contains subdirectories for each function + that is patched within the object. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/<function> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The function directory contains attributes regarding the + properties and state of the patched function. + + There are currently no such attributes. diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes index 74bdda9..646cdaa 100644 --- a/Documentation/Changes +++ b/Documentation/Changes @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ running a Linux kernel. Also, not all tools are necessary on all systems; obviously, if you don't have any ISDN hardware, for example, you probably needn't concern yourself with isdn4k-utils. -o Gnu C 3.2 # gcc --version -o Gnu make 3.80 # make --version +o GNU C 3.2 # gcc --version +o GNU make 3.80 # make --version o binutils 2.12 # ld -v o util-linux 2.10o # fdformat --version o module-init-tools 0.9.10 # depmod -V @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ computer. Make ---- -You will need Gnu make 3.80 or later to build the kernel. +You will need GNU make 3.80 or later to build the kernel. Binutils -------- diff --git a/Documentation/CodeOfConflict b/Documentation/CodeOfConflict new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1684d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/CodeOfConflict @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Code of Conflict +---------------- + +The Linux kernel development effort is a very personal process compared +to "traditional" ways of developing software. Your code and ideas +behind it will be carefully reviewed, often resulting in critique and +criticism. The review will almost always require improvements to the +code before it can be included in the kernel. Know that this happens +because everyone involved wants to see the best possible solution for +the overall success of Linux. This development process has been proven +to create the most robust operating system kernel ever, and we do not +want to do anything to cause the quality of submission and eventual +result to ever decrease. + +If however, anyone feels personally abused, threatened, or otherwise +uncomfortable due to this process, that is not acceptable. If so, +please contact the Linux Foundation's Technical Advisory Board at +<tab@lists.linux-foundation.org>, or the individual members, and they +will work to resolve the issue to the best of their ability. For more +information on who is on the Technical Advisory Board and what their +role is, please see: + http://www.linuxfoundation.org/programs/advisory-councils/tab + +As a reviewer of code, please strive to keep things civil and focused on +the technical issues involved. We are all humans, and frustrations can +be high on both sides of the process. Try to keep in mind the immortal +words of Bill and Ted, "Be excellent to each other." diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle index 618a33c..449a8a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingStyle +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -527,6 +527,7 @@ values. To do the latter, you can stick the following in your .emacs file: (string-match (expand-file-name "~/src/linux-trees") filename)) (setq indent-tabs-mode t) + (setq show-trailing-whitespace t) (c-set-style "linux-tabs-only"))))) This will make emacs go better with the kernel coding style for C diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl index d9b9416..aac9357 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl @@ -113,7 +113,6 @@ !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_beacon_data !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ap_settings !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters -!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info @@ -435,7 +434,6 @@ <section id="ps-client"> <title>support for powersaving clients</title> !Pinclude/net/mac80211.h AP support for powersaving clients - </section> !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_buffered_bc !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_get !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_eosp @@ -444,6 +442,7 @@ !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_set_buffered !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_sta_block_awake + </section> </chapter> <chapter id="multi-iface"> @@ -488,8 +487,8 @@ <title>RX A-MPDU aggregation</title> !Pnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c RX A-MPDU aggregation !Cnet/mac80211/agg-rx.c - </sect1> !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="smps"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index 9c7d92d..b6a6a2e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ htmldocs: $(HTML) MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS)) mandocs: $(MAN) - $(if $(wildcard $(obj)/man/*.9),gzip -f $(obj)/man/*.9) + find $(obj)/man -name '*.9' | xargs gzip -f installmandocs: mandocs mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/ diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl index c763d30..04a8c24 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/crypto-API.tmpl @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <para> This specification is intended for consumers of the kernel crypto API as well as for developers implementing ciphers. This API - specification, however, does not discusses all API calls available + specification, however, does not discuss all API calls available to data transformation implementations (i.e. implementations of ciphers and other transformations (such as CRC or even compression algorithms) that can register with the kernel crypto API). diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index f213058..faf09d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -190,23 +190,6 @@ X!Edrivers/pnp/system.c !Idrivers/message/fusion/mptfc.c !Idrivers/message/fusion/mptlan.c </sect1> - <sect1><title>I2O message devices</title> -!Iinclude/linux/i2o.h -!Idrivers/message/i2o/core.h -!Edrivers/message/i2o/iop.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/iop.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/config-osm.c -!Edrivers/message/i2o/exec-osm.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/exec-osm.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/bus-osm.c -!Edrivers/message/i2o/device.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/device.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/driver.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/pci.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_block.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_scsi.c -!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_proc.c - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="snddev"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl index 4b592ff..03f1985 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl @@ -239,6 +239,14 @@ Driver supports dedicated render nodes. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term>DRIVER_ATOMIC</term> + <listitem><para> + Driver supports atomic properties. In this case the driver + must implement appropriate obj->atomic_get_property() vfuncs + for any modeset objects with driver specific properties. + </para></listitem> + </varlistentry> </variablelist> </sect3> <sect3> @@ -1377,7 +1385,7 @@ int max_width, max_height;</synopsis> <itemizedlist> <listitem> DRM_PLANE_TYPE_PRIMARY represents a "main" plane for a CRTC. Primary - planes are the planes operated upon by by CRTC modesetting and flipping + planes are the planes operated upon by CRTC modesetting and flipping operations described in <xref linkend="drm-kms-crtcops"/>. </listitem> <listitem> @@ -2362,6 +2370,7 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) </sect2> <sect2> <title>Modeset Helper Functions Reference</title> +!Iinclude/drm/drm_crtc_helper.h !Edrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c overview </sect2> @@ -2564,8 +2573,8 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Description/Restrictions</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="25" valign="top" >DRM</td> - <td rowspan="4" valign="top" >Generic</td> + <td rowspan="36" valign="top" >DRM</td> + <td rowspan="5" valign="top" >Connector</td> <td valign="top" >“EDID”</td> <td valign="top" >BLOB | IMMUTABLE</td> <td valign="top" >0</td> @@ -2594,7 +2603,14 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Contains tiling information for a connector.</td> </tr> <tr> - <td rowspan="1" valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >“CRTC_ID”</td> + <td valign="top" >OBJECT</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM_MODE_OBJECT_CRTC</td> + <td valign="top" >Connector</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC that connector is attached to (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td rowspan="11" valign="top" >Plane</td> <td valign="top" >“type”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM | IMMUTABLE</td> <td valign="top" >{ "Overlay", "Primary", "Cursor" }</td> @@ -2602,6 +2618,76 @@ void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev) <td valign="top" >Plane type</td> </tr> <tr> + <td valign="top" >“SRC_X”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout source x coordinate in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“SRC_Y”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout source y coordinate in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“SRC_W”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout source width in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“SRC_H”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout source height in 16.16 fixed point (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“CRTC_X”</td> + <td valign="top" >SIGNED_RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=INT_MIN, Max=INT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout CRTC (destination) x coordinate (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“CRTC_Y”</td> + <td valign="top" >SIGNED_RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=INT_MIN, Max=INT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout CRTC (destination) y coordinate (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“CRTC_W”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout CRTC (destination) width (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“CRTC_H”</td> + <td valign="top" >RANGE</td> + <td valign="top" >Min=0, Max=UINT_MAX</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout CRTC (destination) height (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“FB_ID”</td> + <td valign="top" >OBJECT</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM_MODE_OBJECT_FB</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >Scanout framebuffer (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td valign="top" >“CRTC_ID”</td> + <td valign="top" >OBJECT</td> + <td valign="top" >DRM_MODE_OBJECT_CRTC</td> + <td valign="top" >Plane</td> + <td valign="top" >CRTC that plane is attached to (atomic)</td> + </tr> + <tr> <td rowspan="2" valign="top" >DVI-I</td> <td valign="top" >“subconnector”</td> <td valign="top" >ENUM</td> @@ -3883,6 +3969,7 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> <title>Runtime Power Management</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c runtime pm !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_runtime_pm.c +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_uncore.c </sect2> <sect2> <title>Interrupt Handling</title> @@ -3932,6 +4019,11 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> </para> </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Atomic Plane Helpers</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_atomic_plane.c atomic plane helpers +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_atomic_plane.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>Output Probing</title> <para> This section covers output probing and related infrastructure like the @@ -3951,6 +4043,11 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_psr.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Frame Buffer Compression (FBC)</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fbc.c Frame Buffer Compression (FBC) +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fbc.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>DPIO</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO <table id="dpiox2"> @@ -4054,10 +4151,31 @@ int num_ioctls;</synopsis> !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_cmd_parser.c </sect2> <sect2> + <title>Batchbuffer Pools</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_batch_pool.c batch pool +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_batch_pool.c + </sect2> + <sect2> <title>Logical Rings, Logical Ring Contexts and Execlists</title> !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c Logical Rings, Logical Ring Contexts and Execlists !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Global GTT views</title> +!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_gtt.c Global GTT views +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_gtt.c + </sect2> + <sect2> + <title>Buffer Object Eviction</title> + <para> + This section documents the interface function for evicting buffer + objects to make space available in the virtual gpu address spaces. + Note that this is mostly orthogonal to shrinking buffer objects + caches, which has the goal to make main memory (shared with the gpu + through the unified memory architecture) available. + </para> +!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_evict.c + </sect2> </sect1> <sect1> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl index f77358f..f3abca7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ a development machine and the other is the target machine. The kernel to be debugged runs on the target machine. The development machine runs an instance of gdb against the vmlinux file which - contains the symbols (not boot image such as bzImage, zImage, + contains the symbols (not a boot image such as bzImage, zImage, uImage...). In gdb the developer specifies the connection parameters and connects to kgdb. The type of connection a developer makes with gdb depends on the availability of kgdb I/O @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ <title>Kernel config options for kgdb</title> <para> To enable <symbol>CONFIG_KGDB</symbol> you should look under - "Kernel debugging" and select "KGDB: kernel debugger". + "Kernel hacking" / "Kernel debugging" and select "KGDB: kernel debugger". </para> <para> While it is not a hard requirement that you have symbols in your @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ kernel with debug info" in the config menu. </para> <para> - It is advised, but not required that you turn on the + It is advised, but not required, that you turn on the <symbol>CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER</symbol> kernel option which is called "Compile the kernel with frame pointers" in the config menu. This option inserts code to into the compiled executable which saves the frame @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ <para>This section describes the various runtime kernel parameters that affect the configuration of the kernel debugger. The following chapter covers using kdb and kgdb as well as - provides some examples of the configuration parameters.</para> + providing some examples of the configuration parameters.</para> <sect1 id="kgdboc"> <title>Kernel parameter: kgdboc</title> <para>The kgdboc driver was originally an abbreviation meant to @@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ may be configured as a kernel built-in or a kernel loadable module. You can only make use of <constant>kgdbwait</constant> and early debugging if you build kgdboc into the kernel as a built-in. + </para> <para>Optionally you can elect to activate kms (Kernel Mode Setting) integration. When you use kms with kgdboc and you have a video driver that has atomic mode setting hooks, it is possible to @@ -206,7 +207,6 @@ crashes or doing analysis of memory with kdb while allowing the full graphics console applications to run. </para> - </para> <sect2 id="kgdbocArgs"> <title>kgdboc arguments</title> <para>Usage: <constant>kgdboc=[kms][[,]kbd][[,]serial_device][,baud]</constant></para> @@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ <listitem><para>kbd = Keyboard</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </para> - <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial - device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the + <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and/or a serial + device depending on if you are using kdb and/or kgdb, in one of the following scenarios. The order listed above must be observed if you use any of the optional configurations together. Using kms + only gdb is generally not a useful combination.</para> @@ -261,11 +261,8 @@ </sect3> <sect3 id="kgdbocArgs3"> <title>More examples</title> - <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial - device depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the - following scenarios.</para> - <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and or a serial device - depending on if you are using kdb and or kgdb, in one of the + <para>You can configure kgdboc to use the keyboard, and/or a serial device + depending on if you are using kdb and/or kgdb, in one of the following scenarios. <orderedlist> <listitem><para>kdb and kgdb over only a serial port</para> @@ -287,7 +284,6 @@ </listitem> </orderedlist> </para> - </sect3> <para>NOTE: Kgdboc does not support interrupting the target via the gdb remote protocol. You must manually send a sysrq-g unless you have a proxy that splits console output to a terminal program. @@ -308,6 +304,7 @@ as well as on the initial connect, or to use a debugger proxy that allows an unmodified gdb to do the debugging. </para> + </sect3> </sect2> </sect1> <sect1 id="kgdbwait"> @@ -315,7 +312,7 @@ <para> The Kernel command line option <constant>kgdbwait</constant> makes kgdb wait for a debugger connection during booting of a kernel. You - can only use this option you compiled a kgdb I/O driver into the + can only use this option if you compiled a kgdb I/O driver into the kernel and you specified the I/O driver configuration as a kernel command line option. The kgdbwait parameter should always follow the configuration parameter for the kgdb I/O driver in the kernel @@ -353,12 +350,12 @@ </para> </listitem> </orderedlist> + </para> <para>IMPORTANT NOTE: You cannot use kgdboc + kgdbcon on a tty that is an - active system console. An example incorrect usage is <constant>console=ttyS0,115200 kgdboc=ttyS0 kgdbcon</constant> + active system console. An example of incorrect usage is <constant>console=ttyS0,115200 kgdboc=ttyS0 kgdbcon</constant> </para> <para>It is possible to use this option with kgdboc on a tty that is not a system console. </para> - </para> </sect1> <sect1 id="kgdbreboot"> <title>Run time parameter: kgdbreboot</title> @@ -386,12 +383,12 @@ <title>Quick start for kdb on a serial port</title> <para>This is a quick example of how to use kdb.</para> <para><orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Boot kernel with arguments: + <listitem><para>Configure kgdboc at boot using kernel parameters: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para><constant>console=ttyS0,115200 kgdboc=ttyS0,115200</constant></para></listitem> </itemizedlist></para> <para>OR</para> - <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel booted; assuming you are using a serial port console: + <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel has booted; assuming you are using a serial port console: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para><constant>echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -442,12 +439,12 @@ <title>Quick start for kdb using a keyboard connected console</title> <para>This is a quick example of how to use kdb with a keyboard.</para> <para><orderedlist> - <listitem><para>Boot kernel with arguments: + <listitem><para>Configure kgdboc at boot using kernel parameters: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para><constant>kgdboc=kbd</constant></para></listitem> </itemizedlist></para> <para>OR</para> - <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel booted: + <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel has booted: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para><constant>echo kbd > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem> </itemizedlist> @@ -501,12 +498,12 @@ <title>Connecting with gdb to a serial port</title> <orderedlist> <listitem><para>Configure kgdboc</para> - <para>Boot kernel with arguments: + <para>Configure kgdboc at boot using kernel parameters: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para><constant>kgdboc=ttyS0,115200</constant></para></listitem> </itemizedlist></para> <para>OR</para> - <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel booted: + <para>Configure kgdboc after the kernel has booted: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para><constant>echo ttyS0 > /sys/module/kgdboc/parameters/kgdboc</constant></para></listitem> </itemizedlist></para> @@ -536,7 +533,7 @@ </para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>Connect from from gdb</para> + <para>Connect from gdb</para> <para> Example (using a directly connected port): </para> @@ -584,7 +581,7 @@ <para> There are two ways to switch from kgdb to kdb: you can use gdb to issue a maintenance packet, or you can blindly type the command $3#33. - Whenever kernel debugger stops in kgdb mode it will print the + Whenever the kernel debugger stops in kgdb mode it will print the message <constant>KGDB or $3#33 for KDB</constant>. It is important to note that you have to type the sequence correctly in one pass. You cannot type a backspace or delete because kgdb will interpret @@ -704,7 +701,7 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command <listitem><para>Registration and unregistration of architecture specific trap hooks</para></listitem> <listitem><para>Any special exception handling and cleanup</para></listitem> <listitem><para>NMI exception handling and cleanup</para></listitem> - <listitem><para>(optional)HW breakpoints</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>(optional) HW breakpoints</para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </para> </listitem> @@ -760,7 +757,7 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command a kgdb I/O driver for characters when it needs input. The I/O driver is expected to return immediately if there is no data available. Doing so allows for the future possibility to touch - watch dog hardware in such a way as to have a target system not + watchdog hardware in such a way as to have a target system not reset when these are enabled. </para> </listitem> @@ -779,21 +776,25 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command their <asm/kgdb.h> file. These are: <itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para> - NUMREGBYTES: The size in bytes of all of the registers, so - that we can ensure they will all fit into a packet. - </para> - <para> - BUFMAX: The size in bytes of the buffer GDB will read into. - This must be larger than NUMREGBYTES. - </para> - <para> - CACHE_FLUSH_IS_SAFE: Set to 1 if it is always safe to call - flush_cache_range or flush_icache_range. On some architectures, - these functions may not be safe to call on SMP since we keep other - CPUs in a holding pattern. - </para> - </listitem> + <para> + NUMREGBYTES: The size in bytes of all of the registers, so + that we can ensure they will all fit into a packet. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + BUFMAX: The size in bytes of the buffer GDB will read into. + This must be larger than NUMREGBYTES. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + CACHE_FLUSH_IS_SAFE: Set to 1 if it is always safe to call + flush_cache_range or flush_icache_range. On some architectures, + these functions may not be safe to call on SMP since we keep other + CPUs in a holding pattern. + </para> + </listitem> </itemizedlist> </para> <para> @@ -812,8 +813,8 @@ Task Addr Pid Parent [*] cpu State Thread Command <para> The kgdboc driver is actually a very thin driver that relies on the underlying low level to the hardware driver having "polling hooks" - which the to which the tty driver is attached. In the initial - implementation of kgdboc it the serial_core was changed to expose a + to which the tty driver is attached. In the initial + implementation of kgdboc the serial_core was changed to expose a low level UART hook for doing polled mode reading and writing of a single character while in an atomic context. When kgdb makes an I/O request to the debugger, kgdboc invokes a callback in the serial diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index e013e4b..4e9462f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -2692,12 +2692,11 @@ in the S5P family of SoCs by Samsung. <row><entry></entry></row> <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_DECODER_H264_DISPLAY_DELAY_ENABLE</constant> </entry> - <entry>integer</entry> - </row><row><entry spanname="descr">If the display delay is enabled then the decoder has to return a -CAPTURE buffer after processing a certain number of OUTPUT buffers. If this number is low, then it may result in -buffers not being dequeued in display order. In addition hardware may still use those buffers as reference, thus -application should not write to those buffers. This feature can be used for example for generating thumbnails of videos. -Applicable to the H264 decoder. + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">If the display delay is enabled then the decoder is forced to return a +CAPTURE buffer (decoded frame) after processing a certain number of OUTPUT buffers. The delay can be set through +<constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_MFC51_VIDEO_DECODER_H264_DISPLAY_DELAY</constant>. This feature can be used for example +for generating thumbnails of videos. Applicable to the H264 decoder. </entry> </row> <row><entry></entry></row> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml index c1c62a9..f34d03e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> - <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with + <para>These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with 10 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 6 unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml index 29acc20..d2e5845 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10alaw8.xml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ </refnamediv> <refsect1> <title>Description</title> - <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer + <para>These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with 10 bits per color compressed to 8 bits each, using the A-LAW algorithm. Each color component consumes 8 bits of memory. In other respects this format is similar to diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml index 2d3f0b1a..bde8987 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> - <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats + <para>These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with 10 bits per colour compressed to 8 bits each, using DPCM compression. DPCM, differential pulse-code modulation, is lossy. Each colour component consumes 8 bits of memory. In other respects diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..30aa635 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ + <refentry id="pixfmt-srggb10p"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10P ('pRAA'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10P ('pgAA'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10P ('pGAA'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10P ('pBAA'), + </refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB10P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10P</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10P</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG10P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10P</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR10P"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10P</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>10-bit packed Bayer formats</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>These four pixel formats are packed raw sRGB / + Bayer formats with 10 bits per colour. Every four consecutive + colour components are packed into 5 bytes. Each of the first 4 + bytes contain the 8 high order bits of the pixels, and the + fifth byte contains the two least significants bits of each + pixel, in the same order.</para> + + <para>Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples and n/2 blue + or red samples, with alternating green-red and green-blue + rows. They are conventionally described as GRGR... BGBG..., + RGRG... GBGB..., etc. Below is an example of one of these + formats:</para> + + <example> + <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10P</constant> 4 × 4 + pixel image</title> + + <formalpara> + <title>Byte Order.</title> + <para>Each cell is one byte. + <informaltable frame="topbot" colsep="1" rowsep="1"> + <tgroup cols="5" align="center" border="1"> + <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" /> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>start + 0:</entry> + <entry>B<subscript>00high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>01high</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>02high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>03high</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>00low</subscript>(bits 7--6) + G<subscript>01low</subscript>(bits 5--4) + B<subscript>02low</subscript>(bits 3--2) + G<subscript>03low</subscript>(bits 1--0) + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 5:</entry> + <entry>G<subscript>10high</subscript></entry> + <entry>R<subscript>11high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>12high</subscript></entry> + <entry>R<subscript>13high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>10low</subscript>(bits 7--6) + R<subscript>11low</subscript>(bits 5--4) + G<subscript>12low</subscript>(bits 3--2) + R<subscript>13low</subscript>(bits 1--0) + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 10:</entry> + <entry>B<subscript>20high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>21high</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>22high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>23high</subscript></entry> + <entry>B<subscript>20low</subscript>(bits 7--6) + G<subscript>21low</subscript>(bits 5--4) + B<subscript>22low</subscript>(bits 3--2) + G<subscript>23low</subscript>(bits 1--0) + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>start + 15:</entry> + <entry>G<subscript>30high</subscript></entry> + <entry>R<subscript>31high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>32high</subscript></entry> + <entry>R<subscript>33high</subscript></entry> + <entry>G<subscript>30low</subscript>(bits 7--6) + R<subscript>31low</subscript>(bits 5--4) + G<subscript>32low</subscript>(bits 3--2) + R<subscript>33low</subscript>(bits 1--0) + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </informaltable> + </para> + </formalpara> + </example> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml index 96947f1..0c8e4ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> - <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with + <para>These four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with 12 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 4 unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index d5eca4b..5e0352c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -1405,6 +1405,7 @@ access the palette, this must be done with ioctls of the Linux framebuffer API.< &sub-srggb8; &sub-sbggr16; &sub-srggb10; + &sub-srggb10p; &sub-srggb10alaw8; &sub-srggb10dpcm8; &sub-srggb12; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml index 28a8c1e..a2017bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml @@ -212,11 +212,3 @@ standards set in the <structfield>standards</structfield> field. &return-value; </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml index b9fdfea..6e3cadd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml @@ -131,11 +131,3 @@ is out of bounds or the <structfield>pad</structfield> number is invalid.</para> </variablelist> </refsect1> </refentry> - -<!-- -Local Variables: -mode: sgml -sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" -indent-tabs-mode: nil -End: ---> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl index 1fdc246..cd0e452 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/uio-howto.tmpl @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 id="using uio_dmem_genirq"> +<sect1 id="using-uio_dmem_genirq"> <title>Using uio_dmem_genirq for platform devices</title> <para> In addition to statically allocated memory ranges, they may also be @@ -746,16 +746,16 @@ framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone. following elements: </para> <itemizedlist> - <listitem><varname>struct uio_info uioinfo</varname>: The same + <listitem><para><varname>struct uio_info uioinfo</varname>: The same structure used as the <varname>uio_pdrv_genirq</varname> platform - data</listitem> - <listitem><varname>unsigned int *dynamic_region_sizes</varname>: + data</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><varname>unsigned int *dynamic_region_sizes</varname>: Pointer to list of sizes of dynamic memory regions to be mapped into user space. - </listitem> - <listitem><varname>unsigned int num_dynamic_regions</varname>: + </para></listitem> + <listitem><para><varname>unsigned int num_dynamic_regions</varname>: Number of elements in <varname>dynamic_region_sizes</varname> array. - </listitem> + </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> <para> The dynamic regions defined in the platform data will be appended to diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index 1fa1caa..447671b 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -10,27 +10,49 @@ kernel, the process can sometimes be daunting if you're not familiar with "the system." This text is a collection of suggestions which can greatly increase the chances of your change being accepted. -Read Documentation/SubmitChecklist for a list of items to check -before submitting code. If you are submitting a driver, also read -Documentation/SubmittingDrivers. +This document contains a large number of suggestions in a relatively terse +format. For detailed information on how the kernel development process +works, see Documentation/development-process. Also, read +Documentation/SubmitChecklist for a list of items to check before +submitting code. If you are submitting a driver, also read +Documentation/SubmittingDrivers; for device tree binding patches, read +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt. Many of these steps describe the default behavior of the git version control system; if you use git to prepare your patches, you'll find much of the mechanical work done for you, though you'll still need to prepare -and document a sensible set of patches. +and document a sensible set of patches. In general, use of git will make +your life as a kernel developer easier. -------------------------------------------- SECTION 1 - CREATING AND SENDING YOUR CHANGE -------------------------------------------- +0) Obtain a current source tree +------------------------------- + +If you do not have a repository with the current kernel source handy, use +git to obtain one. You'll want to start with the mainline repository, +which can be grabbed with: + + git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git + +Note, however, that you may not want to develop against the mainline tree +directly. Most subsystem maintainers run their own trees and want to see +patches prepared against those trees. See the "T:" entry for the subsystem +in the MAINTAINERS file to find that tree, or simply ask the maintainer if +the tree is not listed there. + +It is still possible to download kernel releases via tarballs (as described +in the next section), but that is the hard way to do kernel development. 1) "diff -up" ------------ -Use "diff -up" or "diff -uprN" to create patches. git generates patches -in this form by default; if you're using git, you can skip this section -entirely. +If you must generate your patches by hand, use "diff -up" or "diff -uprN" +to create patches. Git generates patches in this form by default; if +you're using git, you can skip this section entirely. All changes to the Linux kernel occur in the form of patches, as generated by diff(1). When creating your patch, make sure to create it @@ -42,7 +64,7 @@ not in any lower subdirectory. To create a patch for a single file, it is often sufficient to do: - SRCTREE= linux-2.6 + SRCTREE= linux MYFILE= drivers/net/mydriver.c cd $SRCTREE @@ -55,17 +77,16 @@ To create a patch for multiple files, you should unpack a "vanilla", or unmodified kernel source tree, and generate a diff against your own source tree. For example: - MYSRC= /devel/linux-2.6 + MYSRC= /devel/linux - tar xvfz linux-2.6.12.tar.gz - mv linux-2.6.12 linux-2.6.12-vanilla - diff -uprN -X linux-2.6.12-vanilla/Documentation/dontdiff \ - linux-2.6.12-vanilla $MYSRC > /tmp/patch + tar xvfz linux-3.19.tar.gz + mv linux-3.19 linux-3.19-vanilla + diff -uprN -X linux-3.19-vanilla/Documentation/dontdiff \ + linux-3.19-vanilla $MYSRC > /tmp/patch "dontdiff" is a list of files which are generated by the kernel during the build process, and should be ignored in any diff(1)-generated -patch. The "dontdiff" file is included in the kernel tree in -2.6.12 and later. +patch. Make sure your patch does not include any extra files which do not belong in a patch submission. Make sure to review your patch -after- @@ -83,6 +104,7 @@ is another popular alternative. 2) Describe your changes. +------------------------- Describe your problem. Whether your patch is a one-line bug fix or 5000 lines of a new feature, there must be an underlying problem that @@ -124,10 +146,10 @@ See #3, next. When you submit or resubmit a patch or patch series, include the complete patch description and justification for it. Don't just say that this is version N of the patch (series). Don't expect the -patch merger to refer back to earlier patch versions or referenced +subsystem maintainer to refer back to earlier patch versions or referenced URLs to find the patch description and put that into the patch. I.e., the patch (series) and its description should be self-contained. -This benefits both the patch merger(s) and reviewers. Some reviewers +This benefits both the maintainers and reviewers. Some reviewers probably didn't even receive earlier versions of the patch. Describe your changes in imperative mood, e.g. "make xyzzy do frotz" @@ -156,10 +178,15 @@ Example: platform_set_drvdata(), but left the variable "dev" unused, delete it. +You should also be sure to use at least the first twelve characters of the +SHA-1 ID. The kernel repository holds a *lot* of objects, making +collisions with shorter IDs a real possibility. Bear in mind that, even if +there is no collision with your six-character ID now, that condition may +change five years from now. + If your patch fixes a bug in a specific commit, e.g. you found an issue using git-bisect, please use the 'Fixes:' tag with the first 12 characters of the -SHA-1 ID, and the one line summary. -Example: +SHA-1 ID, and the one line summary. For example: Fixes: e21d2170f366 ("video: remove unnecessary platform_set_drvdata()") @@ -172,8 +199,9 @@ outputting the above style in the git log or git show commands fixes = Fixes: %h (\"%s\") 3) Separate your changes. +------------------------- -Separate _logical changes_ into a single patch file. +Separate each _logical change_ into a separate patch. For example, if your changes include both bug fixes and performance enhancements for a single driver, separate those changes into two @@ -184,90 +212,116 @@ On the other hand, if you make a single change to numerous files, group those changes into a single patch. Thus a single logical change is contained within a single patch. +The point to remember is that each patch should make an easily understood +change that can be verified by reviewers. Each patch should be justifiable +on its own merits. + If one patch depends on another patch in order for a change to be complete, that is OK. Simply note "this patch depends on patch X" in your patch description. +When dividing your change into a series of patches, take special care to +ensure that the kernel builds and runs properly after each patch in the +series. Developers using "git bisect" to track down a problem can end up +splitting your patch series at any point; they will not thank you if you +introduce bugs in the middle. + If you cannot condense your patch set into a smaller set of patches, then only post say 15 or so at a time and wait for review and integration. -4) Style check your changes. +4) Style-check your changes. +---------------------------- Check your patch for basic style violations, details of which can be found in Documentation/CodingStyle. Failure to do so simply wastes the reviewers time and will get your patch rejected, probably without even being read. -At a minimum you should check your patches with the patch style -checker prior to submission (scripts/checkpatch.pl). You should -be able to justify all violations that remain in your patch. - - +One significant exception is when moving code from one file to +another -- in this case you should not modify the moved code at all in +the same patch which moves it. This clearly delineates the act of +moving the code and your changes. This greatly aids review of the +actual differences and allows tools to better track the history of +the code itself. -5) Select e-mail destination. +Check your patches with the patch style checker prior to submission +(scripts/checkpatch.pl). Note, though, that the style checker should be +viewed as a guide, not as a replacement for human judgment. If your code +looks better with a violation then its probably best left alone. -Look through the MAINTAINERS file and the source code, and determine -if your change applies to a specific subsystem of the kernel, with -an assigned maintainer. If so, e-mail that person. The script -scripts/get_maintainer.pl can be very useful at this step. +The checker reports at three levels: + - ERROR: things that are very likely to be wrong + - WARNING: things requiring careful review + - CHECK: things requiring thought -If no maintainer is listed, or the maintainer does not respond, send -your patch to the primary Linux kernel developer's mailing list, -linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org. Most kernel developers monitor this -e-mail list, and can comment on your changes. +You should be able to justify all violations that remain in your +patch. -Do not send more than 15 patches at once to the vger mailing lists!!! +5) Select the recipients for your patch. +---------------------------------------- +You should always copy the appropriate subsystem maintainer(s) on any patch +to code that they maintain; look through the MAINTAINERS file and the +source code revision history to see who those maintainers are. The +script scripts/get_maintainer.pl can be very useful at this step. If you +cannot find a maintainer for the subsystem your are working on, Andrew +Morton (akpm@linux-foundation.org) serves as a maintainer of last resort. -Linus Torvalds is the final arbiter of all changes accepted into the -Linux kernel. His e-mail address is <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>. -He gets a lot of e-mail, so typically you should do your best to -avoid- -sending him e-mail. +You should also normally choose at least one mailing list to receive a copy +of your patch set. linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org functions as a list of +last resort, but the volume on that list has caused a number of developers +to tune it out. Look in the MAINTAINERS file for a subsystem-specific +list; your patch will probably get more attention there. Please do not +spam unrelated lists, though. -Patches which are bug fixes, are "obvious" changes, or similarly -require little discussion should be sent or CC'd to Linus. Patches -which require discussion or do not have a clear advantage should -usually be sent first to linux-kernel. Only after the patch is -discussed should the patch then be submitted to Linus. +Many kernel-related lists are hosted on vger.kernel.org; you can find a +list of them at http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html. There are +kernel-related lists hosted elsewhere as well, though. +Do not send more than 15 patches at once to the vger mailing lists!!! +Linus Torvalds is the final arbiter of all changes accepted into the +Linux kernel. His e-mail address is <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>. +He gets a lot of e-mail, and, at this point, very few patches go through +Linus directly, so typically you should do your best to -avoid- +sending him e-mail. -6) Select your CC (e-mail carbon copy) list. +If you have a patch that fixes an exploitable security bug, send that patch +to security@kernel.org. For severe bugs, a short embargo may be considered +to allow distrbutors to get the patch out to users; in such cases, +obviously, the patch should not be sent to any public lists. -Unless you have a reason NOT to do so, CC linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org. +Patches that fix a severe bug in a released kernel should be directed +toward the stable maintainers by putting a line like this: -Other kernel developers besides Linus need to be aware of your change, -so that they may comment on it and offer code review and suggestions. -linux-kernel is the primary Linux kernel developer mailing list. -Other mailing lists are available for specific subsystems, such as -USB, framebuffer devices, the VFS, the SCSI subsystem, etc. See the -MAINTAINERS file for a mailing list that relates specifically to -your change. + Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org -Majordomo lists of VGER.KERNEL.ORG at: - <http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html> +into your patch. -If changes affect userland-kernel interfaces, please send -the MAN-PAGES maintainer (as listed in the MAINTAINERS file) -a man-pages patch, or at least a notification of the change, -so that some information makes its way into the manual pages. +Note, however, that some subsystem maintainers want to come to their own +conclusions on which patches should go to the stable trees. The networking +maintainer, in particular, would rather not see individual developers +adding lines like the above to their patches. -Even if the maintainer did not respond in step #5, make sure to ALWAYS -copy the maintainer when you change their code. +If changes affect userland-kernel interfaces, please send the MAN-PAGES +maintainer (as listed in the MAINTAINERS file) a man-pages patch, or at +least a notification of the change, so that some information makes its way +into the manual pages. User-space API changes should also be copied to +linux-api@vger.kernel.org. For small patches you may want to CC the Trivial Patch Monkey trivial@kernel.org which collects "trivial" patches. Have a look into the MAINTAINERS file for its current manager. Trivial patches must qualify for one of the following rules: Spelling fixes in documentation - Spelling fixes which could break grep(1) + Spelling fixes for errors which could break grep(1) Warning fixes (cluttering with useless warnings is bad) Compilation fixes (only if they are actually correct) Runtime fixes (only if they actually fix things) - Removing use of deprecated functions/macros (eg. check_region) + Removing use of deprecated functions/macros Contact detail and documentation fixes Non-portable code replaced by portable code (even in arch-specific, since people copy, as long as it's trivial) @@ -276,7 +330,8 @@ Trivial patches must qualify for one of the following rules: -7) No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments. Just plain text. +6) No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments. Just plain text. +----------------------------------------------------------------------- Linus and other kernel developers need to be able to read and comment on the changes you are submitting. It is important for a kernel @@ -299,54 +354,48 @@ you to re-send them using MIME. See Documentation/email-clients.txt for hints about configuring your e-mail client so that it sends your patches untouched. -8) E-mail size. - -When sending patches to Linus, always follow step #7. +7) E-mail size. +--------------- Large changes are not appropriate for mailing lists, and some maintainers. If your patch, uncompressed, exceeds 300 kB in size, it is preferred that you store your patch on an Internet-accessible -server, and provide instead a URL (link) pointing to your patch. +server, and provide instead a URL (link) pointing to your patch. But note +that if your patch exceeds 300 kB, it almost certainly needs to be broken up +anyway. +8) Respond to review comments. +------------------------------ +Your patch will almost certainly get comments from reviewers on ways in +which the patch can be improved. You must respond to those comments; +ignoring reviewers is a good way to get ignored in return. Review comments +or questions that do not lead to a code change should almost certainly +bring about a comment or changelog entry so that the next reviewer better +understands what is going on. -9) Name your kernel version. +Be sure to tell the reviewers what changes you are making and to thank them +for their time. Code review is a tiring and time-consuming process, and +reviewers sometimes get grumpy. Even in that case, though, respond +politely and address the problems they have pointed out. -It is important to note, either in the subject line or in the patch -description, the kernel version to which this patch applies. -If the patch does not apply cleanly to the latest kernel version, -Linus will not apply it. +9) Don't get discouraged - or impatient. +---------------------------------------- +After you have submitted your change, be patient and wait. Reviewers are +busy people and may not get to your patch right away. +Once upon a time, patches used to disappear into the void without comment, +but the development process works more smoothly than that now. You should +receive comments within a week or so; if that does not happen, make sure +that you have sent your patches to the right place. Wait for a minimum of +one week before resubmitting or pinging reviewers - possibly longer during +busy times like merge windows. -10) Don't get discouraged. Re-submit. -After you have submitted your change, be patient and wait. If Linus -likes your change and applies it, it will appear in the next version -of the kernel that he releases. - -However, if your change doesn't appear in the next version of the -kernel, there could be any number of reasons. It's YOUR job to -narrow down those reasons, correct what was wrong, and submit your -updated change. - -It is quite common for Linus to "drop" your patch without comment. -That's the nature of the system. If he drops your patch, it could be -due to -* Your patch did not apply cleanly to the latest kernel version. -* Your patch was not sufficiently discussed on linux-kernel. -* A style issue (see section 2). -* An e-mail formatting issue (re-read this section). -* A technical problem with your change. -* He gets tons of e-mail, and yours got lost in the shuffle. -* You are being annoying. - -When in doubt, solicit comments on linux-kernel mailing list. - - - -11) Include PATCH in the subject +10) Include PATCH in the subject +-------------------------------- Due to high e-mail traffic to Linus, and to linux-kernel, it is common convention to prefix your subject line with [PATCH]. This lets Linus @@ -355,7 +404,8 @@ e-mail discussions. -12) Sign your work +11) Sign your work +------------------ To improve tracking of who did what, especially with patches that can percolate to their final resting place in the kernel through several @@ -387,11 +437,11 @@ can certify the below: person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified it. - (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution - are public and that a record of the contribution (including all - personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is - maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with - this project or the open source license(s) involved. + (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution + are public and that a record of the contribution (including all + personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is + maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with + this project or the open source license(s) involved. then you just add a line saying @@ -401,7 +451,7 @@ using your real name (sorry, no pseudonyms or anonymous contributions.) Some people also put extra tags at the end. They'll just be ignored for now, but you can do this to mark internal company procedures or just -point out some special detail about the sign-off. +point out some special detail about the sign-off. If you are a subsystem or branch maintainer, sometimes you need to slightly modify patches you receive in order to merge them, because the code is not @@ -429,15 +479,15 @@ which appears in the changelog. Special note to back-porters: It seems to be a common and useful practice to insert an indication of the origin of a patch at the top of the commit message (just after the subject line) to facilitate tracking. For instance, -here's what we see in 2.6-stable : +here's what we see in a 3.x-stable release: - Date: Tue May 13 19:10:30 2008 +0000 +Date: Tue Oct 7 07:26:38 2014 -0400 - SCSI: libiscsi regression in 2.6.25: fix nop timer handling + libata: Un-break ATA blacklist - commit 4cf1043593db6a337f10e006c23c69e5fc93e722 upstream + commit 1c40279960bcd7d52dbdf1d466b20d24b99176c8 upstream. -And here's what appears in 2.4 : +And here's what might appear in an older kernel once a patch is backported: Date: Tue May 13 22:12:27 2008 +0200 @@ -446,18 +496,19 @@ And here's what appears in 2.4 : [backport of 2.6 commit b7acbdfbd1f277c1eb23f344f899cfa4cd0bf36a] Whatever the format, this information provides a valuable help to people -tracking your trees, and to people trying to trouble-shoot bugs in your +tracking your trees, and to people trying to troubleshoot bugs in your tree. -13) When to use Acked-by: and Cc: +12) When to use Acked-by: and Cc: +--------------------------------- The Signed-off-by: tag indicates that the signer was involved in the development of the patch, or that he/she was in the patch's delivery path. If a person was not directly involved in the preparation or handling of a patch but wishes to signify and record their approval of it then they can -arrange to have an Acked-by: line added to the patch's changelog. +ask to have an Acked-by: line added to the patch's changelog. Acked-by: is often used by the maintainer of the affected code when that maintainer neither contributed to nor forwarded the patch. @@ -465,7 +516,8 @@ maintainer neither contributed to nor forwarded the patch. Acked-by: is not as formal as Signed-off-by:. It is a record that the acker has at least reviewed the patch and has indicated acceptance. Hence patch mergers will sometimes manually convert an acker's "yep, looks good to me" -into an Acked-by:. +into an Acked-by: (but note that it is usually better to ask for an +explicit ack). Acked-by: does not necessarily indicate acknowledgement of the entire patch. For example, if a patch affects multiple subsystems and has an Acked-by: from @@ -477,11 +529,13 @@ list archives. If a person has had the opportunity to comment on a patch, but has not provided such comments, you may optionally add a "Cc:" tag to the patch. This is the only tag which might be added without an explicit action by the -person it names. This tag documents that potentially interested parties -have been included in the discussion +person it names - but it should indicate that this person was copied on the +patch. This tag documents that potentially interested parties +have been included in the discussion. -14) Using Reported-by:, Tested-by:, Reviewed-by:, Suggested-by: and Fixes: +13) Using Reported-by:, Tested-by:, Reviewed-by:, Suggested-by: and Fixes: +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Reported-by tag gives credit to people who find bugs and report them and it hopefully inspires them to help us again in the future. Please note that if @@ -541,7 +595,13 @@ which stable kernel versions should receive your fix. This is the preferred method for indicating a bug fixed by the patch. See #2 above for more details. -15) The canonical patch format +14) The canonical patch format +------------------------------ + +This section describes how the patch itself should be formatted. Note +that, if you have your patches stored in a git repository, proper patch +formatting can be had with "git format-patch". The tools cannot create +the necessary text, though, so read the instructions below anyway. The canonical patch subject line is: @@ -549,7 +609,8 @@ The canonical patch subject line is: The canonical patch message body contains the following: - - A "from" line specifying the patch author. + - A "from" line specifying the patch author (only needed if the person + sending the patch is not the author). - An empty line. @@ -656,128 +717,63 @@ See more details on the proper patch format in the following references. -16) Sending "git pull" requests (from Linus emails) - -Please write the git repo address and branch name alone on the same line -so that I can't even by mistake pull from the wrong branch, and so -that a triple-click just selects the whole thing. - -So the proper format is something along the lines of: - - "Please pull from - - git://jdelvare.pck.nerim.net/jdelvare-2.6 i2c-for-linus - - to get these changes:" - -so that I don't have to hunt-and-peck for the address and inevitably -get it wrong (actually, I've only gotten it wrong a few times, and -checking against the diffstat tells me when I get it wrong, but I'm -just a lot more comfortable when I don't have to "look for" the right -thing to pull, and double-check that I have the right branch-name). - - -Please use "git diff -M --stat --summary" to generate the diffstat: -the -M enables rename detection, and the summary enables a summary of -new/deleted or renamed files. - -With rename detection, the statistics are rather different [...] -because git will notice that a fair number of the changes are renames. - ------------------------------------ -SECTION 2 - HINTS, TIPS, AND TRICKS ------------------------------------ - -This section lists many of the common "rules" associated with code -submitted to the kernel. There are always exceptions... but you must -have a really good reason for doing so. You could probably call this -section Linus Computer Science 101. - - - -1) Read Documentation/CodingStyle - -Nuff said. If your code deviates too much from this, it is likely -to be rejected without further review, and without comment. - -One significant exception is when moving code from one file to -another -- in this case you should not modify the moved code at all in -the same patch which moves it. This clearly delineates the act of -moving the code and your changes. This greatly aids review of the -actual differences and allows tools to better track the history of -the code itself. - -Check your patches with the patch style checker prior to submission -(scripts/checkpatch.pl). The style checker should be viewed as -a guide not as the final word. If your code looks better with -a violation then its probably best left alone. - -The checker reports at three levels: - - ERROR: things that are very likely to be wrong - - WARNING: things requiring careful review - - CHECK: things requiring thought - -You should be able to justify all violations that remain in your -patch. - - - -2) #ifdefs are ugly - -Code cluttered with ifdefs is difficult to read and maintain. Don't do -it. Instead, put your ifdefs in a header, and conditionally define -'static inline' functions, or macros, which are used in the code. -Let the compiler optimize away the "no-op" case. - -Simple example, of poor code: - - dev = alloc_etherdev (sizeof(struct funky_private)); - if (!dev) - return -ENODEV; - #ifdef CONFIG_NET_FUNKINESS - init_funky_net(dev); - #endif - -Cleaned-up example: - -(in header) - #ifndef CONFIG_NET_FUNKINESS - static inline void init_funky_net (struct net_device *d) {} - #endif +15) Sending "git pull" requests +------------------------------- -(in the code itself) - dev = alloc_etherdev (sizeof(struct funky_private)); - if (!dev) - return -ENODEV; - init_funky_net(dev); +If you have a series of patches, it may be most convenient to have the +maintainer pull them directly into the subsystem repository with a +"git pull" operation. Note, however, that pulling patches from a developer +requires a higher degree of trust than taking patches from a mailing list. +As a result, many subsystem maintainers are reluctant to take pull +requests, especially from new, unknown developers. If in doubt you can use +the pull request as the cover letter for a normal posting of the patch +series, giving the maintainer the option of using either. +A pull request should have [GIT] or [PULL] in the subject line. The +request itself should include the repository name and the branch of +interest on a single line; it should look something like: + Please pull from -3) 'static inline' is better than a macro + git://jdelvare.pck.nerim.net/jdelvare-2.6 i2c-for-linus -Static inline functions are greatly preferred over macros. -They provide type safety, have no length limitations, no formatting -limitations, and under gcc they are as cheap as macros. + to get these changes:" -Macros should only be used for cases where a static inline is clearly -suboptimal [there are a few, isolated cases of this in fast paths], -or where it is impossible to use a static inline function [such as -string-izing]. +A pull request should also include an overall message saying what will be +included in the request, a "git shortlog" listing of the patches +themselves, and a diffstat showing the overall effect of the patch series. +The easiest way to get all this information together is, of course, to let +git do it for you with the "git request-pull" command. -'static inline' is preferred over 'static __inline__', 'extern inline', -and 'extern __inline__'. +Some maintainers (including Linus) want to see pull requests from signed +commits; that increases their confidence that the request actually came +from you. Linus, in particular, will not pull from public hosting sites +like GitHub in the absence of a signed tag. +The first step toward creating such tags is to make a GNUPG key and get it +signed by one or more core kernel developers. This step can be hard for +new developers, but there is no way around it. Attending conferences can +be a good way to find developers who can sign your key. +Once you have prepared a patch series in git that you wish to have somebody +pull, create a signed tag with "git tag -s". This will create a new tag +identifying the last commit in the series and containing a signature +created with your private key. You will also have the opportunity to add a +changelog-style message to the tag; this is an ideal place to describe the +effects of the pull request as a whole. -4) Don't over-design. +If the tree the maintainer will be pulling from is not the repository you +are working from, don't forget to push the signed tag explicitly to the +public tree. -Don't try to anticipate nebulous future cases which may or may not -be useful: "Make it as simple as you can, and no simpler." +When generating your pull request, use the signed tag as the target. A +command like this will do the trick: + git request-pull master git://my.public.tree/linux.git my-signed-tag ---------------------- -SECTION 3 - REFERENCES +SECTION 2 - REFERENCES ---------------------- Andrew Morton, "The perfect patch" (tpp). diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt index b60d2ab..9b121a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ input driver: .owner = THIS_MODULE, .pm = &mpu3050_pm, .of_match_table = mpu3050_of_match, - .acpi_match_table ACPI_PTR(mpu3050_acpi_match), + .acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mpu3050_acpi_match), }, .probe = mpu3050_probe, .remove = mpu3050_remove, diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX index 3b08bc2..8edb900 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX @@ -2,11 +2,15 @@ - this file Booting - requirements for booting +CCN.txt + - Cache Coherent Network ring-bus and perf PMU driver. Interrupts - ARM Interrupt subsystem documentation IXP4xx - Intel IXP4xx Network processor. -msm +Makefile + - Build sourcefiles as part of the Documentation-build for arm +msm/ - MSM specific documentation Netwinder - Netwinder specific documentation @@ -18,11 +22,9 @@ README - General ARM documentation SA1100/ - SA1100 documentation -Samsung-S3C24XX +Samsung-S3C24XX/ - S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview -Sharp-LH - - Linux on Sharp LH79524 and LH7A40X System On a Chip (SOC) -SPEAr +SPEAr/ - ST SPEAr platform Linux Overview VFP/ - Release notes for Linux Kernel Vector Floating Point support code diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README b/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c53a19b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +ARM Atmel SoCs (aka AT91) +========================= + + +Introduction +------------ +This document gives useful information about the ARM Atmel SoCs that are +currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org). + +It is important to note that the Atmel | SMART ARM-based MPU product line is +historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel development +process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from the +official Atmel product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees, +git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string. + + +AT91 SoCs +--------- +Documentation and detailled datasheet for each product are available on +the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. + + Flavors: + * ARM 920 based SoC + - at91rm9200 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc1768.pdf + + * ARM 926 based SoCs + - at91sam9260 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6221.pdf + + - at91sam9xe + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9261 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6062.pdf + + - at91sam9263 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_6249_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9rl + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6289.pdf + + - at91sam9g20 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6384.pdf + + - at91sam9g45 family + - at91sam9g45 + - at91sam9g46 + - at91sam9m10 + - at91sam9m11 (device superset) + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series") + - at91sam9g15 + - at91sam9g25 + - at91sam9g35 + - at91sam9x25 + - at91sam9x35 + + Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family) + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11055_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9n12 + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11063_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9N12CN11CN12_Datasheet.pdf + + * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs + - sama5d3 family + - sama5d31 + - sama5d33 + - sama5d34 + - sama5d35 + - sama5d36 (device superset) + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf + + * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs + - sama5d4 family + - sama5d41 + - sama5d42 + - sama5d43 + - sama5d44 (device superset) + + Datasheet + http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11238-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D4_Datasheet.pdf + + +Linux kernel information +------------------------ +Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91 +MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/ATMEL AT91RM9200 AND AT91SAM ARM ARCHITECTURES" + + +Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards +------------------------------------ +All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products +must use this method to boot the Linux kernel. + +Work In Progress statement: +Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are +considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at +any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from +the same source tree. +Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a +definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI. +This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate. + +Naming conventions and best practice: +- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of + the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance). +- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be + shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance). + When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to + be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi + or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example). +- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so + that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions + to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/DMA.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/DMA.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3ed8238..0000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/DMA.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ - S3C2410 DMA - =========== - -Introduction ------------- - - The kernel provides an interface to manage DMA transfers - using the DMA channels in the CPU, so that the central - duty of managing channel mappings, and programming the - channel generators is in one place. - - -DMA Channel Ordering --------------------- - - Many of the range do not have connections for the DMA - channels to all sources, which means that some devices - have a restricted number of channels that can be used. - - To allow flexibility for each CPU type and board, the - DMA code can be given a DMA ordering structure which - allows the order of channel search to be specified, as - well as allowing the prohibition of certain claims. - - struct s3c24xx_dma_order has a list of channels, and - each channel within has a slot for a list of DMA - channel numbers. The slots are searched in order for - the presence of a DMA channel number with DMA_CH_VALID - or-ed in. - - If the order has the flag DMA_CH_NEVER set, then after - checking the channel list, the system will return no - found channel, thus denying the request. - - A board support file can call s3c24xx_dma_order_set() - to register a complete ordering set. The routine will - copy the data, so the original can be discarded with - __initdata. - - -Authour -------- - -Ben Dooks, -Copyright (c) 2007 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics -Licensed under the GPL v2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cd8fc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ + STiH418 Overview + ================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes + and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial + and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm) + - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet + - HEVC L5.1 Main 10 + - VP9 + + Document Author + --------------- + + Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2015 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README index e68d163..1fe2d7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README @@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ SunXi family http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf - Allwinner A31s (sun6i) - + Not Supported + Datasheet http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf + User Manual diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt b/Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt index a3b3da2..01bf3d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt @@ -32,6 +32,9 @@ The default mode depends on the status of the instruction in the architecture. Deprecated instructions should default to emulation while obsolete instructions must be undefined by default. +Note: Instruction emulation may not be possible in all cases. See +individual instruction notes for further information. + Supported legacy instructions ----------------------------- * SWP{B} @@ -43,3 +46,12 @@ Default: Undef (0) Node: /proc/sys/abi/cp15_barrier Status: Deprecated Default: Emulate (1) + +* SETEND +Node: /proc/sys/abi/setend +Status: Deprecated +Default: Emulate (1)* +Note: All the cpus on the system must have mixed endian support at EL0 +for this feature to be enabled. If a new CPU - which doesn't support mixed +endian - is hotplugged in after this feature has been enabled, there could +be unexpected results in the application. diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile index c7e6c99..03f7805 100644 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ ifneq ($(CONFIG_BLACKFIN),) +ifneq ($(CONFIG_BFIN_GPTIMERS,) obj-m := gptimers-example.o endif +endif diff --git a/Documentation/cachetlb.txt b/Documentation/cachetlb.txt index d79b008..3f9f808 100644 --- a/Documentation/cachetlb.txt +++ b/Documentation/cachetlb.txt @@ -317,10 +317,10 @@ maps this page at its virtual address. about doing this. The idea is, first at flush_dcache_page() time, if - page->mapping->i_mmap is an empty tree and ->i_mmap_nonlinear - an empty list, just mark the architecture private page flag bit. - Later, in update_mmu_cache(), a check is made of this flag bit, - and if set the flush is done and the flag bit is cleared. + page->mapping->i_mmap is an empty tree, just mark the architecture + private page flag bit. Later, in update_mmu_cache(), a check is + made of this flag bit, and if set the flush is done and the flag + bit is cleared. IMPORTANT NOTE: It is often important, if you defer the flush, that the actual flush occurs on the same CPU diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX index bc461b6..96ce071 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX @@ -24,3 +24,5 @@ net_prio.txt - Network priority cgroups details and usages. resource_counter.txt - Resource Counter API. +unified-hierarchy.txt + - Description the new/next cgroup interface. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt index 4f45632..eb102fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/unified-hierarchy.txt @@ -327,6 +327,85 @@ supported and the interface files "release_agent" and - use_hierarchy is on by default and the cgroup file for the flag is not created. +- The original lower boundary, the soft limit, is defined as a limit + that is per default unset. As a result, the set of cgroups that + global reclaim prefers is opt-in, rather than opt-out. The costs + for optimizing these mostly negative lookups are so high that the + implementation, despite its enormous size, does not even provide the + basic desirable behavior. First off, the soft limit has no + hierarchical meaning. All configured groups are organized in a + global rbtree and treated like equal peers, regardless where they + are located in the hierarchy. This makes subtree delegation + impossible. Second, the soft limit reclaim pass is so aggressive + that it not just introduces high allocation latencies into the + system, but also impacts system performance due to overreclaim, to + the point where the feature becomes self-defeating. + + The memory.low boundary on the other hand is a top-down allocated + reserve. A cgroup enjoys reclaim protection when it and all its + ancestors are below their low boundaries, which makes delegation of + subtrees possible. Secondly, new cgroups have no reserve per + default and in the common case most cgroups are eligible for the + preferred reclaim pass. This allows the new low boundary to be + efficiently implemented with just a minor addition to the generic + reclaim code, without the need for out-of-band data structures and + reclaim passes. Because the generic reclaim code considers all + cgroups except for the ones running low in the preferred first + reclaim pass, overreclaim of individual groups is eliminated as + well, resulting in much better overall workload performance. + +- The original high boundary, the hard limit, is defined as a strict + limit that can not budge, even if the OOM killer has to be called. + But this generally goes against the goal of making the most out of + the available memory. The memory consumption of workloads varies + during runtime, and that requires users to overcommit. But doing + that with a strict upper limit requires either a fairly accurate + prediction of the working set size or adding slack to the limit. + Since working set size estimation is hard and error prone, and + getting it wrong results in OOM kills, most users tend to err on the + side of a looser limit and end up wasting precious resources. + + The memory.high boundary on the other hand can be set much more + conservatively. When hit, it throttles allocations by forcing them + into direct reclaim to work off the excess, but it never invokes the + OOM killer. As a result, a high boundary that is chosen too + aggressively will not terminate the processes, but instead it will + lead to gradual performance degradation. The user can monitor this + and make corrections until the minimal memory footprint that still + gives acceptable performance is found. + + In extreme cases, with many concurrent allocations and a complete + breakdown of reclaim progress within the group, the high boundary + can be exceeded. But even then it's mostly better to satisfy the + allocation from the slack available in other groups or the rest of + the system than killing the group. Otherwise, memory.max is there + to limit this type of spillover and ultimately contain buggy or even + malicious applications. + +- The original control file names are unwieldy and inconsistent in + many different ways. For example, the upper boundary hit count is + exported in the memory.failcnt file, but an OOM event count has to + be manually counted by listening to memory.oom_control events, and + lower boundary / soft limit events have to be counted by first + setting a threshold for that value and then counting those events. + Also, usage and limit files encode their units in the filename. + That makes the filenames very long, even though this is not + information that a user needs to be reminded of every time they type + out those names. + + To address these naming issues, as well as to signal clearly that + the new interface carries a new configuration model, the naming + conventions in it necessarily differ from the old interface. + +- The original limit files indicate the state of an unset limit with a + Very High Number, and a configured limit can be unset by echoing -1 + into those files. But that very high number is implementation and + architecture dependent and not very descriptive. And while -1 can + be understood as an underflow into the highest possible value, -2 or + -10M etc. do not work, so it's not consistent. + + memory.low, memory.high, and memory.max will use the string "max" to + indicate and set the highest possible value. 5. Planned Changes diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt index 4ff8462..0e4f90a 100644 --- a/Documentation/clk.txt +++ b/Documentation/clk.txt @@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ the operations defined in clk.h: unsigned long *parent_rate); long (*determine_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, unsigned long rate, + unsigned long min_rate, + unsigned long max_rate, unsigned long *best_parent_rate, struct clk_hw **best_parent_clk); int (*set_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw, u8 index); diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt index 765d7fc..6557507 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt @@ -37,6 +37,14 @@ controlling P state selection. These files have been added to no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo frequency range. + turbo_pct: displays the percentage of the total performance that + is supported by hardware that is in the turbo range. This number + is independent of whether turbo has been disabled or not. + + num_pstates: displays the number of pstates that are supported + by hardware. This number is independent of whether turbo has + been disabled or not. + For contemporary Intel processors, the frequency is controlled by the processor itself and the P-states exposed to software are related to performance levels. The idea that frequency can be set to a single diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt index c81839b..ad69778 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Parameters: <cipher> <key> <iv_offset> <device path> \ Otherwise #opt_params is the number of following arguments. Example of optional parameters section: - 1 allow_discards + 3 allow_discards same_cpu_crypt submit_from_crypt_cpus allow_discards Block discard requests (a.k.a. TRIM) are passed through the crypt device. @@ -63,6 +63,19 @@ allow_discards used space etc.) if the discarded blocks can be located easily on the device later. +same_cpu_crypt + Perform encryption using the same cpu that IO was submitted on. + The default is to use an unbound workqueue so that encryption work + is automatically balanced between available CPUs. + +submit_from_crypt_cpus + Disable offloading writes to a separate thread after encryption. + There are some situations where offloading write bios from the + encryption threads to a single thread degrades performance + significantly. The default is to offload write bios to the same + thread because it benefits CFQ to have writes submitted using the + same context. + Example scripts =============== LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt index ad9f8ed..202953f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-38x.txt @@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ Required root node property: compatible: must contain "marvell,armada385" +In addition, boards using the Marvell Armada 388 SoC shall have the +following property before the previous one: + +Required root node property: + +compatible: must contain "marvell,armada388" + Example: compatible = "marvell,a385-rd", "marvell,armada385", "marvell,armada380"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt index 562cda9..ad319f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ compatible: must be one of: o "atmel,at91sam9g45" o "atmel,at91sam9n12" o "atmel,at91sam9rl" + o "atmel,at91sam9xe" * "atmel,sama5" for SoCs using a Cortex-A5, shall be extended with the specific SoC family: o "atmel,sama5d3" shall be extended with the specific SoC compatible: @@ -136,3 +137,19 @@ Example: compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-rstc"; reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>; }; + +Special Function Registers (SFR) + +Special Function Registers (SFR) manage specific aspects of the integrated +memory, bridge implementations, processor and other functionality not controlled +elsewhere. + +required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-sfr", "syscon". + <chip> can be "sama5d3" or "sama5d4". +- reg: Should contain registers location and length + + sfr@f0038000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-sfr", "syscon"; + reg = <0xf0038000 0x60>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt index 3c436cc..430608e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt @@ -79,7 +79,9 @@ reboot Required properties - compatible - The string property "brcm,brcmstb-reboot". + The string property "brcm,brcmstb-reboot" for 40nm/28nm chips with + the new SYS_CTRL interface, or "brcm,bcm7038-reboot" for 65nm + chips with the old SUN_TOP_CTRL interface. - syscon A phandle / integer array that points to the syscon node which describes diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt index d790f49..a308935 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt @@ -38,8 +38,6 @@ its hardware characteristcs. AMBA markee): - "arm,coresight-replicator" - * id: a unique number that will identify this replicator. - * port or ports: same as above. * Optional properties for ETM/PTMs: @@ -94,8 +92,6 @@ Example: * AMBA bus. As such no need to add "arm,primecell". */ compatible = "arm,coresight-replicator"; - /* this will show up in debugfs as "0.replicator" */ - id = <0>; ports { #address-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt index b2aacbe..8b9e0a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt @@ -175,6 +175,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below. "marvell,pj4a" "marvell,pj4b" "marvell,sheeva-v5" + "nvidia,tegra132-denver" "qcom,krait" "qcom,scorpion" - enable-method diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/digicolor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/digicolor.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..658553f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/digicolor.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +Conexant Digicolor Platforms Device Tree Bindings + +Each device tree must specify which Conexant Digicolor SoC it uses. +Must be the following compatible string: + + cnxt,cx92755 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt index abde1ea..1e09703 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt @@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ Optional Properties: - pclkN, clkN: Pairs of parent of input clock and input clock to the devices in this power domain. Maximum of 4 pairs (N = 0 to 3) are supported currently. +- power-domains: phandle pointing to the parent power domain, for more details + see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt -Node of a device using power domains must have a samsung,power-domain property +Node of a device using power domains must have a power-domains property defined with a phandle to respective power domain. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt index 4e8b7df..a5462b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt @@ -75,6 +75,18 @@ i.MX6q generic board Required root node properties: - compatible = "fsl,imx6q"; +Freescale Vybrid Platform Device Tree Bindings +---------------------------------------------- + +For the Vybrid SoC familiy all variants with DDR controller are supported, +which is the VF5xx and VF6xx series. Out of historical reasons, in most +places the kernel uses vf610 to refer to the whole familiy. + +Required root node compatible property (one of them): + - compatible = "fsl,vf500"; + - compatible = "fsl,vf510"; + - compatible = "fsl,vf600"; + - compatible = "fsl,vf610"; Freescale LS1021A Platform Device Tree Bindings ------------------------------------------------ @@ -112,3 +124,11 @@ Example: compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-dcfg"; reg = <0x0 0x1ee0000 0x0 0x10000>; }; + +Freescale LS2085A SoC Device Tree Bindings +------------------------------------------ + +LS2085A ARMv8 based Simulator model +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,ls2085a-simu", "fsl,ls2085a"; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt index 8112d0c..c97484b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt @@ -32,12 +32,16 @@ Main node required properties: The 3rd cell is the flags, encoded as follows: bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags. 1 = low-to-high edge triggered - 2 = high-to-low edge triggered + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered (invalid for SPIs) 4 = active high level-sensitive - 8 = active low level-sensitive + 8 = active low level-sensitive (invalid for SPIs). bits[15:8] PPI interrupt cpu mask. Each bit corresponds to each of the 8 possible cpus attached to the GIC. A bit set to '1' indicated the interrupt is wired to that CPU. Only valid for PPI interrupts. + Also note that the configurability of PPI interrupts is IMPLEMENTATION + DEFINED and as such not guaranteed to be present (most SoC available + in 2014 seem to ignore the setting of this flag and use the hardware + default value). - reg : Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the GIC registers. The first region is the GIC distributor register base and size. The 2nd region is diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt index f717c7b..35b1bd4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt @@ -9,6 +9,10 @@ HiP04 D01 Board Required root node properties: - compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-d01"; +HiP01 ca9x2 Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hip01-ca9x2"; + Hisilicon system controller @@ -37,6 +41,27 @@ Example: }; ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +Hisilicon HiP01 system controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,hip01-sysctrl" +- reg : Register address and size + +The HiP01 system controller is mostly compatible with hisilicon +system controller,but it has some specific control registers for +HIP01 SoC family, such as slave core boot, and also some same +registers located at different offset. + +Example: + + /* for hip01-ca9x2 */ + sysctrl: system-controller@10000000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hip01-sysctrl", "hisilicon,sysctrl"; + reg = <0x10000000 0x1000>; + reboot-offset = <0x4>; + }; + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- Hisilicon CPU controller Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt index 292ef7c..0dbabe9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt @@ -57,6 +57,16 @@ Optional properties: - cache-id-part: cache id part number to be used if it is not present on hardware - wt-override: If present then L2 is forced to Write through mode +- arm,double-linefill : Override double linefill enable setting. Enable if + non-zero, disable if zero. +- arm,double-linefill-incr : Override double linefill on INCR read. Enable + if non-zero, disable if zero. +- arm,double-linefill-wrap : Override double linefill on WRAP read. Enable + if non-zero, disable if zero. +- arm,prefetch-drop : Override prefetch drop enable setting. Enable if non-zero, + disable if zero. +- arm,prefetch-offset : Override prefetch offset value. Valid values are + 0-7, 15, 23, and 31. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt index 3be4013..dd7550a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ compatible: Must contain one of "mediatek,mt6592" "mediatek,mt8127" "mediatek,mt8135" + "mediatek,mt8173" Supported boards: @@ -25,3 +26,6 @@ Supported boards: - MTK mt8135 tablet EVB: Required root node properties: - compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-evbp1", "mediatek,mt8135"; +- MTK mt8173 tablet EVB: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-evb", "mediatek,mt8173"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt index d680b07..4f5a535 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sysirq.txt @@ -5,8 +5,10 @@ interrupt. Required properties: - compatible: should be one of: + "mediatek,mt8173-sysirq" "mediatek,mt8135-sysirq" "mediatek,mt8127-sysirq" + "mediatek,mt6592-sysirq" "mediatek,mt6589-sysirq" "mediatek,mt6582-sysirq" "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt index c6ef8f1..74607b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Properties: "qcom,kpss-timer" - krait subsystem "qcom,scss-timer" - scorpion subsystem -- interrupts : Interrupts for the the debug timer, the first general purpose +- interrupts : Interrupts for the debug timer, the first general purpose timer, and optionally a second general purpose timer in that order. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt index eaa3d1a..6809e4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt @@ -9,6 +9,16 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "mundoreader,bq-curie2", "rockchip,rk3066a"; +- ChipSPARK Rayeager PX2 board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "chipspark,rayeager-px2", "rockchip,rk3066a"; + - Radxa Rock board: Required root node properties: - compatible = "radxa,rock", "rockchip,rk3188"; + +- Firefly Firefly-RK3288 board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288"; + or + - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288-beta", "rockchip,rk3288"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu-sram.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b42fda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip/pmu-sram.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Rockchip SRAM for pmu: +------------------------------ + +The sram of pmu is used to store the function of resume from maskrom(the 1st +level loader). This is a common use of the "pmu-sram" because it keeps power +even in low power states in the system. + +Required node properties: +- compatible : should be "rockchip,rk3288-pmu-sram" +- reg : physical base address and the size of the registers window + +Example: + sram@ff720000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-pmu-sram", "mmio-sram"; + reg = <0xff720000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-chipid.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-chipid.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85c5dfd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/exynos-chipid.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +SAMSUNG Exynos SoCs Chipid driver. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should at least contain "samsung,exynos4210-chipid". + +- reg: offset and length of the register set + +Example: + chipid@10000000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-chipid"; + reg = <0x10000000 0x100>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt index 1e1979b..67b2113 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Properties: - "samsung,exynos5260-pmu" - for Exynos5260 SoC. - "samsung,exynos5410-pmu" - for Exynos5410 SoC, - "samsung,exynos5420-pmu" - for Exynos5420 SoC. + - "samsung,exynos7-pmu" - for Exynos7 SoC. second value must be always "syscon". - reg : offset and length of the register set. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt index c6ba6d3..7b28ee6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ CSR SiRFprimaII and SiRFmarco device tree bindings. Required root node properties: - compatible: + - "sirf,atlas6-cb" : atlas6 "cb" evaluation board + - "sirf,atlas6" : atlas6 device based board + - "sirf,atlas7-cb" : atlas7 "cb" evaluation board + - "sirf,atlas7" : atlas7 device based board - "sirf,prima2-cb" : prima2 "cb" evaluation board - - "sirf,marco-cb" : marco "cb" evaluation board - "sirf,prima2" : prima2 device based board - - "sirf,marco" : marco device based board diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31a629d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sprd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +Spreadtrum SoC Platforms Device Tree Bindings +---------------------------------------------------- + +Sharkl64 is a Spreadtrum's SoC Platform which is based +on ARM 64-bit processor. + +SC9836 openphone board with SC9836 SoC based on the +Sharkl64 Platform shall have the following properties. + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "sprd,sc9836-openphone", "sprd,sc9836"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt index 92f16c7..8d27f6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt @@ -13,3 +13,11 @@ Boards with the ST STiH407 SoC shall have the following properties: Required root node property: compatible = "st,stih407"; +Boards with the ST STiH410 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,stih410"; + +Boards with the ST STiH418 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,stih418"; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt index 234406d..067c979 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ NVIDIA Tegra AHB Required properties: -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-ahb" or "nvidia,tegra30-ahb" +- compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-ahb". For + Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-ahb". Otherwise, must contain + '"nvidia,<chip>-ahb", "nvidia,tegra30-ahb"' where <chip> is tegra124, + tegra132, or tegra210. - reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt index 68ac65f..02c2700 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt @@ -6,7 +6,11 @@ modes. It provides power-gating controllers for SoC and CPU power-islands. Required properties: - name : Should be pmc -- compatible : Should contain "nvidia,tegra<chip>-pmc". +- compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-pmc". For Tegra30, + must contain "nvidia,tegra30-pmc". For Tegra114, must contain + "nvidia,tegra114-pmc". For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-pmc". + Otherwise, must contain "nvidia,<chip>-pmc", plus at least one of the + above, where <chip> is tegra132. - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. @@ -47,6 +51,23 @@ Required properties when nvidia,suspend-mode=<0>: sleep mode, the warm boot code will restore some PLLs, clocks and then bring up CPU0 for resuming the system. +Hardware-triggered thermal reset: +On Tegra30, Tegra114 and Tegra124, if the 'i2c-thermtrip' subnode exists, +hardware-triggered thermal reset will be enabled. + +Required properties for hardware-triggered thermal reset (inside 'i2c-thermtrip'): +- nvidia,i2c-controller-id : ID of I2C controller to send poweroff command to. Valid values are + described in section 9.2.148 "APBDEV_PMC_SCRATCH53_0" of the + Tegra K1 Technical Reference Manual. +- nvidia,bus-addr : Bus address of the PMU on the I2C bus +- nvidia,reg-addr : I2C register address to write poweroff command to +- nvidia,reg-data : Poweroff command to write to PMU + +Optional properties for hardware-triggered thermal reset (inside 'i2c-thermtrip'): +- nvidia,pinmux-id : Pinmux used by the hardware when issuing poweroff command. + Defaults to 0. Valid values are described in section 12.5.2 + "Pinmux Support" of the Tegra4 Technical Reference Manual. + Example: / SoC dts including file @@ -69,6 +90,15 @@ pmc@7000f400 { / Tegra board dts file { ... + pmc@7000f400 { + i2c-thermtrip { + nvidia,i2c-controller-id = <4>; + nvidia,bus-addr = <0x40>; + nvidia,reg-addr = <0x36>; + nvidia,reg-data = <0x2>; + }; + }; + ... clocks { compatible = "simple-bus"; #address-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-sysreg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-sysreg.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4f1526 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-sysreg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +ARM Versatile system registers +-------------------------------------- + +This is a system control registers block, providing multiple low level +platform functions like board detection and identification, software +interrupt generation, MMC and NOR Flash control etc. + +Required node properties: +- compatible value : = "arm,versatile-sysreg", "syscon" +- reg : physical base address and the size of the registers window diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index 4ab09f2..c2340ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ Required properties when using sub-nodes: Sub-nodes required properties: -- reg : the port number -- phys : reference to the SATA PHY node - +- reg : the port number +And at least one of the following properties: +- phys : reference to the SATA PHY node +- target-supply : regulator for SATA target power Examples: sata@ffe08000 { @@ -68,10 +69,12 @@ With sub-nodes: sata0: sata-port@0 { reg = <0>; phys = <&sata_phy 0>; + target-supply = <®_sata0>; }; sata1: sata-port@1 { reg = <1>; phys = <&sata_phy 1>; + target-supply = <®_sata1>;; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/cavium-compact-flash.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/cavium-compact-flash.txt index 93986a5..3bacc8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/cavium-compact-flash.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/cavium-compact-flash.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Properties: Compatibility with many Cavium evaluation boards. -- reg: The base address of the the CF chip select banks. Depending on +- reg: The base address of the CF chip select banks. Depending on the device configuration, there may be one or two banks. - cavium,bus-width: The width of the connection to the CF devices. Valid diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt index 946f207..66c83c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ Tegra124 SoC SATA AHCI controller Required properties : -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra124-ahci". +- compatible : For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-ahci". Otherwise, + must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-ahci", "nvidia,tegra124-ahci"', where <chip> + is tegra132. - reg : Should contain 2 entries: - AHCI register set (SATA BAR5) - SATA register set diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/mvebu-mbus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/mvebu-mbus.txt index 5e16c3c..fa6cde41b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/mvebu-mbus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/mvebu-mbus.txt @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be set to one of the following: marvell,armada370-mbus marvell,armadaxp-mbus - marvell,armada370-mbus - marvell,armadaxp-mbus + marvell,armada375-mbus + marvell,armada380-mbus marvell,kirkwood-mbus marvell,dove-mbus marvell,orion5x-88f5281-mbus diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt index b0e9714..9267223 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/c6x/dscr.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ configuration register for writes. These configuration register may be used to enable (and disable in some cases) SoC pin drivers, select peripheral clock sources (internal or pin), etc. In some cases, a configuration register is write once or the individual bits are write once. In addition to device config, -the DSCR block may provide registers which which are used to reset peripherals, +the DSCR block may provide registers which are used to reset peripherals, provide device ID information, provide ethernet MAC addresses, as well as other miscellaneous functions. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/alphascale,acc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/alphascale,acc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62e67e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/alphascale,acc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +Alphascale Clock Controller + +The ACC (Alphascale Clock Controller) is responsible of choising proper +clock source, setting deviders and clock gates. + +Required properties for the ACC node: + - compatible: must be "alphascale,asm9260-clock-controller" + - reg: must contain the ACC register base and size + - #clock-cells : shall be set to 1. + +Simple one-cell clock specifier format is used, where the only cell is used +as an index of the clock inside the provider. +It is encouraged to use dt-binding for clock index definitions. SoC specific +dt-binding should be included to the device tree descriptor. For example +Alphascale ASM9260: +#include <dt-bindings/clock/alphascale,asm9260.h> + +This binding contains two types of clock providers: + _AHB_ - AHB gate; + _SYS_ - adjustable clock source. Not all peripheral have _SYS_ clock provider. +All clock specific details can be found in the SoC documentation. +CLKID_AHB_ROM 0 +CLKID_AHB_RAM 1 +CLKID_AHB_GPIO 2 +CLKID_AHB_MAC 3 +CLKID_AHB_EMI 4 +CLKID_AHB_USB0 5 +CLKID_AHB_USB1 6 +CLKID_AHB_DMA0 7 +CLKID_AHB_DMA1 8 +CLKID_AHB_UART0 9 +CLKID_AHB_UART1 10 +CLKID_AHB_UART2 11 +CLKID_AHB_UART3 12 +CLKID_AHB_UART4 13 +CLKID_AHB_UART5 14 +CLKID_AHB_UART6 15 +CLKID_AHB_UART7 16 +CLKID_AHB_UART8 17 +CLKID_AHB_UART9 18 +CLKID_AHB_I2S0 19 +CLKID_AHB_I2C0 20 +CLKID_AHB_I2C1 21 +CLKID_AHB_SSP0 22 +CLKID_AHB_IOCONFIG 23 +CLKID_AHB_WDT 24 +CLKID_AHB_CAN0 25 +CLKID_AHB_CAN1 26 +CLKID_AHB_MPWM 27 +CLKID_AHB_SPI0 28 +CLKID_AHB_SPI1 29 +CLKID_AHB_QEI 30 +CLKID_AHB_QUADSPI0 31 +CLKID_AHB_CAMIF 32 +CLKID_AHB_LCDIF 33 +CLKID_AHB_TIMER0 34 +CLKID_AHB_TIMER1 35 +CLKID_AHB_TIMER2 36 +CLKID_AHB_TIMER3 37 +CLKID_AHB_IRQ 38 +CLKID_AHB_RTC 39 +CLKID_AHB_NAND 40 +CLKID_AHB_ADC0 41 +CLKID_AHB_LED 42 +CLKID_AHB_DAC0 43 +CLKID_AHB_LCD 44 +CLKID_AHB_I2S1 45 +CLKID_AHB_MAC1 46 + +CLKID_SYS_CPU 47 +CLKID_SYS_AHB 48 +CLKID_SYS_I2S0M 49 +CLKID_SYS_I2S0S 50 +CLKID_SYS_I2S1M 51 +CLKID_SYS_I2S1S 52 +CLKID_SYS_UART0 53 +CLKID_SYS_UART1 54 +CLKID_SYS_UART2 55 +CLKID_SYS_UART3 56 +CLKID_SYS_UART4 56 +CLKID_SYS_UART5 57 +CLKID_SYS_UART6 58 +CLKID_SYS_UART7 59 +CLKID_SYS_UART8 60 +CLKID_SYS_UART9 61 +CLKID_SYS_SPI0 62 +CLKID_SYS_SPI1 63 +CLKID_SYS_QUADSPI 64 +CLKID_SYS_SSP0 65 +CLKID_SYS_NAND 66 +CLKID_SYS_TRACE 67 +CLKID_SYS_CAMM 68 +CLKID_SYS_WDT 69 +CLKID_SYS_CLKOUT 70 +CLKID_SYS_MAC 71 +CLKID_SYS_LCD 72 +CLKID_SYS_ADCANA 73 + +Example of clock consumer with _SYS_ and _AHB_ sinks. +uart4: serial@80010000 { + compatible = "alphascale,asm9260-uart"; + reg = <0x80010000 0x4000>; + clocks = <&acc CLKID_SYS_UART4>, <&acc CLKID_AHB_UART4>; + interrupts = <19>; + status = "disabled"; +}; + +Clock consumer with only one, _AHB_ sink. +timer0: timer@80088000 { + compatible = "alphascale,asm9260-timer"; + reg = <0x80088000 0x4000>; + clocks = <&acc CLKID_AHB_TIMER0>; + interrupts = <29>; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt index 6d3d5f8..6bf1e74 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos7-clock.txt @@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ Required Properties for Clock Controller: - "samsung,exynos7-clock-peris" - "samsung,exynos7-clock-fsys0" - "samsung,exynos7-clock-fsys1" + - "samsung,exynos7-clock-mscl" + - "samsung,exynos7-clock-aud" - reg: physical base address of the controller and the length of memory mapped region. @@ -53,6 +55,7 @@ Input clocks for top0 clock controller: - dout_sclk_bus1_pll - dout_sclk_cc_pll - dout_sclk_mfc_pll + - dout_sclk_aud_pll Input clocks for top1 clock controller: - fin_pll @@ -76,6 +79,14 @@ Input clocks for peric1 clock controller: - sclk_uart1 - sclk_uart2 - sclk_uart3 + - sclk_spi0 + - sclk_spi1 + - sclk_spi2 + - sclk_spi3 + - sclk_spi4 + - sclk_i2s1 + - sclk_pcm1 + - sclk_spdif Input clocks for peris clock controller: - fin_pll @@ -91,3 +102,7 @@ Input clocks for fsys1 clock controller: - dout_aclk_fsys1_200 - dout_sclk_mmc0 - dout_sclk_mmc1 + +Input clocks for aud clock controller: + - fin_pll + - fout_aud_pll diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt index ded5d62..c6620bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -NVIDIA Tegra124 Clock And Reset Controller +NVIDIA Tegra124 and Tegra132 Clock And Reset Controller This binding uses the common clock binding: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt @@ -7,14 +7,16 @@ The CAR (Clock And Reset) Controller on Tegra is the HW module responsible for muxing and gating Tegra's clocks, and setting their rates. Required properties : -- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra124-car" +- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra124-car" or "nvidia,tegra132-car" - reg : Should contain CAR registers location and length - clocks : Should contain phandle and clock specifiers for two clocks: the 32 KHz "32k_in", and the board-specific oscillator "osc". - #clock-cells : Should be 1. In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the - CAR. The assignments may be found in header file - <dt-bindings/clock/tegra124-car.h>. + CAR. The assignments may be found in the header files + <dt-bindings/clock/tegra124-car-common.h> (which covers IDs common + to Tegra124 and Tegra132) and <dt-bindings/clock/tegra124-car.h> + (for Tegra124-specific clocks). - #reset-cells : Should be 1. In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd755be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Qualcomm LPASS Clock & Reset Controller Binding +------------------------------------------------ + +Required properties : +- compatible : shall contain only one of the following: + + "qcom,lcc-msm8960" + "qcom,lcc-apq8064" + "qcom,lcc-ipq8064" + +- reg : shall contain base register location and length +- #clock-cells : shall contain 1 +- #reset-cells : shall contain 1 + +Example: + clock-controller@28000000 { + compatible = "qcom,lcc-ipq8064"; + reg = <0x28000000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt index 266ff9d..df4a259 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -* Clock Block on Freescale CoreNet Platforms +* Clock Block on Freescale QorIQ Platforms -Freescale CoreNet chips take primary clocking input from the external +Freescale qoriq chips take primary clocking input from the external SYSCLK signal. The SYSCLK input (frequency) is multiplied using multiple phase locked loops (PLL) to create a variety of frequencies which can then be passed to a variety of internal logic, including @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Required properties: * "fsl,t4240-clockgen" * "fsl,b4420-clockgen" * "fsl,b4860-clockgen" + * "fsl,ls1021a-clockgen" Chassis clock strings include: * "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-1.0": for chassis 1.0 clocks * "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-2.0": for chassis 2.0 clocks diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt index 2e18676..0a80fa7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Must be one of the following - "renesas,r7s72100-mstp-clocks" for R7S72100 (RZ) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a73a4-mstp-clocks" for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7740-mstp-clocks" for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7779-mstp-clocks" for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) MSTP gate clocks - "renesas,r8a7790-mstp-clocks" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MSTP gate clocks diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a73a4-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a73a4-cpg-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ece9239 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a73a4-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +* Renesas R8A73A4 Clock Pulse Generator (CPG) + +The CPG generates core clocks for the R8A73A4 SoC. It includes five PLLs +and several fixed ratio dividers. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be "renesas,r8a73a4-cpg-clocks" + + - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG + + - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks ("extal1" and "extal2") + + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + + - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are "main", + "pll0", "pll1", "pll2", "pll2s", "pll2h", "z", "z2", "i", "m3", "b", + "m1", "m2", "zx", "zs", and "hp". + + +Example +------- + + cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@e6150000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a73a4-cpg-clocks"; + reg = <0 0xe6150000 0 0x10000>; + clocks = <&extal1_clk>, <&extal2_clk>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "main", "pll0", "pll1", "pll2", + "pll2s", "pll2h", "z", "z2", + "i", "m3", "b", "m1", "m2", + "zx", "zs", "hp"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt index e6ad35b..b02944f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -8,15 +8,18 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Must be one of - "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7790 CPG - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7791 CPG + - "renesas,r8a7793-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7793 CPG - "renesas,r8a7794-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7794 CPG - "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks" for the generic R-Car Gen2 CPG - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG - - clocks: Reference to the parent clock + - clocks: References to the parent clocks: first to the EXTAL clock, second + to the USB_EXTAL clock - #clock-cells: Must be 1 - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are "main", - "pll0", "pll1", "pll3", "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1" and "z" + "pll0", "pll1", "pll3", "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1", "z", "rcan", and + "adsp" Example @@ -26,8 +29,9 @@ Example compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-clocks", "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks"; reg = <0 0xe6150000 0 0x1000>; - clocks = <&extal_clk>; + clocks = <&extal_clk &usb_extal_clk>; #clock-cells = <1>; clock-output-names = "main", "pll0, "pll1", "pll3", - "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1", "z"; + "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1", "z", + "rcan", "adsp"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,sh73a0-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,sh73a0-cpg-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8978ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,sh73a0-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +These bindings should be considered EXPERIMENTAL for now. + +* Renesas SH73A0 Clock Pulse Generator (CPG) + +The CPG generates core clocks for the SH73A0 SoC. It includes four PLLs +and several fixed ratio dividers. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be "renesas,sh73a0-cpg-clocks" + + - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG + + - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks ("extal1" and "extal2") + + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + + - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are "main", + "pll0", "pll1", "pll2", "pll3", "dsi0phy", "dsi1phy", "zg", "m3", "b", + "m1", "m2", "z", "zx", and "hp". + + +Example +------- + + cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@e6150000 { + compatible = "renesas,sh73a0-cpg-clocks"; + reg = <0 0xe6150000 0 0x10000>; + clocks = <&extal1_clk>, <&extal2_clk>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "main", "pll0", "pll1", "pll2", + "pll3", "dsi0phy", "dsi1phy", + "zg", "m3", "b", "m1", "m2", + "z", "zx", "hp"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt index 67b2b99..60b4428 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun5i-a10s-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10s "allwinner,sun7i-a20-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A20 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ar100-clk" - for the AR100 on A31 - "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-mux-clk" - for the AHB1 multiplexer on A31 + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-clk" - for the AHB1 clock on A31 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A31 "allwinner,sun8i-a23-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A23 "allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb0-gates-clk" - for the AHB0 gates on A80 @@ -55,9 +55,11 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31 "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A23 "allwinner,sun5i-a13-mbus-clk" - for the MBUS clock on A13 - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc-output-clk" - for the MMC output clock on A10 - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc-sample-clk" - for the MMC sample clock on A10 + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc-clk" - for the MMC clock + "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc-clk" - for mmc module clocks on A80 + "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc-config-clk" - for mmc gates + resets on A80 "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mod0-clk" - for the module 0 family of clocks + "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mod0-clk" - for module 0 (storage) clocks on A80 "allwinner,sun8i-a23-mbus-clk" - for the MBUS clock on A23 "allwinner,sun7i-a20-out-clk" - for the external output clocks "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk" - for the GMAC clock module on A20/A31 @@ -73,7 +75,9 @@ Required properties for all clocks: - #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0 except for the following compatibles where it shall be set to 1: "allwinner,*-gates-clk", "allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk", - "allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk", "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk" + "allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk", "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk", + "allwinner,*-usb-clk", "allwinner,*-mmc-clk", + "allwinner,*-mmc-config-clk" - clock-output-names : shall be the corresponding names of the outputs. If the clock module only has one output, the name shall be the module name. @@ -81,6 +85,10 @@ Required properties for all clocks: And "allwinner,*-usb-clk" clocks also require: - reset-cells : shall be set to 1 +The "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc-config-clk" clock also requires: +- #reset-cells : shall be set to 1 +- resets : shall be the reset control phandle for the mmc block. + For "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk", the parent clocks shall be fixed rate dummy clocks at 25 MHz and 125 MHz, respectively. See example. @@ -95,6 +103,14 @@ For "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk", there are 2 outputs. The first output is the normal PLL6 output, or "pll6". The second output is rate doubled PLL6, or "pll6x2". +The "allwinner,*-mmc-clk" clocks have three different outputs: the +main clock, with the ID 0, and the output and sample clocks, with the +IDs 1 and 2, respectively. + +The "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc-config-clk" clock has one clock/reset output +per mmc controller. The number of outputs is determined by the size of +the address block, which is related to the overall mmc block. + For example: osc24M: clk@01c20050 { @@ -138,11 +154,11 @@ cpu: cpu@01c20054 { }; mmc0_clk: clk@01c20088 { - #clock-cells = <0>; - compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-mod0-clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc-clk"; reg = <0x01c20088 0x4>; clocks = <&osc24M>, <&pll6 1>, <&pll5 1>; - clock-output-names = "mmc0"; + clock-output-names = "mmc0", "mmc0_output", "mmc0_sample"; }; mii_phy_tx_clk: clk@2 { @@ -170,3 +186,16 @@ gmac_clk: clk@01c20164 { clocks = <&mii_phy_tx_clk>, <&gmac_int_tx_clk>; clock-output-names = "gmac"; }; + +mmc_config_clk: clk@01c13000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun9i-a80-mmc-config-clk"; + reg = <0x01c13000 0x10>; + clocks = <&ahb0_gates 8>; + clock-names = "ahb"; + resets = <&ahb0_resets 8>; + reset-names = "ahb"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "mmc0_config", "mmc1_config", + "mmc2_config", "mmc3_config"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce706.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce706.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..616836e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti,cdce706.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Bindings for Texas Instruments CDCE706 programmable 3-PLL clock +synthesizer/multiplier/divider. + +Reference: http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/cdce706.pdf + +I2C device node required properties: +- compatible: shall be "ti,cdce706". +- reg: i2c device address, shall be in range [0x68...0x6b]. +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 1. +- clocks: from common clock binding; list of parent clock + handles, shall be reference clock(s) connected to CLK_IN0 + and CLK_IN1 pins. +- clock-names: shall be clk_in0 and/or clk_in1. Use clk_in0 + in case of crystal oscillator or differential signal input + configuration. Use clk_in0 and clk_in1 in case of independent + single-ended LVCMOS inputs configuration. + +Example: + + clocks { + clk54: clk54 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <54000000>; + }; + }; + ... + i2c0: i2c-master@0d090000 { + ... + cdce706: clock-synth@69 { + compatible = "ti,cdce706"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x69>; + clocks = <&clk54>; + clock-names = "clk_in0"; + }; + }; + ... + simple-audio-card,codec { + ... + clocks = <&cdce706 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fapll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fapll.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c19b3f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fapll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments FAPLL clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a +register-mapped FAPLL with usually two selectable input clocks +(reference clock and bypass clock), and one or more child +syntesizers. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "ti,dm816-fapll-clock" +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks (clk-ref and clk-bypass) +- reg : address and length of the register set for controlling the FAPLL. + +Examples: + main_fapll: main_fapll { + #clock-cells = <1>; + compatible = "ti,dm816-fapll-clock"; + reg = <0x400 0x40>; + clocks = <&sys_clkin_ck &sys_clkin_ck>; + clock-indices = <1>, <2>, <3>, <4>, <5>, + <6>, <7>; + clock-output-names = "main_pll_clk1", + "main_pll_clk2", + "main_pll_clk3", + "main_pll_clk4", + "main_pll_clk5", + "main_pll_clk6", + "main_pll_clk7"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/exynos-ppmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/exynos-ppmu.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b54bf3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/devfreq/event/exynos-ppmu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ + +* Samsung Exynos PPMU (Platform Performance Monitoring Unit) device + +The Samsung Exynos SoC has PPMU (Platform Performance Monitoring Unit) for +each IP. PPMU provides the primitive values to get performance data. These +PPMU events provide information of the SoC's behaviors so that you may +use to analyze system performance, to make behaviors visible and to count +usages of each IP (DMC, CPU, RIGHTBUS, LEFTBUS, CAM interface, LCD, G3D, MFC). +The Exynos PPMU driver uses the devfreq-event class to provide event data +to various devfreq devices. The devfreq devices would use the event data when +derterming the current state of each IP. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "samsung,exynos-ppmu". +- reg: physical base address of each PPMU and length of memory mapped region. + +Optional properties: +- clock-names : the name of clock used by the PPMU, "ppmu" +- clocks : phandles for clock specified in "clock-names" property +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +Example1 : PPMU nodes in exynos3250.dtsi are listed below. + + ppmu_dmc0: ppmu_dmc0@106a0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos-ppmu"; + reg = <0x106a0000 0x2000>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + + ppmu_dmc1: ppmu_dmc1@106b0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos-ppmu"; + reg = <0x106b0000 0x2000>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + + ppmu_cpu: ppmu_cpu@106c0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos-ppmu"; + reg = <0x106c0000 0x2000>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + + ppmu_rightbus: ppmu_rightbus@112a0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos-ppmu"; + reg = <0x112a0000 0x2000>; + clocks = <&cmu CLK_PPMURIGHT>; + clock-names = "ppmu"; + status = "disabled"; + }; + + ppmu_leftbus: ppmu_leftbus0@116a0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos-ppmu"; + reg = <0x116a0000 0x2000>; + clocks = <&cmu CLK_PPMULEFT>; + clock-names = "ppmu"; + status = "disabled"; + }; + +Example2 : Events of each PPMU node in exynos3250-rinato.dts are listed below. + + &ppmu_dmc0 { + status = "okay"; + + events { + ppmu_dmc0_3: ppmu-event3-dmc0 { + event-name = "ppmu-event3-dmc0"; + }; + + ppmu_dmc0_2: ppmu-event2-dmc0 { + event-name = "ppmu-event2-dmc0"; + }; + + ppmu_dmc0_1: ppmu-event1-dmc0 { + event-name = "ppmu-event1-dmc0"; + }; + + ppmu_dmc0_0: ppmu-event0-dmc0 { + event-name = "ppmu-event0-dmc0"; + }; + }; + }; + + &ppmu_dmc1 { + status = "okay"; + + events { + ppmu_dmc1_3: ppmu-event3-dmc1 { + event-name = "ppmu-event3-dmc1"; + }; + }; + }; + + &ppmu_leftbus { + status = "okay"; + + events { + ppmu_leftbus_3: ppmu-event3-leftbus { + event-name = "ppmu-event3-leftbus"; + }; + }; + }; + + &ppmu_rightbus { + status = "okay"; + + events { + ppmu_rightbus_3: ppmu-event3-rightbus { + event-name = "ppmu-event3-rightbus"; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/img-mdc-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/img-mdc-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28c1341 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/img-mdc-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +* IMG Multi-threaded DMA Controller (MDC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-mdc-dma". +- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the MDC registers. +- interrupts: Must contain all the per-channel DMA interrupts. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - sys: MDC system interface clock. +- img,cr-periph: Must contain a phandle to the peripheral control syscon + node which contains the DMA request to channel mapping registers. +- img,max-burst-multiplier: Must be the maximum supported burst size multiplier. + The maximum burst size is this value multiplied by the hardware-reported bus + width. +- #dma-cells: Must be 3: + - The first cell is the peripheral's DMA request line. + - The second cell is a bitmap specifying to which channels the DMA request + line may be mapped (i.e. bit N set indicates channel N is usable). + - The third cell is the thread ID to be used by the channel. + +Optional properties: +- dma-channels: Number of supported DMA channels, up to 32. If not specified + the number reported by the hardware is used. + +Example: + +mdc: dma-controller@18143000 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-mdc-dma"; + reg = <0x18143000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 27 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 28 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 29 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 30 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 33 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 34 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 35 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 36 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SHARED 38 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&system_clk>; + clock-names = "sys"; + + img,max-burst-multiplier = <16>; + img,cr-periph = <&cr_periph>; + + #dma-cells = <3>; +}; + +spi@18100f00 { + ... + dmas = <&mdc 9 0xffffffff 0>, <&mdc 10 0xffffffff 0>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + ... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt index df0f48b..09daeef 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt @@ -1,13 +1,10 @@ * Renesas R-Car DMA Controller Device Tree bindings -Renesas R-Car Generation 2 SoCs have have multiple multi-channel DMA +Renesas R-Car Generation 2 SoCs have multiple multi-channel DMA controller instances named DMAC capable of serving multiple clients. Channels can be dedicated to specific clients or shared between a large number of clients. -DMA clients are connected to the DMAC ports referenced by an 8-bit identifier -called MID/RID. - Each DMA client is connected to one dedicated port of the DMAC, identified by an 8-bit port number called the MID/RID. A DMA controller can thus serve up to 256 clients in total. When the number of hardware channels is lower than the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt index d58675e..c261598 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Example: chan_allocation_order = <1>; chan_priority = <1>; block_size = <0xfff>; - data_width = <3 3 0 0>; + data_width = <3 3>; }; DMA clients connected to the Designware DMA controller must use the format diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebc1a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Atmel's HLCDC (High LCD Controller) DRM driver + +The Atmel HLCDC Display Controller is subdevice of the HLCDC MFD device. +See ../mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt for more details. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value should be "atmel,hlcdc-display-controller" + - pinctrl-names: the pin control state names. Should contain "default". + - pinctrl-0: should contain the default pinctrl states. + - #address-cells: should be set to 1. + - #size-cells: should be set to 0. + +Required children nodes: + Children nodes are encoding available output ports and their connections + to external devices using the OF graph reprensentation (see ../graph.txt). + At least one port node is required. + +Example: + + hlcdc: hlcdc@f0030000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-hlcdc"; + reg = <0xf0030000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <36 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 0>; + clocks = <&lcdc_clk>, <&lcdck>, <&clk32k>; + clock-names = "periph_clk","sys_clk", "slow_clk"; + status = "disabled"; + + hlcdc-display-controller { + compatible = "atmel,hlcdc-display-controller"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lcd_base &pinctrl_lcd_rgb888>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + hlcdc_panel_output: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&panel_input>; + }; + }; + }; + + hlcdc_pwm: hlcdc-pwm { + compatible = "atmel,hlcdc-pwm"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lcd_pwm>; + #pwm-cells = <3>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/dw_hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/dw_hdmi.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a905c14 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/dw_hdmi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +DesignWare HDMI bridge bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: platform specific such as: + * "snps,dw-hdmi-tx" + * "fsl,imx6q-hdmi" + * "fsl,imx6dl-hdmi" + * "rockchip,rk3288-dw-hdmi" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- interrupts: The HDMI interrupt number +- clocks, clock-names : must have the phandles to the HDMI iahb and isfr clocks, + as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt, + the clocks are soc specific, the clock-names should be "iahb", "isfr" +-port@[X]: SoC specific port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt, + please refer to the SoC specific binding document: + * Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/hdmi.txt + * Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt + +Optional properties +- reg-io-width: the width of the reg:1,4, default set to 1 if not present +- ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing +- clocks, clock-names: phandle to the HDMI CEC clock, name should be "cec" + +Example: + hdmi: hdmi@0120000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6q-hdmi"; + reg = <0x00120000 0x9000>; + interrupts = <0 115 0x04>; + gpr = <&gpr>; + clocks = <&clks 123>, <&clks 124>; + clock-names = "iahb", "isfr"; + ddc-i2c-bus = <&i2c2>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + + hdmi_mux_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu1_di0_hdmi>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + + hdmi_mux_1: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu1_di1_hdmi>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt index aca917f..a29a55f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/msm/hdmi.txt @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ Qualcomm adreno/snapdragon hdmi output Required properties: - compatible: one of the following + * "qcom,hdmi-tx-8084" + * "qcom,hdmi-tx-8074" * "qcom,hdmi-tx-8660" * "qcom,hdmi-tx-8960" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-socfpga-fpga-mgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-socfpga-fpga-mgr.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b027a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/altera-socfpga-fpga-mgr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Altera SOCFPGA FPGA Manager + +Required properties: +- compatible : should contain "altr,socfpga-fpga-mgr" +- reg : base address and size for memory mapped io. + - The first index is for FPGA manager register access. + - The second index is for writing FPGA configuration data. +- interrupts : interrupt for the FPGA Manager device. + +Example: + + hps_0_fpgamgr: fpgamgr@0xff706000 { + compatible = "altr,socfpga-fpga-mgr"; + reg = <0xFF706000 0x1000 + 0xFFB90000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 175 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt index d8c98c7..23e1d31 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30/Tegr114/Tegra124 fuse block. Required properties: -- compatible : should be: - "nvidia,tegra20-efuse" - "nvidia,tegra30-efuse" - "nvidia,tegra114-efuse" - "nvidia,tegra124-efuse" +- compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-efuse". For Tegra30, + must contain "nvidia,tegra30-efuse". For Tegra114, must contain + "nvidia,tegra114-efuse". For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-efuse". + Otherwise, must contain "nvidia,<chip>-efuse", plus one of the above, where + <chip> is tegra132. Details: nvidia,tegra20-efuse: Tegra20 requires using APB DMA to read the fuse data due to a hardware bug. Tegra20 also lacks certain information which is diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fujitsu,mb86s70-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fujitsu,mb86s70-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bef353f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/fujitsu,mb86s70-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Fujitsu MB86S7x GPIO Controller +------------------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fujitsu,mb86s70-gpio" +- reg: Base address and length of register space +- clocks: Specify the clock +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be <2>. The first cell is the pin number and the + second cell is used to specify optional parameters: + - bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted). + +Examples: + gpio0: gpio@31000000 { + compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-gpio"; + reg = <0 0x31000000 0x10000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + clocks = <&clk 0 2 1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-max732x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-max732x.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fdc843 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-max732x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +* MAX732x-compatible I/O expanders + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "maxim,max7319": For the Maxim MAX7319 + - "maxim,max7320": For the Maxim MAX7320 + - "maxim,max7321": For the Maxim MAX7321 + - "maxim,max7322": For the Maxim MAX7322 + - "maxim,max7323": For the Maxim MAX7323 + - "maxim,max7324": For the Maxim MAX7324 + - "maxim,max7325": For the Maxim MAX7325 + - "maxim,max7326": For the Maxim MAX7326 + - "maxim,max7327": For the Maxim MAX7327 + - reg: I2C slave address for this device. + - gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. + - #gpio-cells: Should be 2. + - first cell is the GPIO number + - second cell specifies GPIO flags, as defined in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>. + Only the GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW flags are supported. + +Optional properties: + + The I/O expander can detect input state changes, and thus optionally act as + an interrupt controller. When the expander interrupt line is connected all the + following properties must be set. For more information please see the + interrupt controller device tree bindings documentation available at + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + + - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. + - #interrupt-cells: Number of cells to encode an interrupt source, shall be 2. + - first cell is the pin number + - second cell is used to specify flags + - interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. + - interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. + +Please refer to gpio.txt in this directory for details of the common GPIO +bindings used by client devices. + +Example 1. MAX7325 with interrupt support enabled (CONFIG_GPIO_MAX732X_IRQ=y): + + expander: max7325@6d { + compatible = "maxim,max7325"; + reg = <0x6d>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <29 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + }; + +Example 2. MAX7325 with interrupt support disabled (CONFIG_GPIO_MAX732X_IRQ=n): + + expander: max7325@6d { + compatible = "maxim,max7325"; + reg = <0x6d>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pcf857x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pcf857x.txt index d63194a..ada4e29 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pcf857x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pcf857x.txt @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Optional Properties: - lines-initial-states: Bitmask that specifies the initial state of each line. When a bit is set to zero, the corresponding line will be initialized to the input (pulled-up) state. When the bit is set to one, the line will be - initialized the the low-level output state. If the property is not specified + initialized the low-level output state. If the property is not specified all lines will be initialized to the input state. The I/O expander can detect input state changes, and thus optionally act as diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sx150x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sx150x.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba2bb84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sx150x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +SEMTECH SX150x GPIO expander bindings + + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "semtech,sx1506q", + "semtech,sx1508q", + "semtech,sx1509q". + +- reg: The I2C slave address for this device. + +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. + +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. + +- #gpio-cells: Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number and the + second cell is used to specify optional parameters: + bit 0: polarity (0: normal, 1: inverted) + +- gpio-controller: Marks the device as a GPIO controller. + +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device as a interrupt controller. + +The GPIO expander can optionally be used as an interrupt controller, in +which case it uses the default two cell specifier as described in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + +Example: + + i2c_gpio_expander@20{ + #gpio-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + compatible = "semtech,sx1506q"; + reg = <0x20>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio_1>; + interrupts = <16 0>; + + gpio-controller; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dae1300 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-xgene-sb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +APM X-Gene Standby GPIO controller bindings + +This is a gpio controller in the standby domain. + +There are 20 GPIO pins from 0..21. There is no GPIO_DS14 or GPIO_DS15, +only GPIO_DS8..GPIO_DS13 support interrupts. The IRQ mapping +is currently 1-to-1 on interrupts 0x28 thru 0x2d. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "apm,xgene-gpio-sb" for the X-Gene Standby GPIO controller +- reg: Physical base address and size of the controller's registers +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. + - first cell is the pin number + - second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity: + 0 = active high + 1 = active low +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- interrupts: Shall contain exactly 6 interrupts. + +Example: + sbgpio: sbgpio@17001000 { + compatible = "apm,xgene-gpio-sb"; + reg = <0x0 0x17001000 0x0 0x400>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + interrupts = <0x0 0x28 0x1>, + <0x0 0x29 0x1>, + <0x0 0x2a 0x1>, + <0x0 0x2b 0x1>, + <0x0 0x2c 0x1>, + <0x0 0x2d 0x1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt index b9bd1d6..f7a158d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt @@ -69,7 +69,8 @@ GPIO pin number, and GPIO flags as accepted by the "qe_pio_e" gpio-controller. ---------------------------------- A gpio-specifier should contain a flag indicating the GPIO polarity; active- -high or active-low. If it does, the follow best practices should be followed: +high or active-low. If it does, the following best practices should be +followed: The gpio-specifier's polarity flag should represent the physical level at the GPIO controller that achieves (or represents, for inputs) a logically asserted @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ contains information structures as follows: numeric-gpio-range ::= <pinctrl-phandle> <gpio-base> <pinctrl-base> <count> named-gpio-range ::= <pinctrl-phandle> <gpio-base> '<0 0>' - gpio-phandle : phandle to pin controller node. + pinctrl-phandle : phandle to pin controller node gpio-base : Base GPIO ID in the GPIO controller pinctrl-base : Base pinctrl pin ID in the pin controller count : The number of GPIOs/pins in this range diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt index b2afdb2..67a2e4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "intel,pxa25x-gpio", "intel,pxa26x-gpio", "intel,pxa27x-gpio", "intel,pxa3xx-gpio", - "marvell,pxa93x-gpio", "marvell,mmp-gpio" or - "marvell,mmp2-gpio". + "marvell,pxa93x-gpio", "marvell,mmp-gpio", + "marvell,mmp2-gpio" or marvell,pxa1928-gpio. - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should be the port interrupt shared by all gpio pins. There're three gpio interrupts in arch-pxa, and they're gpio0, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt index 4c32ef0..009f4bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt @@ -197,7 +197,9 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - sor: serial output resource Required properties: - - compatible: "nvidia,tegra124-sor" + - compatible: For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-sor". Otherwise, + must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-sor", "nvidia,tegra124-sor"', where <chip> + is tegra132. - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. @@ -222,7 +224,9 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - nvidia,dpaux: phandle to a DispayPort AUX interface - dpaux: DisplayPort AUX interface - - compatible: "nvidia,tegra124-dpaux" + - compatible: For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-dpaux". Otherwise, + must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-dpaux", "nvidia,tegra124-dpaux"', where + <chip> is tegra132. - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt index c99eb34..6b1d75f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/st,stih4xx.txt @@ -83,6 +83,22 @@ sti-hda: - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same order. +sti-dvo: + Required properties: + must be a child of sti-tvout + - compatible: "st,stih<chip>-dvo" + - reg: Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. + - reg-names: names of the mapped memory regions listed in regs property in + the same order. + - clocks: from common clock binding: handle hardware IP needed clocks, the + number of clocks may depend of the SoC type. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: names of the clocks listed in clocks property in the same + order. + - pinctrl-0: pin control handle + - pinctrl-name: names of the pin control to use + - sti,panel: phandle of the panel connected to the DVO output + sti-hqvdp: must be a child of sti-display-subsystem Required properties: @@ -198,6 +214,19 @@ Example: clock-names = "pix", "hddac"; clocks = <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_PIX_HD>, <&clockgen_c_vcc CLK_S_HDDAC>; }; + + sti-dvo@8d00400 { + compatible = "st,stih407-dvo"; + reg = <0x8d00400 0x200>; + reg-names = "dvo-reg"; + clock-names = "dvo_pix", "dvo", + "main_parent", "aux_parent"; + clocks = <&clk_s_d2_flexgen CLK_PIX_DVO>, <&clk_s_d2_flexgen CLK_DVO>, + <&clk_s_d2_quadfs 0>, <&clk_s_d2_quadfs 1>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_dvo>; + sti,panel = <&panel_dvo>; + }; }; sti-hqvdp@9c000000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81f982c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +Broadcom iProc I2C controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible: + Must be "brcm,iproc-i2c" + +- reg: + Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contain the iProc + I2C controller registers + +- interrupts: + Should contain the I2C interrupt + +- clock-frequency: + This is the I2C bus clock. Need to be either 100000 or 400000 + +- #address-cells: + Always 1 (for I2C addresses) + +- #size-cells: + Always 0 + +Example: + i2c0: i2c@18008000 { + compatible = "brcm,iproc-i2c"; + reg = <0x18008000 0x100>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 85 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + clock-frequency = <100000>; + + codec: wm8750@1a { + compatible = "wlf,wm8750"; + reg = <0x1a>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt index 52d37fd..ce4311d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: - "fsl,vf610-i2c" for I2C compatible with the one integrated on Vybrid vf610 SoC - reg : Should contain I2C/HS-I2C registers location and length - interrupts : Should contain I2C/HS-I2C interrupt +- clocks : Should contain the I2C/HS-I2C clock specifier Optional properties: - clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt index 34a3fb6..cf53d5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt @@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ Required Properties: Optional Properties: - reset-gpios: Reference to the GPIO connected to the reset input. + - i2c-mux-idle-disconnect: Boolean; if defined, forces mux to disconnect all + children in idle state. This is necessary for example, if there are several + multiplexers on the bus and the devices behind them use same I2C addresses. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt index 1637c29..17bef9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-ocores.txt @@ -4,24 +4,60 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "opencores,i2c-ocores" or "aeroflexgaisler,i2cmst" - reg : bus address start and address range size of device - interrupts : interrupt number -- clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz +- clocks : handle to the controller clock; see the note below. + Mutually exclusive with opencores,ip-clock-frequency +- opencores,ip-clock-frequency: frequency of the controller clock in Hz; + see the note below. Mutually exclusive with clocks - #address-cells : should be <1> - #size-cells : should be <0> Optional properties: +- clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz; see the note below. + Defaults to 100 KHz when the property is not specified - reg-shift : device register offsets are shifted by this value - reg-io-width : io register width in bytes (1, 2 or 4) - regstep : deprecated, use reg-shift above -Example: +Note +clock-frequency property is meant to control the bus frequency for i2c bus +drivers, but it was incorrectly used to specify i2c controller input clock +frequency. So the following rules are set to fix this situation: +- if clock-frequency is present and neither opencores,ip-clock-frequency nor + clocks are, then clock-frequency specifies i2c controller clock frequency. + This is to keep backwards compatibility with setups using old DTB. i2c bus + frequency is fixed at 100 KHz. +- if clocks is present it specifies i2c controller clock. clock-frequency + property specifies i2c bus frequency. +- if opencores,ip-clock-frequency is present it specifies i2c controller + clock frequency. clock-frequency property specifies i2c bus frequency. +Examples: + + i2c0: ocores@a0000000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "opencores,i2c-ocores"; + reg = <0xa0000000 0x8>; + interrupts = <10>; + opencores,ip-clock-frequency = <20000000>; + + reg-shift = <0>; /* 8 bit registers */ + reg-io-width = <1>; /* 8 bit read/write */ + + dummy@60 { + compatible = "dummy"; + reg = <0x60>; + }; + }; +or i2c0: ocores@a0000000 { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; compatible = "opencores,i2c-ocores"; reg = <0xa0000000 0x8>; interrupts = <10>; - clock-frequency = <20000000>; + clocks = <&osc>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; /* i2c bus frequency 400 KHz */ reg-shift = <0>; /* 8 bit registers */ reg-io-width = <1>; /* 8 bit read/write */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rk3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rk3x.txt index dde6c22..f0d71bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rk3x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rk3x.txt @@ -21,6 +21,17 @@ Required on RK3066, RK3188 : Optional properties : - clock-frequency : SCL frequency to use (in Hz). If omitted, 100kHz is used. + - i2c-scl-rising-time-ns : Number of nanoseconds the SCL signal takes to rise + (t(r) in I2C specification). If not specified this is assumed to be + the maximum the specification allows(1000 ns for Standard-mode, + 300 ns for Fast-mode) which might cause slightly slower communication. + - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : Number of nanoseconds the SCL signal takes to fall + (t(f) in the I2C specification). If not specified this is assumed to + be the maximum the specification allows (300 ns) which might cause + slightly slower communication. + - i2c-sda-falling-time-ns : Number of nanoseconds the SDA signal takes to fall + (t(f) in the I2C specification). If not specified we'll use the SCL + value since they are the same in nearly all cases. Example: @@ -39,4 +50,7 @@ i2c0: i2c@2002d000 { clock-names = "i2c"; clocks = <&cru PCLK_I2C0>; + + i2c-scl-rising-time-ns = <800>; + i2c-scl-falling-time-ns = <100>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt index 87507e9..656716b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30/Tegra114 I2C controller driver. Required properties: -- compatible : should be: - "nvidia,tegra114-i2c" - "nvidia,tegra30-i2c" - "nvidia,tegra20-i2c" - "nvidia,tegra20-i2c-dvc" +- compatible : For Tegra20, must be one of "nvidia,tegra20-i2c-dvc" or + "nvidia,tegra20-i2c". For Tegra30, must be "nvidia,tegra30-i2c". + For Tegra114, must be "nvidia,tegra114-i2c". Otherwise, must be + "nvidia,<chip>-i2c", plus at least one of the above, where <chip> is + tegra124, tegra132, or tegra210. Details of compatible are as follows: nvidia,tegra20-i2c-dvc: Tegra20 has specific I2C controller called as DVC I2C controller. This only support master mode of I2C communication. Register diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index 9f41d05..aaa8325 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ document for it just like any other devices. Compatible Vendor / Chip ========== ============= +abracon,abb5zes3 AB-RTCMC-32.768kHz-B5ZE-S3: Real Time Clock/Calendar Module with I2C Interface ad,ad7414 SMBus/I2C Digital Temperature Sensor in 6-Pin SOT with SMBus Alert and Over Temperature Pin ad,adm9240 ADM9240: Complete System Hardware Monitor for uProcessor-Based Systems adi,adt7461 +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C @@ -34,6 +35,7 @@ atmel,24c512 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,24c1024 i2c serial eeprom (24cxx) atmel,at97sc3204t i2c trusted platform module (TPM) capella,cm32181 CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor +capella,cm3232 CM3232: Ambient Light Sensor catalyst,24c32 i2c serial eeprom cirrus,cs42l51 Cirrus Logic CS42L51 audio codec dallas,ds1307 64 x 8, Serial, I2C Real-Time Clock @@ -59,9 +61,8 @@ fsl,sgtl5000 SGTL5000: Ultra Low-Power Audio Codec gmt,g751 G751: Digital Temperature Sensor and Thermal Watchdog with Two-Wire Interface infineon,slb9635tt Infineon SLB9635 (Soft-) I2C TPM (old protocol, max 100khz) infineon,slb9645tt Infineon SLB9645 I2C TPM (new protocol, max 400khz) -isl,isl12057 Intersil ISL12057 I2C RTC Chip -isil,isl29028 (deprecated, use isl) -isl,isl29028 Intersil ISL29028 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor +isil,isl12057 Intersil ISL12057 I2C RTC Chip +isil,isl29028 Intersil ISL29028 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor maxim,ds1050 5 Bit Programmable, Pulse-Width Modulator maxim,max1237 Low-Power, 4-/12-Channel, 2-Wire Serial, 12-Bit ADCs maxim,max6625 9-Bit/12-Bit Temperature Sensors with I²C-Compatible Serial Interface diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/cc10001_adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/cc10001_adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..904f76d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/cc10001_adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Cosmic Circuits - Analog to Digital Converter (CC-10001-ADC) + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "cosmic,10001-adc" + - reg: Should contain adc registers location and length. + - clock-names: Should contain "adc". + - clocks: Should contain a clock specifier for each entry in clock-names + - vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage. + +Optional properties: + - adc-reserved-channels: Bitmask of reserved channels, + i.e. channels that cannot be used by the OS. + +Example: +adc: adc@18101600 { + compatible = "cosmic,10001-adc"; + reg = <0x18101600 0x24>; + adc-reserved-channels = <0x2>; + clocks = <&adc_clk>; + clock-names = "adc"; + vref-supply = <®_1v8>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fb4613 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC voltage ADC + +SPMI PMIC voltage ADC (VADC) provides interface to clients to read +voltage. The VADC is a 15-bit sigma-delta ADC. + +VADC node: + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Should contain "qcom,spmi-vadc". + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: VADC base address and length in the SPMI PMIC register map. + +- #address-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Must be one. Child node 'reg' property should define ADC + channel number. + +- #size-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Must be zero. + +- #io-channel-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Must be one. For details about IIO bindings see: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/iio-bindings.txt + +- interrupts: + Usage: optional + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: End of conversion interrupt. + +Channel node properties: + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: ADC channel number. + See include/dt-bindings/iio/qcom,spmi-vadc.h + +- qcom,decimation: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: This parameter is used to decrease ADC sampling rate. + Quicker measurements can be made by reducing decimation ratio. + Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096. + If property is not found, default value of 512 will be used. + +- qcom,pre-scaling: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32 array> + Definition: Used for scaling the channel input signal before the signal is + fed to VADC. The configuration for this node is to know the + pre-determined ratio and use it for post scaling. Select one from + the following options. + <1 1>, <1 3>, <1 4>, <1 6>, <1 20>, <1 8>, <10 81>, <1 10> + If property is not found default value depending on chip will be used. + +- qcom,ratiometric: + Usage: optional + Value type: <empty> + Definition: Channel calibration type. If this property is specified + VADC will use the VDD reference (1.8V) and GND for channel + calibration. If property is not found, channel will be + calibrated with 0.625V and 1.25V reference channels, also + known as absolute calibration. + +- qcom,hw-settle-time: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Time between AMUX getting configured and the ADC starting + conversion. Delay = 100us * (value) for value < 11, and + 2ms * (value - 10) otherwise. + Valid values are: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, + 900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms + If property is not found, channel will use 0us. + +- qcom,avg-samples: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Number of samples to be used for measurement. + Averaging provides the option to obtain a single measurement + from the ADC that is an average of multiple samples. The value + selected is 2^(value). + Valid values are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 + If property is not found, 1 sample will be used. + +NOTE: + +Following channels, also known as reference point channels, are used for +result calibration and their channel configuration nodes should be defined: +VADC_REF_625MV and/or VADC_SPARE1(based on PMIC version) VADC_REF_1250MV, +VADC_GND_REF and VADC_VDD_VADC. + +Example: + + /* VADC node */ + pmic_vadc: vadc@3100 { + compatible = "qcom,spmi-vadc"; + reg = <0x3100 0x100>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x31 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; + io-channel-ranges; + + /* Channel node */ + usb_id_nopull { + reg = <VADC_LR_MUX10_USB_ID>; + qcom,decimation = <512>; + qcom,ratiometric; + qcom,hw-settle-time = <200>; + qcom,avg-samples = <1>; + qcom,pre-scaling = <1 3>; + }; + }; + + /* IIO client node */ + usb { + io-channels = <&pmic_vadc VADC_LR_MUX10_USB_ID>; + io-channel-names = "vadc"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt index d9ee909..d71258e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/xilinx-xadc.txt @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Optional properties: Each child node represents one channel and has the following properties: Required properties: - * reg: Pair of pins the the channel is connected to. + * reg: Pair of pins the channel is connected to. 0: VP/VN 1: VAUXP[0]/VAUXN[0] 2: VAUXP[1]/VAUXN[1] diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/sensorhub.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/sensorhub.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d57571 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/sensorhub.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Samsung Sensorhub driver + +Sensorhub is a MCU which manages several sensors and also plays the role +of a virtual sensor device. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "samsung,sensorhub-rinato" or "samsung,sensorhub-thermostat" +- spi-max-frequency: max SPI clock frequency +- interrupt-parent: interrupt parent +- interrupts: communication interrupt +- ap-mcu-gpios: [out] ap to sensorhub line - used during communication +- mcu-ap-gpios: [in] sensorhub to ap - used during communication +- mcu-reset-gpios: [out] sensorhub reset + +Example: + + shub_spi: shub { + compatible = "samsung,sensorhub-rinato"; + spi-max-frequency = <5000000>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpx0>; + interrupts = <2 0>; + ap-mcu-gpios = <&gpx0 0 0>; + mcu-ap-gpios = <&gpx0 4 0>; + mcu-reset-gpios = <&gpx0 5 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/e3x0-button.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/e3x0-button.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..751665e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/e3x0-button.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +National Instruments Ettus Research USRP E3x0 button driver + +This module is part of the NI Ettus Research USRP E3x0 SDR. + +This module provides a simple power button event via two interrupts. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of the following + - "ettus,e3x0-button": For devices such as the NI Ettus Research USRP E3x0 +- interrupt-parent: + - a phandle to the interrupt controller that it is attached to. +- interrupts: should be one of the following + - <0 30 1>, <0 31 1>: For devices such as the NI Ettus Research USRP E3x0 +- interrupt-names: should be one of the following + - "press", "release": For devices such as the NI Ettus Research USRP E3x0 + +Note: Interrupt numbers might vary depending on the FPGA configuration. + +Example: + button { + compatible = "ettus,e3x0-button"; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <0 30 1>, <0 31 1>; + interrupt-names = "press", "release"; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/regulator-haptic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/regulator-haptic.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ed1c7e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/regulator-haptic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Regulator Haptic Device Tree Bindings + +Required Properties: + - compatible : Should be "regulator-haptic" + - haptic-supply : Power supply to the haptic motor. + [*] refer Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + + - max-microvolt : The maximum voltage value supplied to the haptic motor. + [The unit of the voltage is a micro] + + - min-microvolt : The minimum voltage value supplied to the haptic motor. + [The unit of the voltage is a micro] + +Example: + + haptics { + compatible = "regulator-haptic"; + haptic-supply = <&motor_regulator>; + max-microvolt = <2700000>; + min-microvolt = <1100000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9c32f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +Allwinner sun4i low res adc attached tablet keys +------------------------------------------------ + +Required properties: + - compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-lradc-keys" + - reg: mmio address range of the chip + - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected + - vref-supply: powersupply for the lradc reference voltage + +Each key is represented as a sub-node of "allwinner,sun4i-a10-lradc-keys": + +Required subnode-properties: + - label: Descriptive name of the key. + - linux,code: Keycode to emit. + - channel: Channel this key is attached to, mut be 0 or 1. + - voltage: Voltage in µV at lradc input when this key is pressed. + +Example: + +#include <dt-bindings/input/input.h> + + lradc: lradc@01c22800 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-lradc-keys"; + reg = <0x01c22800 0x100>; + interrupts = <31>; + vref-supply = <®_vcc3v0>; + + button@191 { + label = "Volume Up"; + linux,code = <KEY_VOLUMEUP>; + channel = <0>; + voltage = <191274>; + }; + + button@392 { + label = "Volume Down"; + linux,code = <KEY_VOLUMEDOWN>; + channel = <0>; + voltage = <392644>; + }; + + button@601 { + label = "Menu"; + linux,code = <KEY_MENU>; + channel = <0>; + voltage = <601151>; + }; + + button@795 { + label = "Enter"; + linux,code = <KEY_ENTER>; + channel = <0>; + voltage = <795090>; + }; + + button@987 { + label = "Home"; + linux,code = <KEY_HOMEPAGE>; + channel = <0>; + voltage = <987387>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt index aef5779..433332d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sun4i.txt @@ -2,9 +2,10 @@ sun4i resistive touchscreen controller -------------------------------------- Required properties: - - compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts" + - compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ts" or "allwinner,sun6i-a31-ts" - reg: mmio address range of the chip - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected + - #thermal-sensor-cells: shall be 0 Optional properties: - allwinner,ts-attached: boolean indicating that an actual touchscreen is @@ -17,4 +18,5 @@ Example: reg = <0x01c25000 0x100>; interrupts = <29>; allwinner,ts-attached; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt index 878549b..6c4fb34 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt @@ -28,6 +28,20 @@ Required properties: ti,adc-channels: List of analog inputs available for ADC. AIN0 = 0, AIN1 = 1 and so on till AIN7 = 7. +Optional properties: +- child "tsc" + ti,charge-delay: Length of touch screen charge delay step in terms of + ADC clock cycles. Charge delay value should be large + in order to avoid false pen-up events. This value + effects the overall sampling speed, hence need to be + kept as low as possible, while avoiding false pen-up + event. Start from a lower value, say 0x400, and + increase value until false pen-up events are avoided. + The pen-up detection happens immediately after the + charge step, so this does in fact function as a + hardware knob for adjusting the amount of "settling + time". + Example: tscadc: tscadc@44e0d000 { compatible = "ti,am3359-tscadc"; @@ -36,6 +50,7 @@ Example: ti,x-plate-resistance = <200>; ti,coordiante-readouts = <5>; ti,wire-config = <0x00 0x11 0x22 0x33>; + ti,charge-delay = <0x400>; }; adc { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tps65218-pwrbutton.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tps65218-pwrbutton.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e30e0b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tps65218-pwrbutton.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Texas Instruments TPS65218 power button + +This driver provides a simple power button event via an Interrupt. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "ti,tps65218-pwrbutton" +- interrupts: should be one of the following + - <3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>: For controllers compatible with tps65218 + +Example: + +&tps { + power-button { + compatible = "ti,tps65218-pwrbutton"; + interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/digicolor-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/digicolor-ic.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42d41ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/digicolor-ic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Conexant Digicolor Interrupt Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "cnxt,cx92755-ic" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the interrupt controller + registers (IC) area +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value shall be 1. +- syscon: A phandle to the syscon node describing UC registers + +Example: + + intc: interrupt-controller@f0000040 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-ic"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0xf0000040 0x40>; + syscon = <&uc_regs>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt index c73acd0..4f7946a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,intc-irqpin.txt @@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,intc-irqpin-r8a7778" (R-Car M1A) - "renesas,intc-irqpin-r8a7779" (R-Car H1) - "renesas,intc-irqpin-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5) + +- reg: Base address and length of each register bank used by the external + IRQ pins driven by the interrupt controller hardware module. The base + addresses, length and number of required register banks varies with soctype. + - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in interrupts.txt in this directory diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap-intc-irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap-intc-irq.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38ce5d03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/ti,omap-intc-irq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Omap2/3 intc controller + +On TI omap2 and 3 the intc interrupt controller can provide +96 or 128 IRQ signals to the ARM host depending on the SoC. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: should be one of + "ti,omap2-intc" + "ti,omap3-intc" + "ti,dm814-intc" + "ti,dm816-intc" + "ti,am33xx-intc" + +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode interrupt + source, should be 1 for intc +- interrupts: interrupt reference to primary interrupt controller + +Please refer to interrupts.txt in this directory for details of the common +Interrupt Controllers bindings used by client devices. + +Example: + intc: interrupt-controller@48200000 { + compatible = "ti,omap3-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x48200000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd29083 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* Renesas VMSA-Compatible IOMMU + +The IPMMU is an IOMMU implementation compatible with the ARM VMSA page tables. +It provides address translation for bus masters outside of the CPU, each +connected to the IPMMU through a port called micro-TLB. + + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must contain "renesas,ipmmu-vmsa". + - reg: Base address and size of the IPMMU registers. + - interrupts: Specifiers for the MMU fault interrupts. For instances that + support secure mode two interrupts must be specified, for non-secure and + secure mode, in that order. For instances that don't support secure mode a + single interrupt must be specified. + + - #iommu-cells: Must be 1. + +Each bus master connected to an IPMMU must reference the IPMMU in its device +node with the following property: + + - iommus: A reference to the IPMMU in two cells. The first cell is a phandle + to the IPMMU and the second cell the number of the micro-TLB that the + device is connected to. + + +Example: R8A7791 IPMMU-MX and VSP1-D0 bus master + + ipmmu_mx: mmu@fe951000 { + compatible = "renasas,ipmmu-vmsa"; + reg = <0 0xfe951000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 222 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 221 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #iommu-cells = <1>; + }; + + vsp1@fe928000 { + ... + iommus = <&ipmmu_mx 13>; + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt index 6fa4c73..729543c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/samsung,sysmmu.txt @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Required properties: Exynos4 SoCs, there needs no "master" clock. Exynos5 SoCs, some System MMUs must have "master" clocks. - clocks: Required if the System MMU is needed to gate its clock. -- samsung,power-domain: Required if the System MMU is needed to gate its power. +- power-domains: Required if the System MMU is needed to gate its power. Please refer to the following document: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Examples: compatible = "samsung,exynos5-gsc"; reg = <0x13e00000 0x1000>; interrupts = <0 85 0>; - samsung,power-domain = <&pd_gsc>; + power-domains = <&pd_gsc>; clocks = <&clock CLK_GSCL0>; clock-names = "gscl"; }; @@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ Examples: interrupts = <2 0>; clock-names = "sysmmu", "master"; clocks = <&clock CLK_SMMU_GSCL0>, <&clock CLK_GSCL0>; - samsung,power-domain = <&pd_gsc>; + power-domains = <&pd_gsc>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt index 2d88816..34811c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt @@ -1,6 +1,19 @@ Common leds properties. +LED and flash LED devices provide the same basic functionality as current +regulators, but extended with LED and flash LED specific features like +blinking patterns, flash timeout, flash faults and external flash strobe mode. + +Many LED devices expose more than one current output that can be connected +to one or more discrete LED component. Since the arrangement of connections +can influence the way of the LED device initialization, the LED components +have to be tightly coupled with the LED device binding. They are represented +by child nodes of the parent LED device binding. + Optional properties for child nodes: +- led-sources : List of device current outputs the LED is connected to. The + outputs are identified by the numbers that must be defined + in the LED device binding documentation. - label : The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is taken from the node name (excluding the unit address). @@ -14,6 +27,15 @@ Optional properties for child nodes: "ide-disk" - LED indicates disk activity "timer" - LED flashes at a fixed, configurable rate +- max-microamp : maximum intensity in microamperes of the LED + (torch LED for flash devices) +- flash-max-microamp : maximum intensity in microamperes of the + flash LED; it is mandatory if the LED should + support the flash mode +- flash-timeout-us : timeout in microseconds after which the flash + LED is turned off + + Examples: system-status { @@ -21,3 +43,11 @@ system-status { linux,default-trigger = "heartbeat"; ... }; + +camera-flash { + label = "Flash"; + led-sources = <0>, <1>; + max-microamp = <50000>; + flash-max-microamp = <320000>; + flash-timeout-us = <500000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/altera-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/altera-mailbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c261979 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/altera-mailbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Altera Mailbox Driver +===================== + +Required properties: +- compatible : "altr,mailbox-1.0". +- reg : physical base address of the mailbox and length of + memory mapped region. +- #mbox-cells: Common mailbox binding property to identify the number + of cells required for the mailbox specifier. Should be 1. + +Optional properties: +- interrupt-parent : interrupt source phandle. +- interrupts : interrupt number. The interrupt specifier format + depends on the interrupt controller parent. + +Example: + mbox_tx: mailbox@0x100 { + compatible = "altr,mailbox-1.0"; + reg = <0x100 0x8>; + interrupt-parent = < &gic_0 >; + interrupts = <5>; + #mbox-cells = <1>; + }; + + mbox_rx: mailbox@0x200 { + compatible = "altr,mailbox-1.0"; + reg = <0x200 0x8>; + interrupt-parent = < &gic_0 >; + interrupts = <6>; + #mbox-cells = <1>; + }; + +Mailbox client +=============== +"mboxes" and the optional "mbox-names" (please see +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt for details). Each value +of the mboxes property should contain a phandle to the mailbox controller +device node and second argument is the channel index. It must be 0 (hardware +support only one channel).The equivalent "mbox-names" property value can be +used to give a name to the communication channel to be used by the client user. + +Example: + mclient0: mclient0@0x400 { + compatible = "client-1.0"; + reg = <0x400 0x10>; + mbox-names = "mbox-tx", "mbox-rx"; + mboxes = <&mbox_tx 0>, + <&mbox_rx 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt index 17e71b7..251f008 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/atmel-isi.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Example: i2c1: i2c@f0018000 { ov2640: camera@0x30 { - compatible = "omnivision,ov2640"; + compatible = "ovti,ov2640"; reg = <0x30>; port { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/nokia,smia.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/nokia,smia.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..855e1fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/nokia,smia.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +SMIA/SMIA++ sensor + +SMIA (Standard Mobile Imaging Architecture) is an image sensor standard +defined jointly by Nokia and ST. SMIA++, defined by Nokia, is an extension +of that. These definitions are valid for both types of sensors. + +More detailed documentation can be found in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt . + + +Mandatory properties +-------------------- + +- compatible: "nokia,smia" +- reg: I2C address (0x10, or an alternative address) +- vana-supply: Analogue voltage supply (VANA), typically 2,8 volts (sensor + dependent). +- clocks: External clock to the sensor +- clock-frequency: Frequency of the external clock to the sensor +- link-frequencies: List of allowed data link frequencies. An array of + 64-bit elements. + + +Optional properties +------------------- + +- nokia,nvm-size: The size of the NVM, in bytes. If the size is not given, + the NVM contents will not be read. +- reset-gpios: XSHUTDOWN GPIO + + +Endpoint node mandatory properties +---------------------------------- + +- clock-lanes: <0> +- data-lanes: <1..n> +- remote-endpoint: A phandle to the bus receiver's endpoint node. + + +Example +------- + +&i2c2 { + clock-frequency = <400000>; + + smiapp_1: camera@10 { + compatible = "nokia,smia"; + reg = <0x10>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio3 20 0>; + vana-supply = <&vaux3>; + clocks = <&omap3_isp 0>; + clock-frequency = <9600000>; + nokia,nvm-size = <512>; /* 8 * 64 */ + link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <199200000 210000000 499200000>; + port { + smiapp_1_1: endpoint { + clock-lanes = <0>; + data-lanes = <1 2>; + remote-endpoint = <&csi2a_ep>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt index 3e3c5f3..2d5787e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Required properties: for DMA contiguous memory allocation and its size. Optional properties: - - samsung,power-domain : power-domain property defined with a phandle + - power-domains : power-domain property defined with a phandle to respective power domain. Example: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ mfc: codec@13400000 { compatible = "samsung,mfc-v5"; reg = <0x13400000 0x10000>; interrupts = <0 94 0>; - samsung,power-domain = <&pd_mfc>; + power-domains = <&pd_mfc>; clocks = <&clock 273>; clock-names = "mfc"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt index 23dd5ad..1811a06 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Device-Tree bindings for SUNXI IR controller found in sunXi SoC family Required properties: -- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir"; +- compatible : "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir" or "allwinner,sun5i-a13-ir" - clocks : list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in clock-names property; - clock-names : should contain "apb" and "ir" entries; @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - linux,rc-map-name : Remote control map name. +- resets : phandle + reset specifier pair Example: @@ -17,6 +18,7 @@ ir0: ir@01c21800 { compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir"; clocks = <&apb0_gates 6>, <&ir0_clk>; clock-names = "apb", "ir"; + resets = <&apb0_rst 1>; interrupts = <0 5 1>; reg = <0x01C21800 0x40>; linux,rc-map-name = "rc-rc6-mce"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-am437x-vpfe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-am437x-vpfe.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3932e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti-am437x-vpfe.txt @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +Texas Instruments AM437x CAMERA (VPFE) +-------------------------------------- + +The Video Processing Front End (VPFE) is a key component for image capture +applications. The capture module provides the system interface and the +processing capability to connect RAW image-sensor modules and video decoders +to the AM437x device. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "ti,am437x-vpfe" +- reg: physical base address and length of the registers set for the device; +- interrupts: should contain IRQ line for the VPFE; +- ti,am437x-vpfe-interface: can be one of the following, + 0 - Raw Bayer Interface. + 1 - 8 Bit BT656 Interface. + 2 - 10 Bit BT656 Interface. + 3 - YCbCr 8 Bit Interface. + 4 - YCbCr 16 Bit Interface. + +VPFE supports a single port node with parallel bus. It should contain one +'port' child node with child 'endpoint' node. Please refer to the bindings +defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + vpfe: vpfe@f0034000 { + compatible = "ti,am437x-vpfe"; + reg = <0x48328000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 50 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + pinctrl-names = "default", "sleep"; + pinctrl-0 = <&vpfe_pins_default>; + pinctrl-1 = <&vpfe_pins_sleep>; + + port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + vpfe0_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ov2659_1>; + ti,am437x-vpfe-interface = <0>; + bus-width = <8>; + hsync-active = <0>; + vsync-active = <0>; + }; + }; + }; + + i2c1: i2c@4802a000 { + + ov2659@30 { + compatible = "ti,ov2659"; + reg = <0x30>; + + port { + ov2659_1: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&vpfe0_ep>; + bus-width = <8>; + mclk-frequency = <12000000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt index ce719f8..571b4c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt @@ -103,6 +103,9 @@ Optional endpoint properties array contains only one entry. - clock-noncontinuous: a boolean property to allow MIPI CSI-2 non-continuous clock mode. +- link-frequencies: Allowed data bus frequencies. For MIPI CSI-2, for + instance, this is the actual frequency of the bus, not bits per clock per + lane value. An array of 64-bit unsigned integers. Example @@ -159,7 +162,7 @@ pipelines can be active: ov772x -> ceu0 or imx074 -> csi2 -> ceu0. i2c0: i2c@0xfff20000 { ... ov772x_1: camera@0x21 { - compatible = "omnivision,ov772x"; + compatible = "ovti,ov772x"; reg = <0x21>; vddio-supply = <®ulator1>; vddcore-supply = <®ulator2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas-memory-controllers.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas-memory-controllers.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c64b792 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/renesas-memory-controllers.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +DT bindings for Renesas R-Mobile and SH-Mobile memory controllers +================================================================= + +Renesas R-Mobile and SH-Mobile SoCs contain one or more memory controllers. +These memory controllers differ from one SoC variant to another, and are called +by different names ("DDR Bus Controller (DBSC)", "DDR3 Bus State Controller +(DBSC3)", "SDRAM Bus State Controller (SBSC)"). + +Currently memory controller device nodes are used only to reference PM +domains, and prevent these PM domains from being powered down, which would +crash the system. + +As there exist no actual drivers for these controllers yet, these bindings +should be considered EXPERIMENTAL for now. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be one of the following SoC-specific values: + - "renesas,dbsc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6) + - "renesas,dbsc3-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1) + - "renesas,sbsc-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5) + - reg: Must contain the base address and length of the memory controller's + registers. + +Optional properties: + - interrupts: Must contain a list of interrupt specifiers for memory + controller interrupts, if available. + - interrupts-names: Must contain a list of interrupt names corresponding to + the interrupts in the interrupts property, if available. + Valid interrupt names are: + - "sec" (secure interrupt) + - "temp" (normal (temperature) interrupt) + - power-domains: Must contain a reference to the PM domain that the memory + controller belongs to, if available. + +Example: + + sbsc1: memory-controller@fe400000 { + compatible = "renesas,sbsc-sh73a0"; + reg = <0xfe400000 0x400>; + interrupts = <0 35 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <0 36 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "sec", "temp"; + power-domains = <&pd_a4bc0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-matrix.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-matrix.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3ef50c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-matrix.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* Device tree bindings for Atmel Bus Matrix + +The Bus Matrix registers are used to configure Atmel SoCs internal bus +behavior (master/slave priorities, undefined burst length type, ...) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of the following + "atmel,at91sam9260-matrix", "syscon" + "atmel,at91sam9261-matrix", "syscon" + "atmel,at91sam9263-matrix", "syscon" + "atmel,at91sam9rl-matrix", "syscon" + "atmel,at91sam9g45-matrix", "syscon" + "atmel,at91sam9n12-matrix", "syscon" + "atmel,at91sam9x5-matrix", "syscon" + "atmel,sama5d3-matrix", "syscon" +- reg: Contains offset/length value of the Bus Matrix + memory region. + +Example: + +matrix: matrix@ffffec00 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-matrix", "syscon"; + reg = <0xffffec00 0x200>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-smc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-smc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26eeed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-smc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* Device tree bindings for Atmel SMC (Static Memory Controller) + +The SMC registers are used to configure Atmel EBI (External Bus Interface) +to interface with standard memory devices (NAND, NOR, SRAM or specialized +devices like FPGAs). + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of the following + "atmel,at91sam9260-smc", "syscon" + "atmel,sama5d3-smc", "syscon" +- reg: Contains offset/length value of the SMC memory + region. + +Example: + +smc: smc@ffffc000 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-smc", "syscon"; + reg = <0xffffc000 0x1000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42c6fa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9063.txt @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +* Dialog DA9063 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) + +DA9093 consists of a large and varied group of sub-devices (I2C Only): + +Device Supply Names Description +------ ------------ ----------- +da9063-regulator : : LDOs & BUCKs +da9063-rtc : : Real-Time Clock +da9063-watchdog : : Watchdog + +====== + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Should be "dlg,da9063" +- reg : Specifies the I2C slave address (this defaults to 0x58 but it can be + modified to match the chip's OTP settings). +- interrupt-parent : Specifies the reference to the interrupt controller for + the DA9063. +- interrupts : IRQ line information. +- interrupt-controller + +Sub-nodes: + +- regulators : This node defines the settings for the LDOs and BUCKs. The + DA9063 regulators are bound using their names listed below: + + bcore1 : BUCK CORE1 + bcore2 : BUCK CORE2 + bpro : BUCK PRO + bmem : BUCK MEM + bio : BUCK IO + bperi : BUCK PERI + ldo1 : LDO_1 + ldo2 : LDO_2 + ldo3 : LDO_3 + ldo4 : LDO_4 + ldo5 : LDO_5 + ldo6 : LDO_6 + ldo7 : LDO_7 + ldo8 : LDO_8 + ldo9 : LDO_9 + ldo10 : LDO_10 + ldo11 : LDO_11 + + The component follows the standard regulator framework and the bindings + details of individual regulator device can be found in: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +- rtc : This node defines settings for the Real-Time Clock associated with + the DA9063. There are currently no entries in this binding, however + compatible = "dlg,da9063-rtc" should be added if a node is created. + +- watchdog : This node defines settings for the Watchdog timer associated + with the DA9063. There are currently no entries in this binding, however + compatible = "dlg,da9063-watchdog" should be added if a node is created. + + +Example: + + pmic0: da9063@58 { + compatible = "dlg,da9063" + reg = <0x58>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio6>; + interrupts = <11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + interrupt-controller; + + rtc { + compatible = "dlg,da9063-rtc"; + }; + + wdt { + compatible = "dlg,da9063-watchdog"; + }; + + regulators { + DA9063_BCORE1: bcore1 { + regulator-name = "BCORE1"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1570000>; + regulator-min-microamp = <500000>; + regulator-max-microamp = <2000000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + DA9063_LDO11: ldo11 { + regulator-name = "LDO_11"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <900000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3600000>; + regulator-boot-on; + }; + }; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt index 01e9f30..38e6440 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77693.txt @@ -41,6 +41,41 @@ Optional properties: To get more informations, please refer to documentaion. [*] refer Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt +- charger : Node configuring the charger driver. + If present, required properties: + - compatible : Must be "maxim,max77693-charger". + + Optional properties (if not set, defaults will be used): + - maxim,constant-microvolt : Battery constant voltage in uV. The charger + will operate in fast charge constant current mode till battery voltage + reaches this level. Then the charger will switch to fast charge constant + voltage mode. Also vsys (system voltage) will be set to this value when + DC power is supplied but charger is not enabled. + Valid values: 3650000 - 4400000, step by 25000 (rounded down) + Default: 4200000 + + - maxim,min-system-microvolt : Minimal system voltage in uV. + Valid values: 3000000 - 3700000, step by 100000 (rounded down) + Default: 3600000 + + - maxim,thermal-regulation-celsius : Temperature in Celsius for entering + high temperature charging mode. If die temperature exceeds this value + the charging current will be reduced by 105 mA/Celsius. + Valid values: 70, 85, 100, 115 + Default: 100 + + - maxim,battery-overcurrent-microamp : Overcurrent protection threshold + in uA (current from battery to system). + Valid values: 2000000 - 3500000, step by 250000 (rounded down) + Default: 3500000 + + - maxim,charge-input-threshold-microvolt : Threshold voltage in uV for + triggering input voltage regulation loop. If input voltage decreases + below this value, the input current will be reduced to reach the + threshold voltage. + Valid values: 4300000, 4700000, 4800000, 4900000 + Default: 4300000 + Example: max77693@66 { compatible = "maxim,max77693"; @@ -73,4 +108,14 @@ Example: pwms = <&pwm 0 40000 0>; pwm-names = "haptic"; }; + + charger { + compatible = "maxim,max77693-charger"; + + maxim,constant-microvolt = <4200000>; + maxim,min-system-microvolt = <3600000>; + maxim,thermal-regulation-celsius = <75>; + maxim,battery-overcurrent-microamp = <3000000>; + maxim,charge-input-threshold-microvolt = <4300000>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..85e3198 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +Qualcomm Resource Power Manager (RPM) + +This driver is used to interface with the Resource Power Manager (RPM) found in +various Qualcomm platforms. The RPM allows each component in the system to vote +for state of the system resources, such as clocks, regulators and bus +frequencies. + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be one of: + "qcom,rpm-apq8064" + "qcom,rpm-msm8660" + "qcom,rpm-msm8960" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: base address and size of the RPM's message ram + +- interrupts: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: three entries specifying the RPM's: + 1. acknowledgement interrupt + 2. error interrupt + 3. wakeup interrupt + +- interrupt-names: + Usage: required + Value type: <string-array> + Definition: must be the three strings "ack", "err" and "wakeup", in order + +- #address-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 1 + +- #size-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 0 + +- qcom,ipc: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + + Definition: three entries specifying the outgoing ipc bit used for + signaling the RPM: + - phandle to a syscon node representing the apcs registers + - u32 representing offset to the register within the syscon + - u32 representing the ipc bit within the register + + += EXAMPLE + + #include <dt-bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.h> + + rpm@108000 { + compatible = "qcom,rpm-msm8960"; + reg = <0x108000 0x1000>; + qcom,ipc = <&apcs 0x8 2>; + + interrupts = <0 19 0>, <0 21 0>, <0 22 0>; + interrupt-names = "ack", "err", "wakeup"; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/cib.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/cib.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f39a1aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/cavium/cib.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* Cavium Interrupt Bus widget + +Properties: +- compatible: "cavium,octeon-7130-cib" + + Compatibility with cn70XX SoCs. + +- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller. + +- reg: Two elements consisting of the addresses of the RAW and EN + registers of the CIB block + +- cavium,max-bits: The index (zero based) of the highest numbered bit + in the CIB block. + +- interrupt-parent: Always the CIU on the SoC. + +- interrupts: The CIU line to which the CIB block is connected. + +- #interrupt-cells: Must be <2>. The first cell is the bit within the + CIB. The second cell specifies the triggering semantics of the + line. + +Example: + + interrupt-controller@107000000e000 { + compatible = "cavium,octeon-7130-cib"; + reg = <0x10700 0x0000e000 0x0 0x8>, /* RAW */ + <0x10700 0x0000e100 0x0 0x8>; /* EN */ + cavium,max-bits = <23>; + + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent = <&ciu>; + interrupts = <1 24>; + /* Interrupts are specified by two parts: + * 1) Bit number in the CIB* registers + * 2) Triggering (1 - edge rising + * 2 - edge falling + * 4 - level active high + * 8 - level active low) + */ + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7a26ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Freescale Management Complex + +The Freescale Management Complex (fsl-mc) is a hardware resource +manager that manages specialized hardware objects used in +network-oriented packet processing applications. After the fsl-mc +block is enabled, pools of hardware resources are available, such as +queues, buffer pools, I/O interfaces. These resources are building +blocks that can be used to create functional hardware objects/devices +such as network interfaces, crypto accelerator instances, L2 switches, +etc. + +Required properties: + + - compatible + Value type: <string> + Definition: Must be "fsl,qoriq-mc". A Freescale Management Complex + compatible with this binding must have Block Revision + Registers BRR1 and BRR2 at offset 0x0BF8 and 0x0BFC in + the MC control register region. + + - reg + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A standard property. Specifies one or two regions + defining the MC's registers: + + -the first region is the command portal for the + this machine and must always be present + + -the second region is the MC control registers. This + region may not be present in some scenarios, such + as in the device tree presented to a virtual machine. + +Example: + + fsl_mc: fsl-mc@80c000000 { + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-mc"; + reg = <0x00000008 0x0c000000 0 0x40>, /* MC portal base */ + <0x00000000 0x08340000 0 0x40000>; /* MC control reg */ + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt index b97b8be..47b205c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30/Tegr114/Tegra124 apbmisc block Required properties: -- compatible : should be: - "nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc" - "nvidia,tegra30-apbmisc" - "nvidia,tegra114-apbmisc" - "nvidia,tegra124-apbmisc" +- compatible : For Tegra20, must be "nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc". For Tegra30, + must be "nvidia,tegra30-apbmisc". Otherwise, must contain + "nvidia,<chip>-apbmisc", plus one of the above, where <chip> is tegra114, + tegra124, tegra132. - reg: Should contain 2 entries: the first entry gives the physical address and length of the registers which contain revision and debug features. The second entry gives the physical address and length of the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cb827b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-emmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* The simple eMMC hardware reset provider + +The purpose of this driver is to perform standard eMMC hw reset +procedure, as descibed by Jedec 4.4 specification. This procedure is +performed just after MMC core enabled power to the given mmc host (to +fix possible issues if bootloader has left eMMC card in initialized or +unknown state), and before performing complete system reboot (also in +case of emergency reboot call). The latter is needed on boards, which +doesn't have hardware reset logic connected to emmc card and (limited or +broken) ROM bootloaders are unable to read second stage from the emmc +card if the card is left in unknown or already initialized state. + +Required properties: +- compatible : contains "mmc-pwrseq-emmc". +- reset-gpios : contains a GPIO specifier. The reset GPIO is asserted + and then deasserted to perform eMMC card reset. To perform + reset procedure as described in Jedec 4.4 specification, the + gpio line should be defined as GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. + +Example: + + sdhci0_pwrseq { + compatible = "mmc-pwrseq-emmc"; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a462c50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* The simple MMC power sequence provider + +The purpose of the simple MMC power sequence provider is to supports a set of +common properties between various SOC designs. It thus enables us to use the +same provider for several SOC designs. + +Required properties: +- compatible : contains "mmc-pwrseq-simple". + +Optional properties: +- reset-gpios : contains a list of GPIO specifiers. The reset GPIOs are asserted + at initialization and prior we start the power up procedure of the card. + They will be de-asserted right after the power has been provided to the + card. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for the entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names : Must include the following entry: + "ext_clock" (External clock provided to the card). + +Example: + + sdhci0_pwrseq { + compatible = "mmc-pwrseq-simple"; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 12 0>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt index b52628b..438899e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt @@ -64,7 +64,43 @@ Optional SDIO properties: - keep-power-in-suspend: Preserves card power during a suspend/resume cycle - enable-sdio-wakeup: Enables wake up of host system on SDIO IRQ assertion -Example: + +MMC power sequences: +-------------------- + +System on chip designs may specify a specific MMC power sequence. To +successfully detect an (e)MMC/SD/SDIO card, that power sequence must be +maintained while initializing the card. + +Optional property: +- mmc-pwrseq: phandle to the MMC power sequence node. See "mmc-pwrseq-*" + for documentation of MMC power sequence bindings. + + +Use of Function subnodes +------------------------ + +On embedded systems the cards connected to a host may need additional +properties. These can be specified in subnodes to the host controller node. +The subnodes are identified by the standard 'reg' property. +Which information exactly can be specified depends on the bindings for the +SDIO function driver for the subnode, as specified by the compatible string. + +Required host node properties when using function subnodes: +- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the slot id. +- #size-cells: should be zero. + +Required function subnode properties: +- compatible: name of SDIO function following generic names recommended practice +- reg: Must contain the SDIO function number of the function this subnode + describes. A value of 0 denotes the memory SD function, values from + 1 to 7 denote the SDIO functions. + + +Examples +-------- + +Basic example: sdhci@ab000000 { compatible = "sdhci"; @@ -77,4 +113,28 @@ sdhci@ab000000 { max-frequency = <50000000>; keep-power-in-suspend; enable-sdio-wakeup; + mmc-pwrseq = <&sdhci0_pwrseq> } + +Example with sdio function subnode: + +mmc3: mmc@01c12000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&mmc3_pins_a>; + vmmc-supply = <®_vmmc3>; + bus-width = <4>; + non-removable; + mmc-pwrseq = <&sdhci0_pwrseq> + status = "okay"; + + brcmf: bcrmf@1 { + reg = <1>; + compatible = "brcm,bcm43xx-fmac"; + interrupt-parent = <&pio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* PH10 / EINT10 */ + interrupt-names = "host-wake"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt index f357c16..15b8368 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt @@ -7,7 +7,11 @@ This file documents differences between the core properties described by mmc.txt and the properties used by the sdhci-tegra driver. Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "nvidia,<chip>-sdhci" +- compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-sdhci". + For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-sdhci". For Tegra114, + must contain "nvidia,tegra114-sdhci". For Tegra124, must contain + "nvidia,tegra124-sdhci". Otherwise, must contain "nvidia,<chip>-sdhci", + plus one of the above, where <chip> is tegra132 or tegra210. - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-fujitsu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-fujitsu.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de2c53c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-fujitsu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* Fujitsu SDHCI controller + +This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt +and the properties used by the sdhci_f_sdh30 driver. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fujitsu,mb86s70-sdhci-3.0" +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. It is a + list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Should contain the following two entries: + "iface" - clock used for sdhci interface + "core" - core clock for sdhci controller + +Optional properties: +- vqmmc-supply: phandle to the regulator device tree node, mentioned + as the VCCQ/VDD_IO supply in the eMMC/SD specs. + +Example: + + sdhci1: mmc@36600000 { + compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-sdhci-3.0"; + reg = <0 0x36600000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 172 0x4>, + <0 173 0x4>; + bus-width = <4>; + vqmmc-supply = <&vccq_sdhci1>; + clocks = <&clock 2 2 0>, <&clock 2 3 0>; + clock-names = "iface", "core"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt index 4dd6deb..3d1b449 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-pxa.txt @@ -9,9 +9,13 @@ Required properties: - reg: * for "mrvl,pxav2-mmc" and "mrvl,pxav3-mmc", one register area for the SDHCI registers. - * for "marvell,armada-380-sdhci", two register areas. The first one - for the SDHCI registers themselves, and the second one for the - AXI/Mbus bridge registers of the SDHCI unit. + + * for "marvell,armada-380-sdhci", three register areas. The first + one for the SDHCI registers themselves, the second one for the + AXI/Mbus bridge registers of the SDHCI unit, the third one for the + SDIO3 Configuration register +- reg names: should be "sdhci", "mbus", "conf-sdio3". only mandatory + for "marvell,armada-380-sdhci" - clocks: Array of clocks required for SDHCI; requires at least one for I/O clock. - clock-names: Array of names corresponding to clocks property; shall be @@ -35,7 +39,10 @@ sdhci@d4280800 { sdhci@d8000 { compatible = "marvell,armada-380-sdhci"; - reg = <0xd8000 0x1000>, <0xdc000 0x100>; + reg-names = "sdhci", "mbus", "conf-sdio3"; + reg = <0xd8000 0x1000>, + <0xdc000 0x100>; + <0x18454 0x4>; interrupts = <0 25 0x4>; clocks = <&gateclk 17>; clock-names = "io"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt index 91b3a34..4bf41d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sunxi-mmc.txt @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ Absolute maximum transfer rate is 200MB/s Required properties: - compatible : "allwinner,sun4i-a10-mmc" or "allwinner,sun5i-a13-mmc" - reg : mmc controller base registers - - clocks : a list with 2 phandle + clock specifier pairs - - clock-names : must contain "ahb" and "mmc" + - clocks : a list with 4 phandle + clock specifier pairs + - clock-names : must contain "ahb", "mmc", "output" and "sample" - interrupts : mmc controller interrupt Optional properties: @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Examples: mmc0: mmc@01c0f000 { compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-mmc"; reg = <0x01c0f000 0x1000>; - clocks = <&ahb_gates 8>, <&mmc0_clk>; - clock-names = "ahb", "mod"; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 8>, <&mmc0_clk>, <&mmc0_output_clk>, <&mmc0_sample_clk>; + clock-names = "ahb", "mod", "output", "sample"; interrupts = <0 32 4>; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt index 1fe6dde..7d4c8eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Atmel NAND flash Required properties: -- compatible : "atmel,at91rm9200-nand". +- compatible : should be "atmel,at91rm9200-nand" or "atmel,sama5d4-nand". - reg : should specify localbus address and size used for the chip, and hardware ECC controller if available. If the hardware ECC is PMECC, it should contain address and size for diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt index 823d134..4461dc7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Freescale Quad Serial Peripheral Interface(QuadSPI) Required properties: - - compatible : Should be "fsl,vf610-qspi" + - compatible : Should be "fsl,vf610-qspi" or "fsl,imx6sx-qspi" - reg : the first contains the register location and length, the second contains the memory mapping address and length - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "QuadSPI" and "QuadSPI-memory" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt index ec42935..5235cbc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - bank-width : Width (in bytes) of the device. If not present, the width defaults to 1 byte -- nand-skip-bbtscan: Indicates the the BBT scanning should be skipped +- nand-skip-bbtscan: Indicates the BBT scanning should be skipped - timings: array of 6 bytes for NAND timings. The meanings of these bytes are: byte 0 TCLR : CLE to RE delay in number of AHB clock cycles, only 4 bits diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt index a011fdf..d02acaf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Freescale General-Purpose Media Interface (GPMI) The GPMI nand controller provides an interface to control the -NAND flash chips. We support only one NAND chip now. +NAND flash chips. Required properties: - compatible : should be "fsl,<chip>-gpmi-nand" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/hisi504-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/hisi504-nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e35f06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/hisi504-nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Hisilicon Hip04 Soc NAND controller DT binding + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be "hisilicon,504-nfc". +- reg: The first contains base physical address and size of + NAND controller's registers. The second contains base + physical address and size of NAND controller's buffer. +- interrupts: Interrupt number for nfc. +- nand-bus-width: See nand.txt. +- nand-ecc-mode: Support none and hw ecc mode. +- #address-cells: Partition address, should be set 1. +- #size-cells: Partition size, should be set 1. + +Optional properties: + +- nand-ecc-strength: Number of bits to correct per ECC step. +- nand-ecc-step-size: Number of data bytes covered by a single ECC step. + +The following ECC strength and step size are currently supported: + + - nand-ecc-strength = <16>, nand-ecc-step-size = <1024> + +Flash chip may optionally contain additional sub-nodes describing partitions of +the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. + +Example: + + nand: nand@4020000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,504-nfc"; + reg = <0x4020000 0x10000>, <0x5000000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 379 4>; + nand-bus-width = <8>; + nand-ecc-mode = "hw"; + nand-ecc-strength = <16>; + nand-ecc-step-size = <1024>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + partition@0 { + label = "nand_text"; + reg = <0x00000000 0x00400000>; + }; + + ... + + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt index 6b9f680..4a0a48b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt @@ -36,6 +36,11 @@ are defined: - vendor-id : Contains the flash chip's vendor id (1 byte). - device-id : Contains the flash chip's device id (1 byte). +For ROM compatible devices (and ROM fallback from cfi-flash), the following +additional (optional) property is defined: + + - erase-size : The chip's physical erase block size in bytes. + The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt index 42409bf..8db3238 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe-phy.txt @@ -7,17 +7,42 @@ Required properties: - SerDes Rx/Tx registers - SerDes integration registers (1/2) - SerDes integration registers (2/2) +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupts: Should contain the amd-xgbe-phy interrupt. Optional properties: - amd,speed-set: Speed capabilities of the device 0 - 1GbE and 10GbE (default) 1 - 2.5GbE and 10GbE +The following optional properties are represented by an array with each +value corresponding to a particular speed. The first array value represents +the setting for the 1GbE speed, the second value for the 2.5GbE speed and +the third value for the 10GbE speed. All three values are required if the +property is used. +- amd,serdes-blwc: Baseline wandering correction enablement + 0 - Off + 1 - On +- amd,serdes-cdr-rate: CDR rate speed selection +- amd,serdes-pq-skew: PQ (data sampling) skew +- amd,serdes-tx-amp: TX amplitude boost +- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config: DFE taps available to run +- amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable: DFE taps to enable + Example: xgbe_phy@e1240800 { compatible = "amd,xgbe-phy-seattle-v1a", "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; reg = <0 0xe1240800 0 0x00400>, <0 0xe1250000 0 0x00060>, <0 0xe1250080 0 0x00004>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 323 4>; amd,speed-set = <0>; + amd,serdes-blwc = <1>, <1>, <0>; + amd,serdes-cdr-rate = <2>, <2>, <7>; + amd,serdes-pq-skew = <10>, <10>, <30>; + amd,serdes-tx-amp = <15>, <15>, <10>; + amd,serdes-dfe-tap-config = <3>, <3>, <1>; + amd,serdes-dfe-tap-enable = <0>, <0>, <127>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt index cfcc527..6151999 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt @@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ Ethernet nodes are defined to describe on-chip ethernet interfaces in APM X-Gene SoC. Required properties for all the ethernet interfaces: -- compatible: Should be "apm,xgene-enet" +- compatible: Should state binding information from the following list, + - "apm,xgene-enet": RGMII based 1G interface + - "apm,xgene1-sgenet": SGMII based 1G interface + - "apm,xgene1-xgenet": XFI based 10G interface - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains the information of registers in the same order as described by reg-names - reg-names: Should contain the register set names diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt index aa7ad62..877da34 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should be one of "brcm,systemport-v1.00" or "brcm,systemport" - reg: address and length of the register set for the device. -- interrupts: interrupts for the device, first cell must be for the the rx +- interrupts: interrupts for the device, first cell must be for the rx interrupts, and the second cell should be for the transmit queues. An optional third interrupt cell for Wake-on-LAN can be specified - local-mac-address: Ethernet MAC address (48 bits) of this adapter diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt index 28767ed..5224bf0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davicom-dm9000.txt @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - davicom,no-eeprom : Configuration EEPROM is not available - davicom,ext-phy : Use external PHY +- reset-gpios : phandle of gpio that will be used to reset chip during probe +- vcc-supply : phandle of regulator that will be used to enable power to chip Example: @@ -21,4 +23,6 @@ Example: interrupts = <7 4>; local-mac-address = [00 00 de ad be ef]; davicom,no-eeprom; + reset-gpios = <&gpf 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + vcc-supply = <ð0_power>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt index e124847..f0b4cd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ the parent DSA node. The maximum number of allowed child nodes is 4 (DSA_MAX_SWITCHES). Each of these switch child nodes should have the following required properties: -- reg : Describes the switch address on the MII bus +- reg : Contains two fields. The first one describes the + address on the MII bus. The second is the switch + number that must be unique in cascaded configurations - #address-cells : Must be 1 - #size-cells : Must be 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt index 0c8775c..a9eb611 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ Optional properties: - fsl,num-rx-queues : The property is valid for enet-avb IP, which supports hw multi queues. Should specify the rx queue number, otherwise set rx queue number to 1. +- fsl,magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports waking + up via magic packet. Optional subnodes: - mdio : specifies the mdio bus in the FEC, used as a container for phy nodes diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt index be6ea89..1e97532 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt @@ -8,7 +8,16 @@ of how to define a PHY. Required properties: - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for the - mdio. Currently, this is most likely to be "fsl,gianfar-mdio" + mdio. Currently supported strings/devices are: + - "fsl,gianfar-tbi" + - "fsl,gianfar-mdio" + - "fsl,etsec2-tbi" + - "fsl,etsec2-mdio" + - "fsl,ucc-mdio" + - "fsl,fman-mdio" + When device_type is "mdio", the following strings are also considered: + - "gianfar" + - "ucc_geth_phy" Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..988fc69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hip04-net.txt @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +Hisilicon hip04 Ethernet Controller + +* Ethernet controller node + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hip04-mac". +- reg: address and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts: interrupt for the device. +- port-handle: <phandle port channel> + phandle, specifies a reference to the syscon ppe node + port, port number connected to the controller + channel, recv channel start from channel * number (RX_DESC_NUM) +- phy-mode: see ethernet.txt [1]. + +Optional properties: +- phy-handle: see ethernet.txt [1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt + + +* Ethernet ppe node: +Control rx & tx fifos of all ethernet controllers. +Have 2048 recv channels shared by all ethernet controllers, only if no overlap. +Each controller's recv channel start from channel * number (RX_DESC_NUM). + +Required properties: +- compatible: "hisilicon,hip04-ppe", "syscon". +- reg: address and length of the register set for the device. + + +* MDIO bus node: + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hip04-mdio". +- Inherits from MDIO bus node binding [2] +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt + +Example: + mdio { + compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mdio"; + reg = <0x28f1000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22"; + reg = <0>; + marvell,reg-init = <18 0x14 0 0x8001>; + }; + + phy1: ethernet-phy@1 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22"; + reg = <1>; + marvell,reg-init = <18 0x14 0 0x8001>; + }; + }; + + ppe: ppe@28c0000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-ppe", "syscon"; + reg = <0x28c0000 0x10000>; + }; + + fe: ethernet@28b0000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mac"; + reg = <0x28b0000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <0 413 4>; + phy-mode = "mii"; + port-handle = <&ppe 31 0>; + }; + + ge0: ethernet@2800000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mac"; + reg = <0x2800000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <0 402 4>; + phy-mode = "sgmii"; + port-handle = <&ppe 0 1>; + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + }; + + ge8: ethernet@2880000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hip04-mac"; + reg = <0x2880000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <0 410 4>; + phy-mode = "sgmii"; + port-handle = <&ppe 8 2>; + phy-handle = <&phy1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9c0771 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +This document describes the device tree bindings associated with the +keystone network coprocessor(NetCP) driver support. + +The network coprocessor (NetCP) is a hardware accelerator that processes +Ethernet packets. NetCP has a gigabit Ethernet (GbE) subsytem with a ethernet +switch sub-module to send and receive packets. NetCP also includes a packet +accelerator (PA) module to perform packet classification operations such as +header matching, and packet modification operations such as checksum +generation. NetCP can also optionally include a Security Accelerator (SA) +capable of performing IPSec operations on ingress/egress packets. + +Keystone II SoC's also have a 10 Gigabit Ethernet Subsystem (XGbE) which +includes a 3-port Ethernet switch sub-module capable of 10Gb/s and 1Gb/s rates +per Ethernet port. + +Keystone NetCP driver has a plug-in module architecture where each of the NetCP +sub-modules exist as a loadable kernel module which plug in to the netcp core. +These sub-modules are represented as "netcp-devices" in the dts bindings. It is +mandatory to have the ethernet switch sub-module for the ethernet interface to +be operational. Any other sub-module like the PA is optional. + +NetCP Ethernet SubSystem Layout: + +----------------------------- + NetCP subsystem(10G or 1G) +----------------------------- + | + |-> NetCP Devices -> | + | |-> GBE/XGBE Switch + | | + | |-> Packet Accelerator + | | + | |-> Security Accelerator + | + | + | + |-> NetCP Interfaces -> | + |-> Ethernet Port 0 + | + |-> Ethernet Port 1 + | + |-> Ethernet Port 2 + | + |-> Ethernet Port 3 + + +NetCP subsystem properties: +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "ti,netcp-1.0" +- clocks: phandle to the reference clocks for the subsystem. +- dma-id: Navigator packet dma instance id. + +Optional properties: +- reg: register location and the size for the following register + regions in the specified order. + - Efuse MAC address register +- dma-coherent: Present if dma operations are coherent +- big-endian: Keystone devices can be operated in a mode where the DSP is in + the big endian mode. In such cases enable this option. This + option should also be enabled if the ARM is operated in + big endian mode with the DSP in little endian. + +NetCP device properties: Device specification for NetCP sub-modules. +1Gb/10Gb (gbe/xgbe) ethernet switch sub-module specifications. +Required properties: +- label: Must be "netcp-gbe" for 1Gb & "netcp-xgbe" for 10Gb. +- reg: register location and the size for the following register + regions in the specified order. + - subsystem registers + - serdes registers +- tx-channel: the navigator packet dma channel name for tx. +- tx-queue: the navigator queue number associated with the tx dma channel. +- interfaces: specification for each of the switch port to be registered as a + network interface in the stack. +-- slave-port: Switch port number, 0 based numbering. +-- link-interface: type of link interface, supported options are + - mac<->mac auto negotiate mode: 0 + - mac<->phy mode: 1 + - mac<->mac forced mode: 2 + - mac<->fiber mode: 3 + - mac<->phy mode with no mdio: 4 + - 10Gb mac<->phy mode : 10 + - 10Gb mac<->mac forced mode : 11 +----phy-handle: phandle to PHY device + +Optional properties: +- enable-ale: NetCP driver keeps the address learning feature in the ethernet + switch module disabled. This attribute is to enable the address + learning. +- secondary-slave-ports: specification for each of the switch port not be + registered as a network interface. NetCP driver + will only initialize these ports and attach PHY + driver to them if needed. + +NetCP interface properties: Interface specification for NetCP sub-modules. +Required properties: +- rx-channel: the navigator packet dma channel name for rx. +- rx-queue: the navigator queue number associated with rx dma channel. +- rx-pool: specifies the number of descriptors to be used & the region-id + for creating the rx descriptor pool. +- tx-pool: specifies the number of descriptors to be used & the region-id + for creating the tx descriptor pool. +- rx-queue-depth: number of descriptors in each of the free descriptor + queue (FDQ) for the pktdma Rx flow. There can be at + present a maximum of 4 queues per Rx flow. +- rx-buffer-size: the buffer size for each of the Rx flow FDQ. +- tx-completion-queue: the navigator queue number where the descriptors are + recycled after Tx DMA completion. + +Optional properties: +- efuse-mac: If this is 1, then the MAC address for the interface is + obtained from the device efuse mac address register +- local-mac-address: the driver is designed to use the of_get_mac_address api + only if efuse-mac is 0. When efuse-mac is 0, the MAC + address is obtained from local-mac-address. If this + attribute is not present, then the driver will use a + random MAC address. +- "netcp-device label": phandle to the device specification for each of NetCP + sub-module attached to this interface. + +Example binding: + +netcp: netcp@2090000 { + reg = <0x2620110 0x8>; + reg-names = "efuse"; + compatible = "ti,netcp-1.0"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + clocks = <&papllclk>, <&clkcpgmac>, <&chipclk12>; + dma-coherent; + /* big-endian; */ + dma-id = <0>; + + netcp-devices { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + gbe@0x2090000 { + label = "netcp-gbe"; + reg = <0x2090000 0xf00>; + /* enable-ale; */ + tx-queue = <648>; + tx-channel = <8>; + + interfaces { + gbe0: interface-0 { + slave-port = <0>; + link-interface = <4>; + }; + gbe1: interface-1 { + slave-port = <1>; + link-interface = <4>; + }; + }; + + secondary-slave-ports { + port-2 { + slave-port = <2>; + link-interface = <2>; + }; + port-3 { + slave-port = <3>; + link-interface = <2>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + netcp-interfaces { + interface-0 { + rx-channel = <22>; + rx-pool = <1024 12>; + tx-pool = <1024 12>; + rx-queue-depth = <128 128 0 0>; + rx-buffer-size = <1518 4096 0 0>; + rx-queue = <8704>; + tx-completion-queue = <8706>; + efuse-mac = <1>; + netcp-gbe = <&gbe0>; + + }; + interface-1 { + rx-channel = <23>; + rx-pool = <1024 12>; + tx-pool = <1024 12>; + rx-queue-depth = <128 128 0 0>; + rx-buffer-size = <1518 4096 0 0>; + rx-queue = <8705>; + tx-completion-queue = <8707>; + efuse-mac = <0>; + local-mac-address = [02 18 31 7e 3e 6f]; + netcp-gbe = <&gbe1>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfca.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfca.txt index e4faa2e..7bb2e21 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfca.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfca.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * STMicroelectronics SAS. ST21NFCA NFC Controller Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfca_i2c". +- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfca-i2c". - clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. - reg: address on the bus - interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller @@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ Required properties: Optional SoC Specific Properties: - pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". - pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. +- ese-present: Specifies that an ese is physically connected to the nfc +controller. +- uicc-present: Specifies that the uicc swp signal can be physically +connected to the nfc controller. Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCA on I2C2): @@ -20,7 +24,7 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCA on I2C2): st21nfca: st21nfca@1 { - compatible = "st,st21nfca_i2c"; + compatible = "st,st21nfca-i2c"; reg = <0x01>; clock-frequency = <400000>; @@ -29,5 +33,8 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCA on I2C2): interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; enable-gpios = <&gpio5 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + ese-present; + uicc-present; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt index 9005608..bb23707 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * STMicroelectronics SAS. ST21NFCB NFC Controller Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb_i2c". +- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb-i2c". - clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. - reg: address on the bus - interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCB on I2C2): st21nfcb: st21nfcb@8 { - compatible = "st,st21nfcb_i2c"; + compatible = "st,st21nfcb-i2c"; reg = <0x08>; clock-frequency = <400000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21fd199 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/rockchip-dwmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +Rockchip SoC RK3288 10/100/1000 Ethernet driver(GMAC) + +The device node has following properties. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Can be "rockchip,rk3288-gmac". + - reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device. + - interrupts: Should contain the GMAC interrupts. + - interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq". + - rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon grf used to control speed and mode. + - clocks: <&cru SCLK_MAC>: clock selector for main clock, from PLL or PHY. + <&cru SCLK_MAC_PLL>: PLL clock for SCLK_MAC + <&cru SCLK_MAC_RX>: clock gate for RX + <&cru SCLK_MAC_TX>: clock gate for TX + <&cru SCLK_MACREF>: clock gate for RMII referce clock + <&cru SCLK_MACREF_OUT> clock gate for RMII reference clock output + <&cru ACLK_GMAC>: AXI clock gate for GMAC + <&cru PCLK_GMAC>: APB clock gate for GMAC + - clock-names: One name for each entry in the clocks property. + - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. + - pinctrl-names: Names corresponding to the numbered pinctrl states. + - pinctrl-0: pin-control mode. can be <&rgmii_pins> or <&rmii_pins>. + - clock_in_out: For RGMII, it must be "input", means main clock(125MHz) + is not sourced from SoC's PLL, but input from PHY; For RMII, "input" means + PHY provides the reference clock(50MHz), "output" means GMAC provides the + reference clock. + - snps,reset-gpio gpio number for phy reset. + - snps,reset-active-low boolean flag to indicate if phy reset is active low. + - assigned-clocks: main clock, should be <&cru SCLK_MAC>; + - assigned-clock-parents = parent of main clock. + can be <&ext_gmac> or <&cru SCLK_MAC_PLL>. + +Optional properties: + - tx_delay: Delay value for TXD timing. Range value is 0~0x7F, 0x30 as default. + - rx_delay: Delay value for RXD timing. Range value is 0~0x7F, 0x10 as default. + - phy-supply: phandle to a regulator if the PHY needs one + +Example: + +gmac: ethernet@ff290000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-gmac"; + reg = <0xff290000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 27 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + rockchip,grf = <&grf>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_MAC>, + <&cru SCLK_MAC_RX>, <&cru SCLK_MAC_TX>, + <&cru SCLK_MACREF>, <&cru SCLK_MACREF_OUT>, + <&cru ACLK_GMAC>, <&cru PCLK_GMAC>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth", + "mac_clk_rx", "mac_clk_tx", + "clk_mac_ref", "clk_mac_refout", + "aclk_mac", "pclk_mac"; + phy-mode = "rgmii"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&rgmii_pins /*&rmii_pins*/>; + + clock_in_out = "input"; + snps,reset-gpio = <&gpio4 7 0>; + snps,reset-active-low; + + assigned-clocks = <&cru SCLK_MAC>; + assigned-clock-parents = <&ext_gmac>; + tx_delay = <0x30>; + rx_delay = <0x10>; + + status = "ok"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt index 6762a6b..d05c1e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sti-dwmac.txt @@ -9,14 +9,10 @@ The device node has following properties. Required properties: - compatible : Can be "st,stih415-dwmac", "st,stih416-dwmac", "st,stih407-dwmac", "st,stid127-dwmac". - - reg : Offset of the glue configuration register map in system - configuration regmap pointed by st,syscon property and size. - - st,syscon : Should be phandle to system configuration node which - encompases this glue registers. + - st,syscon : Should be phandle/offset pair. The phandle to the syscon node which + encompases the glue register, and the offset of the control register. - st,gmac_en: this is to enable the gmac into a dedicated sysctl control register available on STiH407 SoC. - - sti-ethconf: this is the gmac glue logic register to enable the GMAC, - select among the different modes and program the clk retiming. - pinctrl-0: pin-control for all the MII mode supported. Optional properties: @@ -40,10 +36,10 @@ ethernet0: dwmac@9630000 { device_type = "network"; status = "disabled"; compatible = "st,stih407-dwmac", "snps,dwmac", "snps,dwmac-3.710"; - reg = <0x9630000 0x8000>, <0x80 0x4>; - reg-names = "stmmaceth", "sti-ethconf"; + reg = <0x9630000 0x8000>; + reg-names = "stmmaceth"; - st,syscon = <&syscfg_sbc_reg>; + st,syscon = <&syscfg_sbc_reg 0x80>; st,gmac_en; resets = <&softreset STIH407_ETH1_SOFTRESET>; reset-names = "stmmaceth"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt index c41afd9..8ca65ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ Optional properties: available this clock is used for programming the Timestamp Addend Register. If not passed then the system clock will be used and this is fine on some platforms. +- snps,burst_len: The AXI burst lenth value of the AXI BUS MODE register. Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..edefc26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* Qualcomm Atheros ath10k wireless devices + +For ath10k devices the calibration data can be provided through Device +Tree. The node is a child node of the PCI controller. + +Required properties: +-compatible : Should be "qcom,ath10k" + +Optional properties: +- qcom,ath10k-calibration-data : calibration data as an array, the + length can vary between hw versions + + +Example: + +pci { + pcie@0 { + reg = <0 0 0 0 0>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #address-cells = <3>; + device_type = "pci"; + + ath10k@0,0 { + reg = <0 0 0 0 0>; + device_type = "pci"; + qcom,ath10k-calibration-data = [ 01 02 03 ... ]; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/avic,tm070ddh03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/avic,tm070ddh03.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6f2f3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/avic,tm070ddh03.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Shanghai AVIC Optoelectronics 7" 1024x600 color TFT-LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "avic,tm070ddh03" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/giantplus,gpg482739qs5.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/giantplus,gpg482739qs5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24b0b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/giantplus,gpg482739qs5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +GiantPlus GPG48273QS5 4.3" (480x272) WQVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "giantplus,gpg48273qs5" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt index d763e04..75321ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ NVIDIA Tegra PCIe controller Required properties: -- compatible: Must be one of: - - "nvidia,tegra20-pcie" - - "nvidia,tegra30-pcie" - - "nvidia,tegra124-pcie" +- compatible: For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-pcie". For Tegra30, + "nvidia,tegra30-pcie". For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-pcie". + Otherwise, must contain "nvidia,<chip>-pcie", plus one of the above, where + <chip> is tegra132 or tegra210. - device_type: Must be "pci" - reg: A list of physical base address and length for each set of controller registers. Must contain an entry for each entry in the reg-names property. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/versatile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/versatile.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebd1e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/versatile.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +* ARM Versatile Platform Baseboard PCI interface + +PCI host controller found on the ARM Versatile PB board's FPGA. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should contain "arm,versatile-pci" to identify the Versatile PCI + controller. +- reg: base addresses and lengths of the pci controller. There must be 3 + entries: + - Versatile-specific registers + - Self Config space + - Config space +- #address-cells: set to <3> +- #size-cells: set to <2> +- device_type: set to "pci" +- bus-range: set to <0 0xff> +- ranges: ranges for the PCI memory and I/O regions +- #interrupt-cells: set to <1> +- interrupt-map-mask and interrupt-map: standard PCI properties to define + the mapping of the PCI interface to interrupt numbers. + +Example: + +pci-controller@10001000 { + compatible = "arm,versatile-pci"; + device_type = "pci"; + reg = <0x10001000 0x1000 + 0x41000000 0x10000 + 0x42000000 0x100000>; + bus-range = <0 0xff>; + #address-cells = <3>; + #size-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + + ranges = <0x01000000 0 0x00000000 0x43000000 0 0x00010000 /* downstream I/O */ + 0x02000000 0 0x50000000 0x50000000 0 0x10000000 /* non-prefetchable memory */ + 0x42000000 0 0x60000000 0x60000000 0 0x10000000>; /* prefetchable memory */ + + interrupt-map-mask = <0x1800 0 0 7>; + interrupt-map = <0x1800 0 0 1 &sic 28 + 0x1800 0 0 2 &sic 29 + 0x1800 0 0 3 &sic 30 + 0x1800 0 0 4 &sic 27 + + 0x1000 0 0 1 &sic 27 + 0x1000 0 0 2 &sic 28 + 0x1000 0 0 3 &sic 29 + 0x1000 0 0 4 &sic 30 + + 0x0800 0 0 1 &sic 30 + 0x0800 0 0 2 &sic 27 + 0x0800 0 0 3 &sic 28 + 0x0800 0 0 4 &sic 29 + + 0x0000 0 0 1 &sic 29 + 0x0000 0 0 2 &sic 30 + 0x0000 0 0 3 &sic 27 + 0x0000 0 0 4 &sic 28>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt index 46a135d..89caa88 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.txt @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Required properties (port (child) node): filled in "reg". It can also contain the offset of the system configuration registers used as glue-logic to setup the device for SATA/PCIe or USB3 devices. +- st,syscfg : Offset of the parent configuration register. - resets : phandle to the parent reset controller. - reset-names : Associated name must be "miphy-sw-rst". @@ -54,18 +55,12 @@ example: phy_port0: port@9b22000 { reg = <0x9b22000 0xff>, <0x9b09000 0xff>, - <0x9b04000 0xff>, - <0x114 0x4>, /* sysctrl MiPHY cntrl */ - <0x818 0x4>, /* sysctrl MiPHY status*/ - <0xe0 0x4>, /* sysctrl PCIe */ - <0xec 0x4>; /* sysctrl SATA */ + <0x9b04000 0xff>; reg-names = "sata-up", "pcie-up", - "pipew", - "miphy-ctrl-glue", - "miphy-status-glue", - "pcie-glue", - "sata-glue"; + "pipew"; + + st,syscfg = <0x114 0x818 0xe0 0xec>; #phy-cells = <1>; st,osc-rdy; reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst"; @@ -75,18 +70,13 @@ example: phy_port1: port@9b2a000 { reg = <0x9b2a000 0xff>, <0x9b19000 0xff>, - <0x9b14000 0xff>, - <0x118 0x4>, - <0x81c 0x4>, - <0xe4 0x4>, - <0xf0 0x4>; + <0x9b14000 0xff>; reg-names = "sata-up", "pcie-up", - "pipew", - "miphy-ctrl-glue", - "miphy-status-glue", - "pcie-glue", - "sata-glue"; + "pipew"; + + st,syscfg = <0x118 0x81c 0xe4 0xf0>; + #phy-cells = <1>; st,osc-force-ext; reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst"; @@ -95,13 +85,12 @@ example: phy_port2: port@8f95000 { reg = <0x8f95000 0xff>, - <0x8f90000 0xff>, - <0x11c 0x4>, - <0x820 0x4>; + <0x8f90000 0xff>; reg-names = "pipew", - "usb3-up", - "miphy-ctrl-glue", - "miphy-status-glue"; + "usb3-up"; + + st,syscfg = <0x11c 0x820>; + #phy-cells = <1>; reset-names = "miphy-sw-rst"; resets = <&softreset STIH407_MIPHY2_SOFTRESET>; @@ -125,4 +114,4 @@ example: Macro definitions for the supported miphy configuration can be found in: -include/dt-bindings/phy/phy-miphy28lp.h +include/dt-bindings/phy/phy.h diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt index 42c8808..9802d5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-miphy365x.txt @@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ for SATA and PCIe. Required properties (controller (parent) node): - compatible : Should be "st,miphy365x-phy" -- st,syscfg : Should be a phandle of the system configuration register group - which contain the SATA, PCIe mode setting bits +- st,syscfg : Phandle / integer array property. Phandle of sysconfig group + containing the miphy registers and integer array should contain + an entry for each port sub-node, specifying the control + register offset inside the sysconfig group. Required nodes : A sub-node is required for each channel the controller provides. Address range information including the usual @@ -26,7 +28,6 @@ Required properties (port (child) node): registers filled in "reg": - sata: For SATA devices - pcie: For PCIe devices - - syscfg: To specify the syscfg based config register Optional properties (port (child) node): - st,sata-gen : Generation of locally attached SATA IP. Expected values @@ -39,20 +40,20 @@ Example: miphy365x_phy: miphy365x@fe382000 { compatible = "st,miphy365x-phy"; - st,syscfg = <&syscfg_rear>; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_rear 0x824 0x828>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; ranges; phy_port0: port@fe382000 { - reg = <0xfe382000 0x100>, <0xfe394000 0x100>, <0x824 0x4>; - reg-names = "sata", "pcie", "syscfg"; + reg = <0xfe382000 0x100>, <0xfe394000 0x100>; + reg-names = "sata", "pcie"; #phy-cells = <1>; st,sata-gen = <3>; }; phy_port1: port@fe38a000 { - reg = <0xfe38a000 0x100>, <0xfe804000 0x100>, <0x828 0x4>;; + reg = <0xfe38a000 0x100>, <0xfe804000 0x100>;; reg-names = "sata", "pcie", "syscfg"; #phy-cells = <1>; st,pcie-tx-pol-inv; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt index 1ef8228..de6a706 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stih407-usb.txt @@ -5,10 +5,7 @@ host controllers (when controlling usb2/1.1 devices) available on STiH407 SoC fa Required properties: - compatible : should be "st,stih407-usb2-phy" -- reg : contain the offset and length of the system configuration registers - used as glue logic to control & parameter phy -- reg-names : the names of the system configuration registers in "reg", should be "param" and "reg" -- st,syscfg : sysconfig register to manage phy parameter at driver level +- st,syscfg : phandle of sysconfig bank plus integer array containing phyparam and phyctrl register offsets - resets : list of phandle and reset specifier pairs. There should be two entries, one for the whole phy and one for the port - reset-names : list of reset signal names. Should be "global" and "port" @@ -19,11 +16,8 @@ Example: usb2_picophy0: usbpicophy@f8 { compatible = "st,stih407-usb2-phy"; - reg = <0xf8 0x04>, /* syscfg 5062 */ - <0xf4 0x04>; /* syscfg 5061 */ - reg-names = "param", "ctrl"; #phy-cells = <0>; - st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core>; + st,syscfg = <&syscfg_core 0x100 0xf4>; resets = <&softreset STIH407_PICOPHY_SOFTRESET>, <&picophyreset STIH407_PICOPHY0_RESET>; reset-names = "global", "port"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-usb-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..826454a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-usb-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +ROCKCHIP USB2 PHY + +Required properties: + - compatible: rockchip,rk3288-usb-phy + - rockchip,grf : phandle to the syscon managing the "general + register files" + - #address-cells: should be 1 + - #size-cells: should be 0 + +Sub-nodes: +Each PHY should be represented as a sub-node. + +Sub-nodes +required properties: +- #phy-cells: should be 0 +- reg: PHY configure reg address offset in GRF + "0x320" - for PHY attach to OTG controller + "0x334" - for PHY attach to HOST0 controller + "0x348" - for PHY attach to HOST1 controller + +Optional Properties: +- clocks : phandle + clock specifier for the phy clocks +- clock-names: string, clock name, must be "phyclk" + +Example: + +usbphy: phy { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-usb-phy"; + rockchip,grf = <&grf>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + usbphy0: usb-phy0 { + #phy-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x320>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt index d5bad92..91e38cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series MIPI CSIS/DSIM DPHY Required properties: - compatible : should be "samsung,s5pv210-mipi-video-phy"; -- reg : offset and length of the MIPI DPHY register set; - #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1; +- syscon - phandle to the PMU system controller; For "samsung,s5pv210-mipi-video-phy" compatible PHYs the second cell in the PHY specifier identifies the PHY and its meaning is as follows: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt index 93ce12e..fdd8046 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun5i-a10s-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun6i-a31s-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun6i-a31-r-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun7i-a20-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-a23-pinctrl" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt index 189814e..ecb5c0d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-pinmux.txt @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt. In fact, this document assumes that binding as a baseline, and only documents the differences between the two bindings. Required properties: -- compatible: "nvidia,tegra124-pinmux" +- compatible: For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-pinmux". For + Tegra132, must contain '"nvidia,tegra132-pinmux", "nvidia-tegra124-pinmux"'. - reg: Should contain a list of base address and size pairs for: -- first entry - the drive strength and pad control registers. -- second entry - the pinmux registers diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt index 2f9c0bd..30676de 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt @@ -13,7 +13,9 @@ how to describe and reference PHYs in device trees. Required properties: -------------------- -- compatible: should be "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl" +- compatible: For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl". + Otherwise, must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-xusb-padctl", + "nvidia-tegra124-xusb-padctl"', where <chip> is tegra132 or tegra210. - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. See ../reset/reset.txt for details. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..498caff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,msm8916-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +Qualcomm MSM8916 TLMM block + +This binding describes the Top Level Mode Multiplexer block found in the +MSM8916 platform. + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "qcom,msm8916-pinctrl" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: the base address and size of the TLMM register space. + +- interrupts: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: should specify the TLMM summary IRQ. + +- interrupt-controller: + Usage: required + Value type: <none> + Definition: identifies this node as an interrupt controller + +- #interrupt-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 2. Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined + in <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + +- gpio-controller: + Usage: required + Value type: <none> + Definition: identifies this node as a gpio controller + +- #gpio-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 2. Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined + in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + +Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for +a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +The pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. + + +PIN CONFIGURATION NODES: + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function. + + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pin configuration subnode: + +- pins: + Usage: required + Value type: <string-array> + Definition: List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in + this subnode. Valid pins are: + gpio0-gpio121, + sdc1_clk, + sdc1_cmd, + sdc1_data + sdc2_clk, + sdc2_cmd, + sdc2_data, + qdsd_cmd, + qdsd_data0, + qdsd_data1, + qdsd_data2, + qdsd_data3 + +- function: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the + specified pins. Functions are only valid for gpio pins. + Valid values are: + adsp_ext, alsp_int, atest_bbrx0, atest_bbrx1, atest_char, atest_char0, + atest_char1, atest_char2, atest_char3, atest_combodac, atest_gpsadc0, + atest_gpsadc1, atest_tsens, atest_wlan0, atest_wlan1, backlight_en, + bimc_dte0,bimc_dte1, blsp_i2c1, blsp_i2c2, blsp_i2c3, blsp_i2c4, + blsp_i2c5, blsp_i2c6, blsp_spi1, blsp_spi1_cs1, blsp_spi1_cs2, + blsp_spi1_cs3, blsp_spi2, blsp_spi2_cs1, blsp_spi2_cs2, blsp_spi2_cs3, + blsp_spi3, blsp_spi3_cs1, blsp_spi3_cs2, blsp_spi3_cs3, blsp_spi4, + blsp_spi5, blsp_spi6, blsp_uart1, blsp_uart2, blsp_uim1, blsp_uim2, + cam1_rst, cam1_standby, cam_mclk0, cam_mclk1, cci_async, cci_i2c, + cci_timer0, cci_timer1, cci_timer2, cdc_pdm0, codec_mad, dbg_out, + display_5v, dmic0_clk, dmic0_data, dsi_rst, ebi0_wrcdc, euro_us, + ext_lpass, flash_strobe, gcc_gp1_clk_a, gcc_gp1_clk_b, gcc_gp2_clk_a, + gcc_gp2_clk_b, gcc_gp3_clk_a, gcc_gp3_clk_b, gpio, gsm0_tx0, gsm0_tx1, + gsm1_tx0, gsm1_tx1, gyro_accl, kpsns0, kpsns1, kpsns2, ldo_en, + ldo_update, mag_int, mdp_vsync, modem_tsync, m_voc, nav_pps, nav_tsync, + pa_indicator, pbs0, pbs1, pbs2, pri_mi2s, pri_mi2s_ws, prng_rosc, + pwr_crypto_enabled_a, pwr_crypto_enabled_b, pwr_modem_enabled_a, + pwr_modem_enabled_b, pwr_nav_enabled_a, pwr_nav_enabled_b, + qdss_ctitrig_in_a0, qdss_ctitrig_in_a1, qdss_ctitrig_in_b0, + qdss_ctitrig_in_b1, qdss_ctitrig_out_a0, qdss_ctitrig_out_a1, + qdss_ctitrig_out_b0, qdss_ctitrig_out_b1, qdss_traceclk_a, + qdss_traceclk_b, qdss_tracectl_a, qdss_tracectl_b, qdss_tracedata_a, + qdss_tracedata_b, reset_n, sd_card, sd_write, sec_mi2s, smb_int, + ssbi_wtr0, ssbi_wtr1, uim1, uim2, uim3, uim_batt, wcss_bt, wcss_fm, + wcss_wlan, webcam1_rst + +- bias-disable: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as no pull. + +- bias-pull-down: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as pull down. + +- bias-pull-up: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as pull up. + +- output-high: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins are configured in output mode, driven + high. + Not valid for sdc pins. + +- output-low: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins are configured in output mode, driven + low. + Not valid for sdc pins. + +- drive-strength: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. + Valid values are: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 + +Example: + + tlmm: pinctrl@1000000 { + compatible = "qcom,msm8916-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x1000000 0x300000>; + interrupts = <0 208 0>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + uart2: uart2-default { + mux { + pins = "gpio4", "gpio5"; + function = "blsp_uart2"; + }; + + tx { + pins = "gpio4"; + drive-strength = <4>; + bias-disable; + }; + + rx { + pins = "gpio5"; + drive-strength = <2>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt index daef6fa..bfe72ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ * Renesas Pin Function Controller (GPIO and Pin Mux/Config) -The Pin Function Controller (PFC) is a Pin Mux/Config controller. On SH7372, -SH73A0, R8A73A4 and R8A7740 it also acts as a GPIO controller. +The Pin Function Controller (PFC) is a Pin Mux/Config controller. On SH73A0, +R8A73A4 and R8A7740 it also acts as a GPIO controller. Pin Control @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ Pin Control Required Properties: - compatible: should be one of the following. + - "renesas,pfc-emev2": for EMEV2 (EMMA Mobile EV2) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a73a4": for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7740": for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) compatible pin-controller. - - "renesas,pfc-sh7372": for SH7372 (SH-Mobile AP4) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-sh73a0": for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) compatible pin-controller. - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the pin @@ -75,8 +75,7 @@ bias-disable, bias-pull-up and bias-pull-down. GPIO ---- -On SH7372, SH73A0, R8A73A4 and R8A7740 the PFC node is also a GPIO controller -node. +On SH73A0, R8A73A4 and R8A7740 the PFC node is also a GPIO controller node. Required Properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt index 8425838..9d2a995 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/samsung-pinctrl.txt @@ -171,6 +171,18 @@ Aliases: All the pin controller nodes should be represented in the aliases node using the following format 'pinctrl{n}' where n is a unique number for the alias. +Aliases for controllers compatible with "samsung,exynos7-pinctrl": +- pinctrl0: pin controller of ALIVE block, +- pinctrl1: pin controller of BUS0 block, +- pinctrl2: pin controller of NFC block, +- pinctrl3: pin controller of TOUCH block, +- pinctrl4: pin controller of FF block, +- pinctrl5: pin controller of ESE block, +- pinctrl6: pin controller of FSYS0 block, +- pinctrl7: pin controller of FSYS1 block, +- pinctrl8: pin controller of BUS1 block, +- pinctrl9: pin controller of AUDIO block, + Example: A pin-controller node with pin banks: pinctrl_0: pinctrl@11400000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt index 6b33b9f..f63fcb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/ste,nomadik.txt @@ -16,17 +16,22 @@ mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration parameters, such as input, output, pull up, pull down... The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated -and processed purely based on their content. +and processed purely based on their content. The subnodes use the generic +pin multiplexing node layout from the standard pin control bindings +(see pinctrl-bindings.txt): -Required subnode-properties: -- ste,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or - group. - -Optional subnode-properties: -- ste,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the +Required pin multiplexing subnode properties: +- function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the pin or group. +- groups : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin + group that will be combined with the function to form a multiplexing + set-up. -- ste,config: Handle of pin configuration node (e.g. ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>) +Required pin configuration subnode properties: +- pins: A string array describing the pins affected by the configuration + in the node. +- ste,config: Handle of pin configuration node + (e.g. ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>) - ste,input : <0/1/2> 0: input with no pull @@ -97,32 +102,32 @@ Example board file extract: uart0 { uart0_default_mux: uart0_mux { u0_default_mux { - ste,function = "u0"; - ste,pins = "u0_a_1"; + function = "u0"; + pins = "u0_a_1"; }; }; uart0_default_mode: uart0_default { uart0_default_cfg1 { - ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2"; + pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2"; ste,input = <1>; }; uart0_default_cfg2 { - ste,pins = "GPIO1", "GPIO3"; + pins = "GPIO1", "GPIO3"; ste,output = <1>; }; }; uart0_sleep_mode: uart0_sleep { uart0_sleep_cfg1 { - ste,pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2"; + pins = "GPIO0", "GPIO2"; ste,config = <&slpm_in_wkup_pdis>; }; uart0_sleep_cfg2 { - ste,pins = "GPIO1"; + pins = "GPIO1"; ste,config = <&slpm_out_hi_wkup_pdis>; }; uart0_sleep_cfg3 { - ste,pins = "GPIO3"; + pins = "GPIO3"; ste,config = <&slpm_out_wkup_pdis>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7b55a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/xlnx,zynq-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ + Binding for Xilinx Zynq Pinctrl + +Required properties: +- compatible: "xlnx,zynq-pinctrl" +- syscon: phandle to SLCR +- reg: Offset and length of pinctrl space in SLCR + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +Zynq's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, slew rate, etc. + +Each configuration node can consist of multiple nodes describing the pinmux and +pinconf options. Those nodes can be pinmux nodes or pinconf nodes. + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Required properties for pinmux nodes are: + - groups: A list of pinmux groups. + - function: The name of a pinmux function to activate for the specified set + of groups. + +Required properties for configuration nodes: +One of: + - pins: a list of pin names + - groups: A list of pinmux groups. + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pinmux subnode: + groups, function + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pinconf subnode: + groups, pins, bias-disable, bias-high-impedance, bias-pull-up, slew-rate, + low-power-disable, low-power-enable + + Valid arguments for 'slew-rate' are '0' and '1' to select between slow and fast + respectively. + + Valid values for groups are: + ethernet0_0_grp, ethernet1_0_grp, mdio0_0_grp, mdio1_0_grp, + qspi0_0_grp, qspi1_0_grp, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1_grp, spi0_0_grp, + spi0_1_grp - spi0_2_grp, spi1_0_grp - spi1_3_grp, sdio0_0_grp - sdio0_2_grp, + sdio1_0_grp - sdio1_3_grp, sdio0_emio_wp, sdio0_emio_cd, sdio1_emio_wp, + sdio1_emio_cd, smc0_nor, smc0_nor_cs1_grp, smc0_nor_addr25_grp, smc0_nand, + can0_0_grp - can0_10_grp, can1_0_grp - can1_11_grp, uart0_0_grp - uart0_10_grp, + uart1_0_grp - uart1_11_grp, i2c0_0_grp - i2c0_10_grp, i2c1_0_grp - i2c1_10_grp, + ttc0_0_grp - ttc0_2_grp, ttc1_0_grp - ttc1_2_grp, swdt0_0_grp - swdt0_4_grp, + gpio0_0_grp - gpio0_53_grp, usb0_0_grp, usb1_0_grp + + Valid values for pins are: + MIO0 - MIO53 + + Valid values for function are: + ethernet0, ethernet1, mdio0, mdio1, qspi0, qspi1, qspi_fbclk, qspi_cs1, + spi0, spi1, sdio0, sdio0_pc, sdio0_cd, sdio0_wp, + sdio1, sdio1_pc, sdio1_cd, sdio1_wp, + smc0_nor, smc0_nor_cs1, smc0_nor_addr25, smc0_nand, can0, can1, uart0, uart1, + i2c0, i2c1, ttc0, ttc1, swdt0, gpio0, usb0, usb1 + +The following driver-specific properties as defined here are valid to specify in +a pin configuration subnode: + - io-standard: Configure the pin to use the selected IO standard according to + this mapping: + 1: LVCMOS18 + 2: LVCMOS25 + 3: LVCMOS33 + 4: HSTL + +Example: + pinctrl0: pinctrl@700 { + compatible = "xlnx,pinctrl-zynq"; + reg = <0x700 0x200>; + syscon = <&slcr>; + + pinctrl_uart1_default: uart1-default { + mux { + groups = "uart1_10_grp"; + function = "uart1"; + }; + + conf { + groups = "uart1_10_grp"; + slew-rate = <0>; + io-standard = <1>; + }; + + conf-rx { + pins = "MIO49"; + bias-high-impedance; + }; + + conf-tx { + pins = "MIO48"; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/ltc2941.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/ltc2941.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea42ae1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/ltc2941.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +binding for LTC2941 and LTC2943 battery gauges + +Both the LTC2941 and LTC2943 measure battery capacity. +The LTC2943 is compatible with the LTC2941, it adds voltage and +temperature monitoring, and uses a slightly different conversion +formula for the charge counter. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "ltc2941" or "ltc2943" which also indicates the + type of I2C chip attached. +- reg: The 7-bit I2C address. +- lltc,resistor-sense: The sense resistor value in milli-ohms. Can be a 32-bit + negative value when the battery has been connected to the wrong end of the + resistor. +- lltc,prescaler-exponent: The prescaler exponent as explained in the datasheet. + This determines the range and accuracy of the gauge. The value is programmed + into the chip only if it differs from the current setting. The setting is + lost when the battery is disconnected. + +Example from the Topic Miami Florida board: + + fuelgauge: ltc2943@64 { + compatible = "ltc2943"; + reg = <0x64>; + lltc,resistor-sense = <15>; + lltc,prescaler-exponent = <5>; /* 2^(2*5) = 1024 */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt index 98c1667..0f8ed37 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt @@ -19,6 +19,16 @@ Required properties: providing multiple PM domains (e.g. power controllers), but can be any value as specified by device tree binding documentation of particular provider. +Optional properties: + - power-domains : A phandle and PM domain specifier as defined by bindings of + the power controller specified by phandle. + Some power domains might be powered from another power domain (or have + other hardware specific dependencies). For representing such dependency + a standard PM domain consumer binding is used. When provided, all domains + created by the given provider should be subdomains of the domain + specified by this binding. More details about power domain specifier are + available in the next section. + Example: power: power-controller@12340000 { @@ -30,6 +40,25 @@ Example: The node above defines a power controller that is a PM domain provider and expects one cell as its phandle argument. +Example 2: + + parent: power-controller@12340000 { + compatible = "foo,power-controller"; + reg = <0x12340000 0x1000>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + + child: power-controller@12340000 { + compatible = "foo,power-controller"; + reg = <0x12341000 0x1000>; + power-domains = <&parent 0>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + +The nodes above define two power controllers: 'parent' and 'child'. +Domains created by the 'child' power controller are subdomains of '0' power +domain provided by the 'parent' power controller. + ==PM domain consumers== Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc3b1f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +DT bindings for the Renesas R-Mobile System Controller + +== System Controller Node == + +The R-Mobile System Controller provides the following functions: + - Boot mode management, + - Reset generation, + - Power management. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "renesas,sysc-<soctype>", "renesas,sysc-rmobile" as + fallback. + Examples with soctypes are: + - "renesas,sysc-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1) + - "renesas,sysc-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5) +- reg: Two address start and address range blocks for the device: + - The first block refers to the normally accessible registers, + - the second block refers to the registers protected by the HPB + semaphore. + +Optional nodes: +- pm-domains: This node contains a hierarchy of PM domain nodes, which should + match the Power Area Hierarchy in the Power Domain Specifications section of + the device's datasheet. + + +== PM Domain Nodes == + +Each of the PM domain nodes represents a PM domain, as documented by the +generic PM domain bindings in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt. + +The nodes should be named by the real power area names, and thus their names +should be unique. + +Required properties: + - #power-domain-cells: Must be 0. + +Optional properties: +- reg: If the PM domain is not always-on, this property must contain the bit + index number for the corresponding power area in the various Power + Control and Status Registers. The parent's node must contain the + following two properties: + - #address-cells: Must be 1, + - #size-cells: Must be 0. + If the PM domain is always-on, this property must be omitted. + + +Example: + +This shows a subset of the r8a7740 PM domain hierarchy, containing the +C5 "always-on" domain, 2 of its subdomains (A4S and A4SU), and the A3SP domain, +which is a subdomain of A4S. + + sysc: system-controller@e6180000 { + compatible = "renesas,sysc-r8a7740", "renesas,sysc-rmobile"; + reg = <0xe6180000 0x8000>, <0xe6188000 0x8000>; + + pm-domains { + pd_c5: c5 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + + pd_a4s: a4s@10 { + reg = <10>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + + pd_a3sp: a3sp@11 { + reg = <11>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + + pd_a4su: a4su@20 { + reg = <20>; + #power-domain-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + }; + }; + + +== PM Domain Consumers == + +Hardware blocks belonging to a PM domain should contain a "power-domains" +property that is a phandle pointing to the corresponding PM domain node. + +Example: + + tpu: pwm@e6600000 { + compatible = "renesas,tpu-r8a7740", "renesas,tpu"; + reg = <0xe6600000 0x100>; + clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7740_CLK_TPU0>; + power-domains = <&pd_a3sp>; + #pwm-cells = <3>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ltc2952-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ltc2952-poweroff.txt index 0c94c63..cd2d7f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ltc2952-poweroff.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ltc2952-poweroff.txt @@ -1,20 +1,23 @@ Binding for the LTC2952 PowerPath controller This chip is used to externally trigger a system shut down. Once the trigger has -been sent, the chips' watchdog has to be reset to gracefully shut down. -If the Linux systems decides to shut down it powers off the platform via the -kill signal. +been sent, the chip's watchdog has to be reset to gracefully shut down. +A full powerdown can be triggered via the kill signal. Required properties: - compatible: Must contain: "lltc,ltc2952" -- trigger-gpios: phandle + gpio-specifier for the GPIO connected to the - chip's trigger line - watchdog-gpios: phandle + gpio-specifier for the GPIO connected to the chip's watchdog line - kill-gpios: phandle + gpio-specifier for the GPIO connected to the chip's kill line +Optional properties: +- trigger-gpios: phandle + gpio-specifier for the GPIO connected to the + chip's trigger line. If this property is not set, the + trigger function is ignored and the chip is kept alive + until an explicit kill signal is received + Example: ltc2952 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt index 6fbf6e7..8b70db1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Required properties: You specify supplies using the standard regulator bindings by including -a phandle the the relevant regulator. All specified supplies must be able +a phandle the relevant regulator. All specified supplies must be able to report their voltage. The IO Voltage Domain for any non-specified supplies will be not be touched. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt index edeea16..edda55f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/fman.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ CONTENTS - FMan MURAM Node - FMan dTSEC/XGEC/mEMAC Node - FMan IEEE 1588 Node + - FMan MDIO Node - Example ============================================================================= @@ -357,6 +358,69 @@ ptp-timer@fe000 { }; ============================================================================= +FMan MDIO Node + +DESCRIPTION + +The MDIO is a bus to which the PHY devices are connected. + +PROPERTIES + +- compatible + Usage: required + Value type: <stringlist> + Definition: A standard property. + Must include "fsl,fman-mdio" for 1 Gb/s MDIO from FMan v2. + Must include "fsl,fman-xmdio" for 10 Gb/s MDIO from FMan v2. + Must include "fsl,fman-memac-mdio" for 1/10 Gb/s MDIO from + FMan v3. + +- reg + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: A standard property. + +- bus-frequency + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Specifies the external MDIO bus clock speed to + be used, if different from the standard 2.5 MHz. + This may be due to the standard speed being unsupported (e.g. + due to a hardware problem), or to advertise that all relevant + components in the system support a faster speed. + +- interrupts + Usage: required for external MDIO + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Event interrupt of external MDIO controller. + +- fsl,fman-internal-mdio + Usage: required for internal MDIO + Value type: boolean + Definition: Fman has internal MDIO for internal PCS(Physical + Coding Sublayer) PHYs and external MDIO for external PHYs. + The settings and programming routines for internal/external + MDIO are different. Must be included for internal MDIO. + +EXAMPLE + +Example for FMan v2 external MDIO: + +mdio@f1000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-xmdio"; + reg = <0xf1000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <101 2 0 0>; +}; + +Example for FMan v3 internal MDIO: + +mdio@f1000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-memac-mdio"; + reg = <0xf1000 0x1000>; + fsl,fman-internal-mdio; +}; + +============================================================================= Example fman@400000 { @@ -531,4 +595,10 @@ fman@400000 { compatible = "fsl,fman-ptp-timer"; reg = <0xfe000 0x1000>; }; + + mdio@f1000 { + compatible = "fsl,fman-xmdio"; + reg = <0xf1000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <101 2 0 0>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt index 3300fec..1c80fce 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt @@ -16,20 +16,28 @@ Example: "fsl,pq2-localbus"; #address-cells = <2>; #size-cells = <1>; - reg = <f0010100 40>; + reg = <0xf0010100 0x40>; - ranges = <0 0 fe000000 02000000 - 1 0 f4500000 00008000>; + ranges = <0x0 0x0 0xfe000000 0x02000000 + 0x1 0x0 0xf4500000 0x00008000 + 0x2 0x0 0xfd810000 0x00010000>; flash@0,0 { compatible = "jedec-flash"; - reg = <0 0 2000000>; + reg = <0x0 0x0 0x2000000>; bank-width = <4>; device-width = <1>; }; board-control@1,0 { - reg = <1 0 20>; + reg = <0x1 0x0 0x20>; compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-bcsr"; }; + + simple-periph@2,0 { + compatible = "fsl,elbc-gpcm-uio"; + reg = <0x2 0x0 0x10000>; + elbc-gpcm-br = <0xfd810800>; + elbc-gpcm-or = <0xffff09f7>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/img-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/img-pwm.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fade5f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/img-pwm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +*Imagination Technologies PWM DAC driver + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "img,pistachio-pwm" + - reg: Should contain physical base address and length of pwm registers. + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: Must include the following entries. + - pwm: PWM operating clock. + - sys: PWM system interface clock. + - #pwm-cells: Should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for the + description of the cells format. + - img,cr-periph: Must contain a phandle to the peripheral control + syscon node which contains PWM control registers. + +Example: + pwm: pwm@18101300 { + compatible = "img,pistachio-pwm"; + reg = <0x18101300 0x100>; + clocks = <&pwm_clk>, <&system_clk>; + clock-names = "pwm", "sys"; + #pwm-cells = <2>; + img,cr-periph = <&cr_periph>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt index c7ea9d4..c52f03b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ Tegra SoC PWFM controller Required properties: -- compatible: should be one of: - - "nvidia,tegra20-pwm" - - "nvidia,tegra30-pwm" +- compatible: For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-pwm". For Tegra30, + must contain "nvidia,tegra30-pwm". Otherwise, must contain + "nvidia,<chip>-pwm", plus one of the above, where <chip> is tegra114, + tegra124, tegra132, or tegra210. - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers - #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of the cells format. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae0273e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Allwinner sun4i and sun7i SoC PWM controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be one of: + - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-pwm" + - "allwinner,sun7i-a20-pwm" + - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers + - #pwm-cells: should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of + the cells format. + - clocks: From common clock binding, handle to the parent clock. + +Example: + + pwm: pwm@01c20e00 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-pwm"; + reg = <0x01c20e00 0xc>; + clocks = <&osc24M>; + #pwm-cells = <3>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/armada-380-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/armada-380-rtc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2eb9d4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/armada-380-rtc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +* Real Time Clock of the Armada 38x SoCs + +RTC controller for the Armada 38x SoCs + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "marvell,armada-380-rtc" +- reg: a list of base address and size pairs, one for each entry in + reg-names +- reg names: should contain: + * "rtc" for the RTC registers + * "rtc-soc" for the SoC related registers and among them the one + related to the interrupt. +- interrupts: IRQ line for the RTC. + +Example: + +rtc@a3800 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-380-rtc"; + reg = <0xa3800 0x20>, <0x184a0 0x0c>; + reg-names = "rtc", "rtc-soc"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 21 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12057.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12057.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..501c39c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12057.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +Intersil ISL12057 I2C RTC/Alarm chip + +ISL12057 is a trivial I2C device (it has simple device tree bindings, +consisting of a compatible field, an address and possibly an interrupt +line). + +Nonetheless, it also supports an option boolean property +("isil,irq2-can-wakeup-machine") to handle the specific use-case found +on at least three in-tree users of the chip (NETGEAR ReadyNAS 102, 104 +and 2120 ARM-based NAS); On those devices, the IRQ#2 pin of the chip +(associated with the alarm supported by the driver) is not connected +to the SoC but to a PMIC. It allows the device to be powered up when +RTC alarm rings. In order to mark the device has a wakeup source and +get access to the 'wakealarm' sysfs entry, this specific property can +be set when the IRQ#2 pin of the chip is not connected to the SoC but +can wake up the device. + +Required properties supported by the device: + + - "compatible": must be "isil,isl12057" + - "reg": I2C bus address of the device + +Optional properties: + + - "isil,irq2-can-wakeup-machine": mark the chip as a wakeup source, + independently of the availability of an IRQ line connected to the + SoC. + + - "interrupt-parent", "interrupts": for passing the interrupt line + of the SoC connected to IRQ#2 of the RTC chip. + + +Example isl12057 node without IRQ#2 pin connected (no alarm support): + + isl12057: isl12057@68 { + compatible = "isil,isl12057"; + reg = <0x68>; + }; + + +Example isl12057 node with IRQ#2 pin connected to main SoC via MPP6 (note +that the pinctrl-related properties below are given for completeness and +may not be required or may be different depending on your system or +SoC, and the main function of the MPP used as IRQ line, i.e. +"interrupt-parent" and "interrupts" are usually sufficient): + + pinctrl { + ... + + rtc_alarm_pin: rtc_alarm_pin { + marvell,pins = "mpp6"; + marvell,function = "gpio"; + }; + + ... + + }; + + ... + + isl12057: isl12057@68 { + compatible = "isil,isl12057"; + reg = <0x68>; + pinctrl-0 = <&rtc_alarm_pin>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>; + interrupts = <6 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + }; + + +Example isl12057 node without IRQ#2 pin connected to the SoC but to a +PMIC, allowing the device to be started based on configured alarm: + + isl12057: isl12057@68 { + compatible = "isil,isl12057"; + reg = <0x68>; + isil,irq2-can-wakeup-machine; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt index 652d1ff..b7d98ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt @@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ state. Required properties: -- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-rtc". +- compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-rtc". Otherwise, + must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-rtc", "nvidia,tegra20-rtc"', where <chip> + can be tegra30, tegra114, tegra124, or tegra132. - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. - interrupts : A single interrupt specifier. - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5cbc0b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +NXP PCF2123 SPI Real Time Clock + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be: "nxp,rtc-pcf2123" +- reg: should be the SPI slave chipselect address + +Optional properties: +- spi-cs-high: PCF2123 needs chipselect high + +Example: + +rtc: nxp,rtc-pcf2123@3 { + compatible = "nxp,rtc-pcf2123" + reg = <3> + spi-cs-high; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ad115e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/security/tpm/st33zp24-i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST33ZP24 TPM SoC + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,st33zp24-i2c". +- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency. +- reg: address on the bus + +Optional ST33ZP24 Properties: +- interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller +- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected +- lpcpd-gpios: Output GPIO pin used for ST33ZP24 power management D1/D2 state. +If set, power must be present when the platform is going into sleep/hibernate mode. + +Optional SoC Specific Properties: +- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default". +- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller. + +Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST33ZP24 on I2C2): + +&i2c2 { + + status = "okay"; + + st33zp24: st33zp24@13 { + + compatible = "st,st33zp24-i2c"; + + reg = <0x13>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + + interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + lpcpd-gpios = <&gpio5 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt index b52b982..91d5ab0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/of-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt @@ -8,7 +8,10 @@ Required properties: - "ns16550" - "ns16750" - "ns16850" - - "nvidia,tegra20-uart" + - For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-uart" + - For other Tegra, must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-uart", + "nvidia,tegra20-uart"' where <chip> is tegra30, tegra114, tegra124, + tegra132, or tegra210. - "nxp,lpc3220-uart" - "ralink,rt2880-uart" - "ibm,qpace-nwp-serial" @@ -16,6 +19,7 @@ Required properties: - "altr,16550-FIFO64" - "altr,16550-FIFO128" - "fsl,16550-FIFO64" + - "fsl,ns16550" - "serial" if the port type is unknown. - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. - interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. @@ -40,6 +44,17 @@ Optional properties: driver is allowed to detect support for the capability even without this property. +Note: +* fsl,ns16550: + ------------ + Freescale DUART is very similar to the PC16552D (and to a + pair of NS16550A), albeit with some nonstandard behavior such as + erratum A-004737 (relating to incorrect BRK handling). + + Represents a single port that is compatible with the DUART found + on many Freescale chips (examples include mpc8349, mpc8548, + mpc8641d, p4080 and ls2085a). + Example: uart@80230000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebcbb62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +ETRAX FS UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : "axis,etraxfs-uart" +- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts: device interrupt + +Optional properties: +- {dtr,dsr,ri,cd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for DTR/DSR/RI/CD + line respectively. + +Example: + +serial@b00260000 { + compatible = "axis,etraxfs-uart"; + reg = <0xb0026000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <68>; + status = "disabled"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/digicolor-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/digicolor-usart.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d3ede6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/digicolor-usart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Binding for Conexant Digicolor USART + +Note: this binding is only applicable for using the USART peripheral as +UART. USART also support synchronous serial protocols like SPI and I2S. Use +the binding that matches the wiring of your system. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "cnxt,cx92755-usart". +- reg: Should contain USART controller registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain a single USART controller interrupt. +- clocks: Must contain phandles to the USART clock + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + +Note: Each UART port should have an alias correctly numbered +in "aliases" node. + +Example: + aliases { + serial0 = &uart0; + }; + + uart0: uart@f0000740 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-usart"; + reg = <0xf0000740 0x20>; + clocks = <&main_clk>; + interrupts = <44>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt index 48358a3..4415226 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt @@ -2,9 +2,13 @@ Required properties: - compatible should contain: + * "mediatek,mt8135-uart" for MT8135 compatible UARTS + * "mediatek,mt8127-uart" for MT8127 compatible UARTS + * "mediatek,mt8173-uart" for MT8173 compatible UARTS * "mediatek,mt6589-uart" for MT6589 compatible UARTS * "mediatek,mt6582-uart" for MT6582 compatible UARTS - * "mediatek,mt6577-uart" for all compatible UARTS (MT6589, MT6582, MT6577) + * "mediatek,mt6577-uart" for all compatible UARTS (MT8173, MT6589, MT6582, + MT6577) - reg: The base address of the UART register bank. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt index 3acdd96..f0c3926 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sirf-uart.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "sirf,prima2-uart", "sirf, prima2-usp-uart", - "sirf,marco-uart" or "sirf,marco-bt-uart" which means + "sirf,atlas7-uart" or "sirf,atlas7-bt-uart" which means uart located in BT module and used for BT. - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ usp@b0090000 { for uart use in BT module, uart6: uart@11000000 { cell-index = <6>; - compatible = "sirf,marco-bt-uart", "sirf,marco-uart"; + compatible = "sirf,atlas7-bt-uart", "sirf,atlas7-uart"; reg = <0x11000000 0x1000>; interrupts = <0 100 0>; clocks = <&clks 138>, <&clks 140>, <&clks 141>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt index 7f76214..289c40e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt @@ -21,6 +21,18 @@ Optional properties: - reg-io-width : the size (in bytes) of the IO accesses that should be performed on the device. If this property is not present then single byte accesses are used. +- dcd-override : Override the DCD modem status signal. This signal will always + be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem status + register. Define this if your serial port does not use this pin. +- dsr-override : Override the DTS modem status signal. This signal will always + be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem status + register. Define this if your serial port does not use this pin. +- cts-override : Override the CTS modem status signal. This signal will always + be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem status + register. Define this if your serial port does not use this pin. +- ri-override : Override the RI modem status signal. This signal will always be + reported as inactive instead of being obtained from the modem status register. + Define this if your serial port does not use this pin. Example: @@ -31,6 +43,10 @@ Example: interrupts = <10>; reg-shift = <2>; reg-io-width = <4>; + dcd-override; + dsr-override; + cts-override; + ri-override; }; Example with one clock: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2aff0f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/sprd-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +* Spreadtrum serial UART + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "sprd,sc9836-uart" +- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier +- clocks: phandles to input clocks. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/allwinner,sun4i-ps2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/allwinner,sun4i-ps2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..362a769 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serio/allwinner,sun4i-ps2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* Device tree bindings for Allwinner A10, A20 PS2 host controller + +A20 PS2 is dual role controller (PS2 host and PS2 device). These bindings are +for PS2 A10/A20 host controller. IBM compliant IBM PS2 and AT-compatible keyboard +and mouse can be connected. + +Required properties: + + - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. + - compatible : Should be as of the following: + - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ps2" + - interrupts : The interrupt line connected to the PS2. + - clocks : The gate clk connected to the PS2. + + +Example: + ps20: ps2@0x01c2a000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ps2"; + reg = <0x01c2a000 0x400>; + interrupts = <0 62 4>; + clocks = <&apb1_gates 6>; + status = "disabled"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt index 9f80bf8..47ac834 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/bman.txt @@ -36,6 +36,11 @@ are located at offsets 0xbf8 and 0xbfc Value type: <prop-encoded-array> Definition: Standard property. The error interrupt +- fsl,bman-portals + Usage: Required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Phandle to this BMan instance's portals + - fsl,liodn Usage: See pamu.txt Value type: <prop-encoded-array> @@ -96,7 +101,7 @@ The example below shows a BMan FBPR dynamic allocation memory node bman_fbpr: bman-fbpr { compatible = "fsl,bman-fbpr"; - alloc-ranges = <0 0 0xf 0xffffffff>; + alloc-ranges = <0 0 0x10 0>; size = <0 0x1000000>; alignment = <0 0x1000000>; }; @@ -104,6 +109,10 @@ The example below shows a BMan FBPR dynamic allocation memory node The example below shows a (P4080) BMan CCSR-space node + bportals: bman-portals@ff4000000 { + ... + }; + crypto@300000 { ... fsl,bman = <&bman, 2>; @@ -115,6 +124,7 @@ The example below shows a (P4080) BMan CCSR-space node reg = <0x31a000 0x1000>; interrupts = <16 2 1 2>; fsl,liodn = <0x17>; + fsl,bman-portals = <&bportals>; memory-region = <&bman_fbpr>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt index 063e3a0..556ebb8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/fsl/qman.txt @@ -38,6 +38,11 @@ are located at offsets 0xbf8 and 0xbfc Value type: <prop-encoded-array> Definition: Standard property. The error interrupt +- fsl,qman-portals + Usage: Required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Phandle to this QMan instance's portals + - fsl,liodn Usage: See pamu.txt Value type: <prop-encoded-array> @@ -113,13 +118,13 @@ The example below shows a QMan FQD and a PFDR dynamic allocation memory nodes qman_fqd: qman-fqd { compatible = "fsl,qman-fqd"; - alloc-ranges = <0 0 0xf 0xffffffff>; + alloc-ranges = <0 0 0x10 0>; size = <0 0x400000>; alignment = <0 0x400000>; }; qman_pfdr: qman-pfdr { compatible = "fsl,qman-pfdr"; - alloc-ranges = <0 0 0xf 0xffffffff>; + alloc-ranges = <0 0 0x10 0>; size = <0 0x2000000>; alignment = <0 0x2000000>; }; @@ -127,6 +132,10 @@ The example below shows a QMan FQD and a PFDR dynamic allocation memory nodes The example below shows a (P4080) QMan CCSR-space node + qportals: qman-portals@ff4200000 { + ... + }; + clockgen: global-utilities@e1000 { ... sysclk: sysclk { @@ -154,6 +163,7 @@ The example below shows a (P4080) QMan CCSR-space node reg = <0x318000 0x1000>; interrupts = <16 2 1 3> fsl,liodn = <0x16>; + fsl,qman-portals = <&qportals>; memory-region = <&qman_fqd &qman_pfdr>; clocks = <&platform_pll 1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel_ac97c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel_ac97c.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b151bd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/atmel_ac97c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* Atmel AC97 controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: "atmel,at91sam9263-ac97c" + - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device + - interrupts: Should contain AC97 interrupt + - ac97-gpios: Please refer to soc-ac97link.txt, only ac97-reset is used +Optional properties: + - pinctrl-names, pinctrl-0: Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt + +Example: +sound@fffa0000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9263-ac97c"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_ac97>; + reg = <0xfffa0000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <18 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 5>; + + ac97-gpios = <&pioB 0 0 &pioB 2 0 &pioC 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cdns,xtfpga-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cdns,xtfpga-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..befd125 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cdns,xtfpga-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Bindings for I2S controller built into xtfpga Xtensa bitstreams. + +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "cdns,xtfpga-i2s". +- reg: memory region (address and length) with device registers. +- interrupts: interrupt for the device. +- clocks: phandle to the clk used as master clock. I2S bus clock + is derived from it. + +Examples: + + i2s0: xtfpga-i2s@0d080000 { + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + compatible = "cdns,xtfpga-i2s"; + reg = <0x0d080000 0x40>; + interrupts = <2 1>; + clocks = <&cdce706 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/designware-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/designware-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bb5424 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/designware-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +DesignWare I2S controller + +Required properties: + - compatible : Must be "snps,designware-i2s" + - reg : Must contain the I2S core's registers location and length + - clocks : Pairs of phandle and specifier referencing the controller's + clocks. The controller expects one clock: the clock used as the sampling + rate reference clock sample. + - clock-names : "i2sclk" for the sample rate reference clock. + - dmas: Pairs of phandle and specifier for the DMA channels that are used by + the core. The core expects one or two dma channels: one for transmit and + one for receive. + - dma-names : "tx" for the transmit channel, "rx" for the receive channel. + +For more details on the 'dma', 'dma-names', 'clock' and 'clock-names' +properties please check: + * resource-names.txt + * clock/clock-bindings.txt + * dma/dma.txt + +Example: + + soc_i2s: i2s@7ff90000 { + compatible = "snps,designware-i2s"; + reg = <0x0 0x7ff90000 0x0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&scpi_i2sclk 0>; + clock-names = "i2sclk"; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + dmas = <&dma0 5>; + dma-names = "tx"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b414333 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Ingenic JZ4740 I2S controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-i2s" +- reg : I2S registers location and length +- clocks : AIC and I2S PLL clock specifiers. +- clock-names: "aic" and "i2s" +- dmas: DMA controller phandle and DMA request line for I2S Tx and Rx channels +- dma-names: Must be "tx" and "rx" + +Example: + +i2s: i2s@10020000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-i2s"; + reg = <0x10020000 0x94>; + + clocks = <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_AIC>, <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_I2SPLL>; + clock-names = "aic", "i2s"; + + dmas = <&dma 2>, <&dma 3>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98357a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98357a.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7a149a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98357a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Maxim MAX98357A audio DAC + +This node models the Maxim MAX98357A DAC. + +Required properties: +- compatible : "maxim,max98357a" +- sdmode-gpios : GPIO specifier for the GPIO -> DAC SDMODE pin + +Example: + +max98357a { + compatible = "maxim,max98357a"; + sdmode-gpios = <&qcom_pinmux 25 0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4589cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677.txt @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra audio complex, with RT5677 CODEC + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677" +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names : Must include the following entries: + - pll_a + - pll_a_out0 + - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) +- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. +- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. + Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, + the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and + sinks are the RT5677's pins (as documented in its binding), and the jacks + on the board: + + * Headphone + * Speaker + * Headset Mic + * Internal Mic 1 + * Internal Mic 2 + +- nvidia,i2s-controller : The phandle of the Tegra I2S controller that's + connected to the CODEC. +- nvidia,audio-codec : The phandle of the RT5677 audio codec. This binding + assumes that AIF1 on the CODEC is connected to Tegra. + +Optional properties: +- nvidia,hp-det-gpios : The GPIO that detects headphones are plugged in +- nvidia,hp-en-gpios : The GPIO that enables headphone amplifier +- nvidia,mic-present-gpios: The GPIO that mic jack is plugged in +- nvidia,dmic-clk-en-gpios : The GPIO that gates DMIC clock signal + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677-ryu", + "nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5677"; + nvidia,model = "NVIDIA Tegra Ryu"; + + nvidia,audio-routing = + "Headphone", "LOUT2", + "Headphone", "LOUT1", + "Headset Mic", "MICBIAS1", + "IN1P", "Headset Mic", + "IN1N", "Headset Mic", + "DMIC L1", "Internal Mic 1", + "DMIC R1", "Internal Mic 1", + "DMIC L2", "Internal Mic 2", + "DMIC R2", "Internal Mic 2", + "Speaker", "PDM1L", + "Speaker", "PDM1R"; + + nvidia,i2s-controller = <&tegra_i2s1>; + nvidia,audio-codec = <&rt5677>; + + nvidia,hp-det-gpios = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(R, 7) GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + nvidia,mic-present-gpios = <&gpio TEGRA_GPIO(O, 5) GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + nvidia,hp-en-gpios = <&rt5677 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + nvidia,dmic-clk-en-gpios = <&rt5677 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_A>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_A_OUT0>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_EXTERN1>; + clock-names = "pll_a", "pll_a_out0", "mclk"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt index 946e2ac..0e9a189 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ NVIDIA Tegra30 AHUB (Audio Hub) Required properties: -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-ahub", "nvidia,tegra114-ahub", etc. +- compatible : For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-ahub". For Tegra114, + must contain "nvidia,tegra114-ahub". For Tegra124, must contain + "nvidia,tegra124-ahub". Otherwise, must contain "nvidia,<chip>-ahub", + plus at least one of the above, where <chip> is tegra132. - reg : Should contain the register physical address and length for each of the AHUB's register blocks. - Tegra30 requires 2 entries, for the APBIF and AHUB/AUDIO register blocks. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt index b4730c2..13e2ef4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ NVIDIA Tegra30 HDA controller Required properties: -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-hda" +- compatible : For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-hda". Otherwise, + must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-hda", "nvidia,tegra30-hda"', where <chip> is + tegra114, tegra124, or tegra132. - reg : Should contain the HDA registers location and length. - interrupts : The interrupt from the HDA controller. - clocks : Must contain an entry for each required entry in clock-names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt index 0c113ff..38caa93 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ NVIDIA Tegra30 I2S controller Required properties: -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-i2s" +- compatible : For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-i2s". For Tegra124, + must contain "nvidia,tegra124-i2s". Otherwise, must contain + "nvidia,<chip>-i2s" plus at least one of the above, where <chip> is + tegra114 or tegra132. - reg : Should contain I2S registers location and length - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt index faff75e..3aae3b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm512x.txt @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ on the board). Required properties: - - compatible : One of "ti,pcm5121" or "ti,pcm5122" + - compatible : One of "ti,pcm5121", "ti,pcm5122", "ti,pcm5141" or + "ti,pcm5142" - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select number for SPI. @@ -16,9 +17,16 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - clocks : A clock specifier for the clock connected as SCLK. If this - is absent the device will be configured to clock from BCLK. + is absent the device will be configured to clock from BCLK. If pll-in + and pll-out are specified in addition to a clock, the device is + configured to accept clock input on a specified gpio pin. -Example: + - pll-in, pll-out : gpio pins used to connect the pll using <1> + through <6>. The device will be configured for clock input on the + given pll-in pin and PLL output on the given pll-out pin. An + external connection from the pll-out pin to the SCLK pin is assumed. + +Examples: pcm5122: pcm5122@4c { compatible = "ti,pcm5122"; @@ -28,3 +36,17 @@ Example: DVDD-supply = <®_1v8>; CPVDD-supply = <®_3v3>; }; + + + pcm5142: pcm5142@4c { + compatible = "ti,pcm5142"; + reg = <0x4c>; + + AVDD-supply = <®_3v3_analog>; + DVDD-supply = <®_1v8>; + CPVDD-supply = <®_3v3>; + + clocks = <&sck>; + pll-in = <3>; + pll-out = <6>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt index d188296..09e0e18 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt @@ -33,6 +33,25 @@ Required SoC Specific Properties: "iis" is the i2s bus clock and i2s_opclk0, i2s_opclk1 are sources of the root clk. i2s0 has internal mux to select the source of root clk and i2s1 and i2s2 doesn't have any such mux. +- #clock-cells: should be 1, this property must be present if the I2S device + is a clock provider in terms of the common clock bindings, described in + ../clock/clock-bindings.txt. +- clock-output-names: from the common clock bindings, names of the CDCLK + I2S output clocks, suggested values are "i2s_cdclk0", "i2s_cdclk1", + "i2s_cdclk3" for the I2S0, I2S1, I2S2 devices recpectively. + +There are following clocks available at the I2S device nodes: + CLK_I2S_CDCLK - the CDCLK (CODECLKO) gate clock, + CLK_I2S_RCLK_PSR - the RCLK prescaler divider clock (corresponding to the + IISPSR register), + CLK_I2S_RCLK_SRC - the RCLKSRC mux clock (corresponding to RCLKSRC bit in + IISMOD register). + +Refer to the SoC datasheet for availability of the above clocks. +The CLK_I2S_RCLK_PSR and CLK_I2S_RCLK_SRC clocks are usually only available +in the IIS Multi Audio Interface (I2S0). +Note: Old DTs may not have the #clock-cells, clock-output-names properties +and then not use the I2S node as a clock supplier. Optional SoC Specific Properties: @@ -41,6 +60,7 @@ Optional SoC Specific Properties: - pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control groups used for this controller. - pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default". + Example: i2s0: i2s@03830000 { @@ -54,6 +74,8 @@ i2s0: i2s@03830000 { <&clock_audss EXYNOS_I2S_BUS>, <&clock_audss EXYNOS_SCLK_I2S>; clock-names = "iis", "i2s_opclk0", "i2s_opclk1"; + #clock-cells; + clock-output-names = "i2s_cdclk0"; samsung,idma-addr = <0x03000000>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&i2s0_bus>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt index c3cba600..73bf314 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt @@ -75,6 +75,11 @@ Optional CPU/CODEC subnodes properties: it can be specified via "clocks" if system has clock node (= common clock), or "system-clock-frequency" (if system doens't support common clock) + If a clock is specified, it is + enabled with clk_prepare_enable() + in dai startup() and disabled with + clk_disable_unprepare() in dai + shutdown(). Example 1 - single DAI link: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..255de3ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +STA32X audio CODEC + +The driver for this device only supports I2C. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: "st,sta32x" + - reg: the I2C address of the device for I2C + - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin. If specified, it will be + deasserted before communication to the codec starts. + + - power-down-gpios: a GPIO spec for the power down pin. If specified, + it will be deasserted before communication to the codec + starts. + + - Vdda-supply: regulator spec, providing 3.3V + - Vdd3-supply: regulator spec, providing 3.3V + - Vcc-supply: regulator spec, providing 5V - 26V + +Optional properties: + + - st,output-conf: number, Selects the output configuration: + 0: 2-channel (full-bridge) power, 2-channel data-out + 1: 2 (half-bridge). 1 (full-bridge) on-board power + 2: 2 Channel (Full-Bridge) Power, 1 Channel FFX + 3: 1 Channel Mono-Parallel + If parameter is missing, mode 0 will be enabled. + This property has to be specified as '/bits/ 8' value. + + - st,ch1-output-mapping: Channel 1 output mapping + - st,ch2-output-mapping: Channel 2 output mapping + - st,ch3-output-mapping: Channel 3 output mapping + 0: Channel 1 + 1: Channel 2 + 2: Channel 3 + If parameter is missing, channel 1 is chosen. + This properties have to be specified as '/bits/ 8' values. + + - st,thermal-warning-recover: + If present, thermal warning recovery is enabled. + + - st,thermal-warning-adjustment: + If present, thermal warning adjustment is enabled. + + - st,fault-detect-recovery: + If present, then fault recovery will be enabled. + + - st,drop-compensation-ns: number + Only required for "st,ffx-power-output-mode" == + "variable-drop-compensation". + Specifies the drop compensation in nanoseconds. + The value must be in the range of 0..300, and only + multiples of 20 are allowed. Default is 140ns. + + - st,max-power-use-mpcc: + If present, then MPCC bits are used for MPC coefficients, + otherwise standard MPC coefficients are used. + + - st,max-power-corr: + If present, power bridge correction for THD reduction near maximum + power output is enabled. + + - st,am-reduction-mode: + If present, FFX mode runs in AM reduction mode, otherwise normal + FFX mode is used. + + - st,odd-pwm-speed-mode: + If present, PWM speed mode run on odd speed mode (341.3 kHz) on all + channels. If not present, normal PWM spped mode (384 kHz) will be used. + + - st,invalid-input-detect-mute: + If present, automatic invalid input detect mute is enabled. + +Example: + +codec: sta32x@38 { + compatible = "st,sta32x"; + reg = <0x1c>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 19 0>; + power-down-gpios = <&gpio1 16 0>; + st,output-conf = /bits/ 8 <0x3>; // set output to 2-channel + // (full-bridge) power, + // 2-channel data-out + st,ch1-output-mapping = /bits/ 8 <0>; // set channel 1 output ch 1 + st,ch2-output-mapping = /bits/ 8 <0>; // set channel 2 output ch 1 + st,ch3-output-mapping = /bits/ 8 <0>; // set channel 3 output ch 1 + st,max-power-correction; // enables power bridge + // correction for THD reduction + // near maximum power output + st,invalid-input-detect-mute; // mute if no valid digital + // audio signal is provided. +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt index 5e6040c..47a213c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tlv320aic3x.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties: "ti,tlv320aic33" - TLV320AIC33 "ti,tlv320aic3007" - TLV320AIC3007 "ti,tlv320aic3106" - TLV320AIC3106 + "ti,tlv320aic3104" - TLV320AIC3104 - reg - <int> - I2C slave address @@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ Optional properties: - gpio-reset - gpio pin number used for codec reset - ai3x-gpio-func - <array of 2 int> - AIC3X_GPIO1 & AIC3X_GPIO2 Functionality + - Not supported on tlv320aic3104 - ai3x-micbias-vg - MicBias Voltage required. 1 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.0V, 2 - MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5V, @@ -36,7 +38,13 @@ CODEC output pins: * HPLCOM * HPRCOM -CODEC input pins: +CODEC input pins for TLV320AIC3104: + * MIC2L + * MIC2R + * LINE1L + * LINE1R + +CODEC input pins for other compatible codecs: * MIC3L * MIC3R * LINE1L diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt index e8bf23e..a836881 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller - interrupts: Interrupt number for /INT pin from the 227e +Optional properies: + - ti,micbias: Intended MICBIAS voltage (datasheet section 9.6.7). + Select 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7 to specify MACBIAS voltage + 2.1V/2.2V/2.3V/2.4V/2.5V/2.6V/2.7V/2.8V + Default value is "1" (2.2V). Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt index e99f409..66bf261 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8904.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ WM8904 audio CODEC This device supports I2C only. Required properties: - - compatible: "wlf,wm8904" + - compatible: "wlf,wm8904" or "wlf,wm8912" - reg: the I2C address of the device. - clock-names: "mclk" - clocks: reference to diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt index 7ea701e..b785976 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ NVIDIA Tegra114 SPI controller. Required properties: -- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra114-spi". +- compatible : For Tegra114, must contain "nvidia,tegra114-spi". + Otherwise, must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-spi", "nvidia,tegra114-spi"' where + <chip> is tegra124, tegra132, or tegra210. - reg: Should contain SPI registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain SPI interrupts. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt index ee05dc3..3075377 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/mxs-lradc.txt @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ Optional properties: property is not present, then the touchscreen is disabled. 5 wires is valid for i.MX28 SoC only. - fsl,ave-ctrl: number of samples per direction to calculate an average value. - Allowed value is 1 ... 31, default is 4 + Allowed value is 1 ... 32, default is 4 - fsl,ave-delay: delay between consecutive samples. Allowed value is - 1 ... 2047. It is used if 'fsl,ave-ctrl' > 1, counts at + 2 ... 2048. It is used if 'fsl,ave-ctrl' > 1, counts at 2 kHz and its default is 2 (= 1 ms) - fsl,settling: delay between plate switch to next sample. Allowed value is 1 ... 2047. It counts at 2 kHz and its default is diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt index b7ba01a..7d44eae 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt @@ -12,9 +12,35 @@ I. For patch submitters devicetree@vger.kernel.org + and Cc: the DT maintainers. Use scripts/get_maintainer.pl to identify + all of the DT maintainers. + 3) The Documentation/ portion of the patch should come in the series before the code implementing the binding. + 4) Any compatible strings used in a chip or board DTS file must be + previously documented in the corresponding DT binding text file + in Documentation/devicetree/bindings. This rule applies even if + the Linux device driver does not yet match on the compatible + string. [ checkpatch will emit warnings if this step is not + followed as of commit bff5da4335256513497cc8c79f9a9d1665e09864 + ("checkpatch: add DT compatible string documentation checks"). ] + + 5) The wildcard "<chip>" may be used in compatible strings, as in + the following example: + + - compatible: Must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-pcie", + "nvidia,tegra20-pcie"' where <chip> is tegra30, tegra132, ... + + As in the above example, the known values of "<chip>" should be + documented if it is used. + + 6) If a documented compatible string is not yet matched by the + driver, the documentation should also include a compatible + string that is matched by the driver (as in the "nvidia,tegra20-pcie" + example above). + + II. For kernel maintainers 1) If you aren't comfortable reviewing a given binding, reply to it and ask diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt index ae738f5..695150a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ "samsung,exynos5420-tmu-ext-triminfo" for TMU channels 2, 3 and 4 Exynos5420 (Must pass triminfo base and triminfo clock) "samsung,exynos5440-tmu" + "samsung,exynos7-tmu" - interrupt-parent : The phandle for the interrupt controller - reg : Address range of the thermal registers. For soc's which has multiple instances of TMU and some registers are shared across all TMU's like @@ -32,13 +33,28 @@ - clocks : The main clocks for TMU device -- 1. operational clock for TMU channel -- 2. optional clock to access the shared registers of TMU channel + -- 3. optional special clock for functional operation - clock-names : Thermal system clock name -- "tmu_apbif" operational clock for current TMU channel -- "tmu_triminfo_apbif" clock to access the shared triminfo register for current TMU channel + -- "tmu_sclk" clock for functional operation of the current TMU + channel - vtmu-supply: This entry is optional and provides the regulator node supplying voltage to TMU. If needed this entry can be placed inside board/platform specific dts file. +Following properties are mandatory (depending on SoC): +- samsung,tmu_gain: Gain value for internal TMU operation. +- samsung,tmu_reference_voltage: Value of TMU IP block's reference voltage +- samsung,tmu_noise_cancel_mode: Mode for noise cancellation +- samsung,tmu_efuse_value: Default level of temperature - it is needed when + in factory fusing produced wrong value +- samsung,tmu_min_efuse_value: Minimum temperature fused value +- samsung,tmu_max_efuse_value: Maximum temperature fused value +- samsung,tmu_first_point_trim: First point trimming value +- samsung,tmu_second_point_trim: Second point trimming value +- samsung,tmu_default_temp_offset: Default temperature offset +- samsung,tmu_cal_type: Callibration type Example 1): @@ -51,6 +67,7 @@ Example 1): clock-names = "tmu_apbif"; status = "disabled"; vtmu-supply = <&tmu_regulator_node>; + #include "exynos4412-tmu-sensor-conf.dtsi" }; Example 2): @@ -61,6 +78,7 @@ Example 2): interrupts = <0 58 0>; clocks = <&clock 21>; clock-names = "tmu_apbif"; + #include "exynos5440-tmu-sensor-conf.dtsi" }; Example 3): (In case of Exynos5420 "with misplaced TRIMINFO register") @@ -70,6 +88,7 @@ Example 3): (In case of Exynos5420 "with misplaced TRIMINFO register") interrupts = <0 184 0>; clocks = <&clock 318>, <&clock 318>; clock-names = "tmu_apbif", "tmu_triminfo_apbif"; + #include "exynos4412-tmu-sensor-conf.dtsi" }; tmu_cpu3: tmu@1006c000 { @@ -78,6 +97,7 @@ Example 3): (In case of Exynos5420 "with misplaced TRIMINFO register") interrupts = <0 185 0>; clocks = <&clock 318>, <&clock 319>; clock-names = "tmu_apbif", "tmu_triminfo_apbif"; + #include "exynos4412-tmu-sensor-conf.dtsi" }; tmu_gpu: tmu@100a0000 { @@ -86,6 +106,7 @@ Example 3): (In case of Exynos5420 "with misplaced TRIMINFO register") interrupts = <0 215 0>; clocks = <&clock 319>, <&clock 318>; clock-names = "tmu_apbif", "tmu_triminfo_apbif"; + #include "exynos4412-tmu-sensor-conf.dtsi" }; Note: For multi-instance tmu each instance should have an alias correctly diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt index 43404b1..332e625 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "renesas,thermal-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-thermal" as fallback. Examples with soctypes are: - - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile AP6) + - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7779" (R-Car H1) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,thermal-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt index ecf3ed7..6b68cd1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/tegra-soctherm.txt @@ -7,7 +7,9 @@ notifications. It is also used to manage emergency shutdown in an overheating situation. Required properties : -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra124-soctherm". +- compatible : For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-soctherm". + For Tegra132, must contain "nvidia,tegra132-soctherm". + For Tegra210, must contain "nvidia,tegra210-soctherm". - reg : Should contain 1 entry: - SOCTHERM register set - interrupts : Defines the interrupt used by SOCTHERM diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt index f5db6b7..29fe0bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt @@ -251,24 +251,24 @@ ocp { }; thermal-zones { - cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal { + cpu_thermal: cpu-thermal { polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0>; trips { - cpu-alert0: cpu-alert { + cpu_alert0: cpu-alert0 { temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "active"; }; - cpu-alert1: cpu-alert { + cpu_alert1: cpu-alert1 { temperature = <100000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "passive"; }; - cpu-crit: cpu-crit { + cpu_crit: cpu-crit { temperature = <125000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "critical"; @@ -277,17 +277,17 @@ thermal-zones { cooling-maps { map0 { - trip = <&cpu-alert0>; - cooling-device = <&fan0 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS 4>; + trip = <&cpu_alert0>; + cooling-device = <&fan0 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT 4>; }; map1 { - trip = <&cpu-alert1>; - cooling-device = <&fan0 5 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS>; + trip = <&cpu_alert1>; + cooling-device = <&fan0 5 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>; }; map2 { - trip = <&cpu-alert1>; + trip = <&cpu_alert1>; cooling-device = - <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS THERMAL_NO_LIMITS>; + <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMIT THERMAL_NO_LIMIT>; }; }; }; @@ -298,13 +298,13 @@ used to monitor the zone 'cpu-thermal' using its sole sensor. A fan device (fan0) is controlled via I2C bus 1, at address 0x48, and has ten different cooling states 0-9. It is used to remove the heat out of the thermal zone 'cpu-thermal' using its cooling states -from its minimum to 4, when it reaches trip point 'cpu-alert0' +from its minimum to 4, when it reaches trip point 'cpu_alert0' at 90C, as an example of active cooling. The same cooling device is used at -'cpu-alert1', but from 5 to its maximum state. The cpu@0 device is also +'cpu_alert1', but from 5 to its maximum state. The cpu@0 device is also linked to the same thermal zone, 'cpu-thermal', as a passive cooling device, -using all its cooling states at trip point 'cpu-alert1', +using all its cooling states at trip point 'cpu_alert1', which is a trip point at 100C. On the thermal zone 'cpu-thermal', at the -temperature of 125C, represented by the trip point 'cpu-crit', the silicon +temperature of 125C, represented by the trip point 'cpu_crit', the silicon is not reliable anymore. (b) - IC with several internal sensors @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ ocp { }; thermal-zones { - cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal { + cpu_thermal: cpu-thermal { polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ @@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ thermal-zones { trips { /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */ - cpu-alert: cpu-alert { + cpu_alert: cpu-alert { temperature = <100000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "passive"; }; - cpu-crit: cpu-crit { + cpu_crit: cpu-crit { temperature = <125000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "critical"; @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ thermal-zones { }; }; - gpu-thermal: gpu-thermal { + gpu_thermal: gpu-thermal { polling-delay-passive = <120>; /* milliseconds */ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ @@ -365,12 +365,12 @@ thermal-zones { trips { /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */ - gpu-alert: gpu-alert { + gpu_alert: gpu-alert { temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "passive"; }; - gpu-crit: gpu-crit { + gpu_crit: gpu-crit { temperature = <105000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "critical"; @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ thermal-zones { }; }; - dsp-thermal: dsp-thermal { + dsp_thermal: dsp-thermal { polling-delay-passive = <50>; /* milliseconds */ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ @@ -392,12 +392,12 @@ thermal-zones { trips { /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */ - dsp-alert: gpu-alert { + dsp_alert: dsp-alert { temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "passive"; }; - dsp-crit: gpu-crit { + dsp_crit: gpu-crit { temperature = <135000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "critical"; @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ ocp { }; thermal-zones { - cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal { + cpu_thermal: cpu-thermal { polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */ polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ with many sensors and many cooling devices. /* * An IC with several temperature sensor. */ - adc-dummy: sensor@0x50 { + adc_dummy: sensor@0x50 { ... #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; /* sensor internal ID */ }; @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ thermal-zones { polling-delay = <2500>; /* milliseconds */ /* sensor ID */ - thermal-sensors = <&adc-dummy 4>; + thermal-sensors = <&adc_dummy 4>; trips { ... @@ -531,14 +531,14 @@ thermal-zones { }; }; - board-thermal: board-thermal { + board_thermal: board-thermal { polling-delay-passive = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ polling-delay = <2500>; /* milliseconds */ /* sensor ID */ - thermal-sensors = <&adc-dummy 0>, /* pcb top edge */ - <&adc-dummy 1>, /* lcd */ - <&adc-dymmy 2>; /* back cover */ + thermal-sensors = <&adc_dummy 0>, /* pcb top edge */ + <&adc_dummy 1>, /* lcd */ + <&adc_dummy 2>; /* back cover */ /* * An array of coefficients describing the sensor * linear relation. E.g.: @@ -548,22 +548,22 @@ thermal-zones { trips { /* Trips are based on resulting linear equation */ - cpu-trip: cpu-trip { + cpu_trip: cpu-trip { temperature = <60000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "passive"; }; - gpu-trip: gpu-trip { + gpu_trip: gpu-trip { temperature = <55000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "passive"; } - lcd-trip: lcp-trip { + lcd_trip: lcp-trip { temperature = <53000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "passive"; }; - crit-trip: crit-trip { + crit_trip: crit-trip { temperature = <68000>; /* millicelsius */ hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ type = "critical"; @@ -572,17 +572,17 @@ thermal-zones { cooling-maps { map0 { - trip = <&cpu-trip>; + trip = <&cpu_trip>; cooling-device = <&cpu0 0 2>; contribution = <55>; }; map1 { - trip = <&gpu-trip>; + trip = <&gpu_trip>; cooling-device = <&gpu0 0 2>; contribution = <20>; }; map2 { - trip = <&lcd-trip>; + trip = <&lcd_trip>; cooling-device = <&lcd0 5 10>; contribution = <15>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/digicolor-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/digicolor-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1b659b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/digicolor-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Conexant Digicolor SoCs Timer Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "cnxt,cx92755-timer" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the "Agent Communication" + timer registers +- interrupts : Contains 8 interrupts, one for each timer +- clocks: phandle to the main clock + +Example: + + timer@f0000fc0 { + compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-timer"; + reg = <0xf0000fc0 0x40>; + interrupts = <19>, <31>, <34>, <35>, <52>, <53>, <54>, <55>; + clocks = <&main_clk>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt index b5082a1..1761f53 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt @@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ trigger a legacy watchdog reset. Required properties: -- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra30-timer", "nvidia,tegra20-timer". +- compatible : For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-timer". Otherwise, + must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-timer", "nvidia,tegra30-timer"' where + <chip> is tegra124 or tegra132. - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. - interrupts : A list of 6 interrupts; one per each of timer channels 1 through 5, and one for the shared interrupt for the remaining channels. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk3288-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk3288-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87f0b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk3288-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Rockchip rk3288 timer + +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "rockchip,rk3288-timer" +- reg: base address of the timer register starting with TIMERS CONTROL register +- interrupts: should contain the interrupts for Timer0 +- clocks : must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names +- clock-names : must include the following entries: + "timer", "pclk" + +Example: + timer: timer@ff810000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-timer"; + reg = <0xff810000 0x20>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 72 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&xin24m>, <&cru PCLK_TIMER>; + clock-names = "timer", "pclk"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt index 0f92a22..8933211 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -* OF selftest platform device +1) OF selftest platform device ** selftest @@ -12,3 +12,60 @@ Example: compatible = "selftest"; status = "okay"; }; + +2) OF selftest i2c adapter platform device + +** platform device unittest adapter + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-bus + +Children nodes contain selftest i2c devices. + +Example: + selftest-i2c-bus { + compatible = "selftest-i2c-bus"; + status = "okay"; + }; + +3) OF selftest i2c device + +** I2C selftest device + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-dev + +All other properties are optional + +Example: + selftest-i2c-dev { + compatible = "selftest-i2c-dev"; + status = "okay"; + }; + +4) OF selftest i2c mux device + +** I2C selftest mux + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-mux + +Children nodes contain selftest i2c bus nodes per channel. + +Example: + selftest-i2c-mux { + compatible = "selftest-i2c-mux"; + status = "okay"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + channel-0 { + reg = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + i2c-dev { + reg = <8>; + compatible = "selftest-i2c-dev"; + status = "okay"; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt index bc2222c..e180d56 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt @@ -33,9 +33,17 @@ usb1: ehci@00800000 { AT91 USB device controller Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-udc" + - compatible: Should be one of the following + "atmel,at91rm9200-udc" + "atmel,at91sam9260-udc" + "atmel,at91sam9261-udc" + "atmel,at91sam9263-udc" - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt + - clocks: Should reference the peripheral and the AHB clocks + - clock-names: Should contains two strings + "pclk" for the peripheral clock + "hclk" for the AHB clock Optional properties: - atmel,vbus-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be @@ -51,7 +59,10 @@ usb1: gadget@fffa4000 { Atmel High-Speed USB device controller Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9rl-udc" + - compatible: Should be one of the following + "at91sam9rl-udc" + "at91sam9g45-udc" + "sama5d3-udc" - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device - interrupts: Should contain usba interrupt - ep childnode: To specify the number of endpoints and their properties. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt index 482f815..fd132cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt @@ -20,6 +20,10 @@ Optional properties: Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for generic phy consumer properties - dr_mode: shall be one of "host", "peripheral" and "otg" Refer to usb/generic.txt +- g-use-dma: enable dma usage in gadget driver. +- g-rx-fifo-size: size of rx fifo size in gadget mode. +- g-np-tx-fifo-size: size of non-periodic tx fifo size in gadget mode. +- g-tx-fifo-size: size of periodic tx fifo per endpoint (except ep0) in gadget mode. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt index 3dc9140..f60785f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt @@ -6,7 +6,10 @@ Practice : Universal Serial Bus" with the following modifications and additions : Required properties : - - compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra20-ehci". + - compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-ehci". + For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-ehci". Otherwise, must contain + "nvidia,<chip>-ehci" plus at least one of the above, where <chip> is + tegra114, tegra124, tegra132, or tegra210. - nvidia,phy : phandle of the PHY that the controller is connected to. - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt index c9205fb..a9aa79f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt @@ -3,7 +3,10 @@ Tegra SOC USB PHY The device node for Tegra SOC USB PHY: Required properties : - - compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra<chip>-usb-phy". + - compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy". + For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-usb-phy". Otherwise, must contain + "nvidia,<chip>-usb-phy" plus at least one of the above, where <chip> is + tegra114, tegra124, tegra132, or tegra210. - reg : Defines the following set of registers, in the order listed: - The PHY's own register set. Always present. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt index b08c903..61b045b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ Optional properties: function should be enabled - phys: phandle + phy specifier pair - phy-names: must be "usb" + - dmas: Must contain a list of references to DMA specifiers. + - dma-names : Must contain a list of DMA names, "tx" or "rx". Example: usbhs: usb@e6590000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt index 43c1a4e..0b04fdf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Optional properties: - big-endian-regs : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian registers - big-endian-desc : boolean, set this for hcds with big-endian descriptors - big-endian : boolean, for hcds with big-endian-regs + big-endian-desc + - needs-reset-on-resume : boolean, set this to force EHCI reset after resume - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs - phys : phandle + phy specifier pair - phy-names : "usb" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-nop-xceiv.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-nop-xceiv.txt index 1bd37fa..5be01c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-nop-xceiv.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-nop-xceiv.txt @@ -13,10 +13,15 @@ Optional properties: - clock-frequency: the clock frequency (in Hz) that the PHY clock must be configured to. -- vcc-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides RESET to the PHY. +- vcc-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the PHY. - reset-gpios: Should specify the GPIO for reset. +- vbus-detect-gpio: should specify the GPIO detecting a VBus insertion + (see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt) +- vbus-regulator : should specifiy the regulator supplying current drawn from + the VBus line (see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt). + Example: hsusb1_phy { @@ -26,8 +31,11 @@ Example: clock-names = "main_clk"; vcc-supply = <&hsusb1_vcc_regulator>; reset-gpios = <&gpio1 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + vbus-detect-gpio = <&gpio2 13 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + vbus-regulator = <&vbus_regulator>; }; hsusb1_phy is a NOP USB PHY device that gets its clock from an oscillator and expects that clock to be configured to 19.2MHz by the NOP PHY driver. hsusb1_vcc_regulator provides power to the PHY and GPIO 7 controls RESET. +GPIO 13 detects VBus insertion, and accordingly notifies the vbus-regulator. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index d443279..fae26d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -4,12 +4,15 @@ This isn't an exhaustive list, but you should add new prefixes to it before using them to avoid name-space collisions. abilis Abilis Systems +abcn Abracon Corporation active-semi Active-Semi International Inc ad Avionic Design GmbH adapteva Adapteva, Inc. +adh AD Holdings Plc. adi Analog Devices, Inc. aeroflexgaisler Aeroflex Gaisler AB allwinner Allwinner Technology Co., Ltd. +alphascale AlphaScale Integrated Circuits Systems, Inc. altr Altera Corp. amcc Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM, formally AMCC) amd Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), Inc. @@ -17,12 +20,15 @@ amlogic Amlogic, Inc. ams AMS AG amstaos AMS-Taos Inc. apm Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM) +arasan Arasan Chip Systems arm ARM Ltd. armadeus ARMadeus Systems SARL asahi-kasei Asahi Kasei Corp. atmel Atmel Corporation auo AU Optronics Corporation avago Avago Technologies +avic Shanghai AVIC Optoelectronics Co., Ltd. +axis Axis Communications AB bosch Bosch Sensortec GmbH brcm Broadcom Corporation buffalo Buffalo, Inc. @@ -31,11 +37,15 @@ capella Capella Microsystems, Inc cavium Cavium, Inc. cdns Cadence Design Systems Inc. chipidea Chipidea, Inc +chipspark ChipSPARK chrp Common Hardware Reference Platform chunghwa Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd. cirrus Cirrus Logic, Inc. +cloudengines Cloud Engines, Inc. cnm Chips&Media, Inc. +cnxt Conexant Systems, Inc. cortina Cortina Systems, Inc. +cosmic Cosmic Circuits crystalfontz Crystalfontz America, Inc. dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor) davicom DAVICOM Semiconductor, Inc. @@ -54,14 +64,18 @@ epcos EPCOS AG epfl Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne epson Seiko Epson Corp. est ESTeem Wireless Modems +ettus NI Ettus Research eukrea Eukréa Electromatique everest Everest Semiconductor Co. Ltd. +everspin Everspin Technologies, Inc. excito Excito fcs Fairchild Semiconductor +firefly Firefly fsl Freescale Semiconductor GEFanuc GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc. gef GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc. geniatech Geniatech, Inc. +giantplus Giantplus Technology Co., Ltd. globalscale Globalscale Technologies, Inc. gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc. google Google, Inc. @@ -69,6 +83,7 @@ gumstix Gumstix, Inc. gw Gateworks Corporation hannstar HannStar Display Corporation haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd. +himax Himax Technologies, Inc. hisilicon Hisilicon Limited. hit Hitachi Ltd. honeywell Honeywell @@ -82,8 +97,7 @@ innolux Innolux Corporation intel Intel Corporation intercontrol Inter Control Group isee ISEE 2007 S.L. -isil Intersil (deprecated, use isl) -isl Intersil +isil Intersil karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH keymile Keymile GmbH lacie LaCie @@ -118,7 +132,9 @@ nvidia NVIDIA nxp NXP Semiconductors onnn ON Semiconductor Corp. opencores OpenCores.org +ovti OmniVision Technologies panasonic Panasonic Corporation +parade Parade Technologies Inc. pericom Pericom Technology Inc. phytec PHYTEC Messtechnik GmbH picochip Picochip Ltd @@ -142,8 +158,10 @@ sandisk Sandisk Corporation sbs Smart Battery System schindler Schindler seagate Seagate Technology PLC +semtech Semtech Corporation sil Silicon Image silabs Silicon Laboratories +siliconmitus Silicon Mitus, Inc. simtek sii Seiko Instruments, Inc. silergy Silergy Corp. @@ -154,6 +172,7 @@ snps Synopsys, Inc. solidrun SolidRun sony Sony Corporation spansion Spansion Inc. +sprd Spreadtrum Communications Inc. st STMicroelectronics ste ST-Ericsson stericsson ST-Ericsson @@ -165,6 +184,7 @@ tlm Trusted Logic Mobility toradex Toradex AG toshiba Toshiba Corporation toumaz Toumaz +truly Truly Semiconductors Limited usi Universal Scientific Industrial Co., Ltd. v3 V3 Semiconductor variscite Variscite Ltd. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ps8622.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ps8622.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c989c38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ps8622.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +ps8622-bridge bindings + +Required properties: + - compatible: "parade,ps8622" or "parade,ps8625" + - reg: first i2c address of the bridge + - sleep-gpios: OF device-tree gpio specification for PD_ pin. + - reset-gpios: OF device-tree gpio specification for RST_ pin. + +Optional properties: + - lane-count: number of DP lanes to use + - use-external-pwm: backlight will be controlled by an external PWM + - video interfaces: Device node can contain video interface port + nodes for panel according to [1]. + +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + +Example: + lvds-bridge@48 { + compatible = "parade,ps8622"; + reg = <0x48>; + sleep-gpios = <&gpc3 6 1 0 0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpc3 1 1 0 0>; + lane-count = <1>; + ports { + port@0 { + bridge_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/ptn3460.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ptn3460.txt index 52b93b2..361971b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/bridge/ptn3460.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/bridge/ptn3460.txt @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ ptn3460 bridge bindings Required properties: - compatible: "nxp,ptn3460" - reg: i2c address of the bridge - - powerdown-gpio: OF device-tree gpio specification - - reset-gpio: OF device-tree gpio specification + - powerdown-gpio: OF device-tree gpio specification for PD_N pin. + - reset-gpio: OF device-tree gpio specification for RST_N pin. - edid-emulation: The EDID emulation entry to use +-------+------------+------------------+ | Value | Resolution | Description | @@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ Required properties: | 6 | 1600x900 | ChiMei M215HGE | +-------+------------+------------------+ + - video interfaces: Device node can contain video interface port + nodes for panel according to [1]. + +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + Example: lvds-bridge@20 { compatible = "nxp,ptn3460"; @@ -24,4 +29,11 @@ Example: powerdown-gpio = <&gpy2 5 1 0 0>; reset-gpio = <&gpx1 5 1 0 0>; edid-emulation = <5>; + ports { + port@0 { + bridge_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>; + }; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..668091f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +Rockchip specific extensions to the Synopsys Designware HDMI +================================ + +Required properties: +- compatible: "rockchip,rk3288-dw-hdmi"; +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- clocks: phandle to hdmi iahb and isfr clocks. +- clock-names: should be "iahb" "isfr" +- rockchip,grf: this soc should set GRF regs to mux vopl/vopb. +- interrupts: HDMI interrupt number +- ports: contain a port node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. For + vopb,set the reg = <0> and set the reg = <1> for vopl. +- reg-io-width: the width of the reg:1,4, the value should be 4 on + rk3288 platform + +Optional properties +- ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing +- clocks, clock-names: phandle to the HDMI CEC clock, name should be "cec" + +Example: +hdmi: hdmi@ff980000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-dw-hdmi"; + reg = <0xff980000 0x20000>; + reg-io-width = <4>; + ddc-i2c-bus = <&i2c5>; + rockchip,grf = <&grf>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 103 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru PCLK_HDMI_CTRL>, <&cru SCLK_HDMI_HDCP>; + clock-names = "iahb", "isfr"; + status = "disabled"; + ports { + hdmi_in: port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + hdmi_in_vopb: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&vopb_out_hdmi>; + }; + hdmi_in_vopl: endpoint@1 { + reg = <1>; + remote-endpoint = <&vopl_out_hdmi>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos7-decon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos7-decon.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5f9c8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos7-decon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Samsung Exynos7 SoC display controller (DECON) + +DECON (Display and Enhancement Controller) is the Display Controller for the +Exynos7 series of SoCs which transfers the image data from a video memory +buffer to an external LCD interface. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be "samsung,exynos7-decon"; + +- reg: physical base address and length of the DECON registers set. + +- interrupt-parent: should be the phandle of the decon controller's + parent interrupt controller. + +- interrupts: should contain a list of all DECON IP block interrupts in the + order: FIFO Level, VSYNC, LCD_SYSTEM. The interrupt specifier + format depends on the interrupt controller used. + +- interrupt-names: should contain the interrupt names: "fifo", "vsync", + "lcd_sys", in the same order as they were listed in the interrupts + property. + +- pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller. + +- pinctrl-names: must contain a "default" entry. + +- clocks: must include clock specifiers corresponding to entries in the + clock-names property. + +- clock-names: list of clock names sorted in the same order as the clocks + property. Must contain "pclk_decon0", "aclk_decon0", + "decon0_eclk", "decon0_vclk". +- i80-if-timings: timing configuration for lcd i80 interface support. + +Optional Properties: +- samsung,power-domain: a phandle to DECON power domain node. +- display-timings: timing settings for DECON, as described in document [1]. + Can be used in case timings cannot be provided otherwise + or to override timings provided by the panel. + +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt + +Example: + +SoC specific DT entry: + + decon@13930000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos7-decon"; + interrupt-parent = <&combiner>; + reg = <0x13930000 0x1000>; + interrupt-names = "lcd_sys", "vsync", "fifo"; + interrupts = <0 188 0>, <0 189 0>, <0 190 0>; + clocks = <&clock_disp PCLK_DECON_INT>, + <&clock_disp ACLK_DECON_INT>, + <&clock_disp SCLK_DECON_INT_ECLK>, + <&clock_disp SCLK_DECON_INT_EXTCLKPLL>; + clock-names = "pclk_decon0", "aclk_decon0", "decon0_eclk", + "decon0_vclk"; + status = "disabled"; + }; + +Board specific DT entry: + + decon@13930000 { + pinctrl-0 = <&lcd_clk &pwm1_out>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt index 53dbccf..7a3a9cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dp.txt @@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ Optional properties for dp-controller: Hotplug detect GPIO. Indicates which GPIO should be used for hotplug detection + -video interfaces: Device node can contain video interface port + nodes according to [1]. + +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt Example: @@ -105,4 +109,12 @@ Board Specific portion: vsync-len = <6>; }; }; + + ports { + port@0 { + dp_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&bridge_in>; + }; + }; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt index ca2b4aa..802aa7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Required properties: according to DSI host bindings (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]) Optional properties: - - samsung,power-domain: a phandle to DSIM power domain node + - power-domains: a phandle to DSIM power domain node Child nodes: Should contain DSI peripheral nodes (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]). @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Example: phy-names = "dsim"; vddcore-supply = <&vusb_reg>; vddio-supply = <&vmipi_reg>; - samsung,power-domain = <&pd_lcd0>; + power-domains = <&pd_lcd0>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; samsung,pll-clock-frequency = <24000000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt index 08b394b..3e38128 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/exynos_mixer.txt @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Required properties: a) mixer: Gate of Mixer IP bus clock. b) sclk_hdmi: HDMI Special clock, one of the two possible inputs of mixer mux. + c) hdmi: Gate of HDMI IP bus clock, needed together with sclk_hdmi. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/renesas,du.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/renesas,du.txt index 5102830..c902323 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/renesas,du.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/renesas,du.txt @@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ Required Properties: per LVDS encoder. The functional clocks must be named "du.x" with "x" being the channel numerical index. The LVDS clocks must be named "lvds.x" with "x" being the LVDS encoder numerical index. + - In addition to the functional and encoder clocks, all DU versions also + support externally supplied pixel clocks. Those clocks are optional. + When supplied they must be named "dclkin.x" with "x" being the input + clock numerical index. Required nodes: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt index cf1af63..a8bbbde 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Required properties: property. Must contain "sclk_fimd" and "fimd". Optional Properties: -- samsung,power-domain: a phandle to FIMD power domain node. +- power-domains: a phandle to FIMD power domain node. - samsung,invert-vden: video enable signal is inverted - samsung,invert-vclk: video clock signal is inverted - display-timings: timing settings for FIMD, as described in document [1]. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ SoC specific DT entry: interrupts = <11 0>, <11 1>, <11 2>; clocks = <&clock 140>, <&clock 283>; clock-names = "sclk_fimd", "fimd"; - samsung,power-domain = <&pd_lcd0>; + power-domains = <&pd_lcd0>; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,dra7-dss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,dra7-dss.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f33a051 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,dra7-dss.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +Texas Instruments DRA7x Display Subsystem +========================================= + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt for generic +description about OMAP Display Subsystem bindings. + +DSS Core +-------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,dra7-dss" +- reg: address and length of the register spaces for 'dss' +- ti,hwmods: "dss_core" +- clocks: handle to fclk +- clock-names: "fck" +- syscon: phandle to control module core syscon node + +Optional properties: + +Some DRA7xx SoCs have one dedicated video PLL, some have two. These properties +can be used to describe the video PLLs: + +- reg: address and length of the register spaces for 'pll1_clkctrl', + 'pll1', 'pll2_clkctrl', 'pll2' +- clocks: handle to video1 pll clock and video2 pll clock +- clock-names: "video1_clk" and "video2_clk" + +Required nodes: +- DISPC + +Optional nodes: +- DSS Submodules: HDMI +- Video port for DPI output + +DPI Endpoint required properties: +- data-lines: number of lines used + + +DISPC +----- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,dra7-dispc" +- reg: address and length of the register space +- ti,hwmods: "dss_dispc" +- interrupts: the DISPC interrupt +- clocks: handle to fclk +- clock-names: "fck" + +HDMI +---- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,dra7-hdmi" +- reg: addresses and lengths of the register spaces for 'wp', 'pll', 'phy', + 'core' +- reg-names: "wp", "pll", "phy", "core" +- interrupts: the HDMI interrupt line +- ti,hwmods: "dss_hdmi" +- vdda-supply: vdda power supply +- clocks: handles to fclk and pll clock +- clock-names: "fck", "sys_clk" + +Optional nodes: +- Video port for HDMI output + +HDMI Endpoint optional properties: +- lanes: list of 8 pin numbers for the HDMI lanes: CLK+, CLK-, D0+, D0-, + D1+, D1-, D2+, D2-. (default: 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,opa362.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,opa362.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f96083c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,opa362.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +OPA362 analog video amplifier + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,opa362" +- enable-gpios: enable/disable output gpio + +Required node: +- Video port 0 for opa362 input +- Video port 1 for opa362 output + +Example: + +tv_amp: opa362 { + compatible = "ti,opa362"; + enable-gpios = <&gpio1 23 0>; /* GPIO to enable video out amplifier */ + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + opa_in: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&venc_out>; + }; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + opa_out: endpoint@0 { + remote-endpoint = <&tv_connector_in>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + + + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt index f90e294..a4d8697 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt @@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ Optional properties: - atmel,disable : Should be present if you want to disable the watchdog. - atmel,idle-halt : Should be present if you want to stop the watchdog when entering idle state. + CAUTION: This property should be used with care, it actually makes the + watchdog not counting when the CPU is in idle state, therefore the + watchdog reset time depends on mean CPU usage and will not reset at all + if the CPU stop working while it is in idle state, which is probably + not what you want. - atmel,dbg-halt : Should be present if you want to stop the watchdog when entering debug state. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt index 37afec1..1987949 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt @@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ Required Properties: by the GPIO flags. - hw_margin_ms: Maximum time to reset watchdog circuit (milliseconds). +Optional Properties: +- always-running: If the watchdog timer cannot be disabled, add this flag to + have the driver keep toggling the signal without a client. It will only cease + to toggle the signal when the device is open and the timeout elapsed. + Example: watchdog: watchdog { /* ADM706 */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/imgpdc-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/imgpdc-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2fa11f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/imgpdc-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +*ImgTec PowerDown Controller (PDC) Watchdog Timer (WDT) + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "img,pdc-wdt" +- reg : Should contain WDT registers location and length +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. +- clock-names: Should contain "wdt" and "sys"; the watchdog counter + clock and register interface clock respectively. +- interrupts : Should contain WDT interrupt + +Examples: + +watchdog@18102100 { + compatible = "img,pdc-wdt"; + reg = <0x18102100 0x100>; + clocks = <&pdc_wdt_clk>, <&sys_clk>; + clock-names = "wdt", "sys"; + interrupts = <0 52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ingenic,jz4740-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ingenic,jz4740-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e27763e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/ingenic,jz4740-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Ingenic Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller for JZ4740 + +Required properties: +compatible: "ingenic,jz4740-watchdog" +reg: Register address and length for watchdog registers + +Example: + +watchdog: jz4740-watchdog@0x10002000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-watchdog"; + reg = <0x10002000 0x100>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af9eb5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Mediatek SoCs Watchdog timer + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "mediatek,mt6589-wdt" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. + +Example: + +wdt: watchdog@010000000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6589-wdt"; + reg = <0x10000000 0x18>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt index 30ae758..d418a6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ How overlays work ----------------- A Device Tree's overlay purpose is to modify the kernel's live tree, and -have the modification affecting the state of the the kernel in a way that +have the modification affecting the state of the kernel in a way that is reflecting the changes. Since the kernel mainly deals with devices, any new device node that result in an active device should have it created while if the device node is either @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ result in foo+bar.dts }; ---- foo+bar.dts ------------------------------------------------------------- -As a result of the the overlay, a new device node (bar) has been created +As a result of the overlay, a new device node (bar) has been created so a bar platform device will be registered and if a matching device driver is loaded the device will be created as expected. diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine/00-INDEX b/Documentation/dmaengine/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07de657 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file. +client.txt + -the DMA Engine API Guide. +dmatest.txt + - how to compile, configure and use the dmatest system. +provider.txt + - the DMA controller API.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt index 766658c..05d2280 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine/provider.txt @@ -113,6 +113,31 @@ need to initialize a few fields in there: * channels: should be initialized as a list using the INIT_LIST_HEAD macro for example + * src_addr_widths: + - should contain a bitmask of the supported source transfer width + + * dst_addr_widths: + - should contain a bitmask of the supported destination transfer + width + + * directions: + - should contain a bitmask of the supported slave directions + (i.e. excluding mem2mem transfers) + + * residue_granularity: + - Granularity of the transfer residue reported to dma_set_residue. + - This can be either: + + Descriptor + -> Your device doesn't support any kind of residue + reporting. The framework will only know that a particular + transaction descriptor is done. + + Segment + -> Your device is able to report which chunks have been + transferred + + Burst + -> Your device is able to report which burst have been + transferred + * dev: should hold the pointer to the struct device associated to your current driver instance. @@ -274,48 +299,36 @@ supported. account the current period. - This function can be called in an interrupt context. - * device_control - - Used by client drivers to control and configure the channel it - has a handle on. - - Called with a command and an argument - + The command is one of the values listed by the enum - dma_ctrl_cmd. The valid commands are: - + DMA_PAUSE - + Pauses a transfer on the channel - + This command should operate synchronously on the channel, - pausing right away the work of the given channel - + DMA_RESUME - + Restarts a transfer on the channel - + This command should operate synchronously on the channel, - resuming right away the work of the given channel - + DMA_TERMINATE_ALL - + Aborts all the pending and ongoing transfers on the - channel - + This command should operate synchronously on the channel, - terminating right away all the channels - + DMA_SLAVE_CONFIG - + Reconfigures the channel with passed configuration - + This command should NOT perform synchronously, or on any - currently queued transfers, but only on subsequent ones - + In this case, the function will receive a - dma_slave_config structure pointer as an argument, that - will detail which configuration to use. - + Even though that structure contains a direction field, - this field is deprecated in favor of the direction - argument given to the prep_* functions - + FSLDMA_EXTERNAL_START - + TODO: Why does that even exist? - + The argument is an opaque unsigned long. This actually is a - pointer to a struct dma_slave_config that should be used only - in the DMA_SLAVE_CONFIG. - - * device_slave_caps - - Called through the framework by client drivers in order to have - an idea of what are the properties of the channel allocated to - them. - - Such properties are the buswidth, available directions, etc. - - Required for every generic layer doing DMA transfers, such as - ASoC. + * device_config + - Reconfigures the channel with the configuration given as + argument + - This command should NOT perform synchronously, or on any + currently queued transfers, but only on subsequent ones + - In this case, the function will receive a dma_slave_config + structure pointer as an argument, that will detail which + configuration to use. + - Even though that structure contains a direction field, this + field is deprecated in favor of the direction argument given to + the prep_* functions + - This call is mandatory for slave operations only. This should NOT be + set or expected to be set for memcpy operations. + If a driver support both, it should use this call for slave + operations only and not for memcpy ones. + + * device_pause + - Pauses a transfer on the channel + - This command should operate synchronously on the channel, + pausing right away the work of the given channel + + * device_resume + - Resumes a transfer on the channel + - This command should operate synchronously on the channel, + pausing right away the work of the given channel + + * device_terminate_all + - Aborts all the pending and ongoing transfers on the channel + - This command should operate synchronously on the channel, + terminating right away all the channels Misc notes (stuff that should be documented, but don't really know where to put them) diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt index 6754b2d..b577a45 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ them are inherently bus-specific. Drivers typically declare an array of device IDs of devices they support that reside in a bus-specific driver structure. -The purpose of the match callback is provide the bus an opportunity to +The purpose of the match callback is to give the bus an opportunity to determine if a particular driver supports a particular device by comparing the device IDs the driver supports with the device ID of a particular device, without sacrificing bus-specific functionality or diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index b5ab416..6d1e8ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt @@ -258,6 +258,8 @@ IIO devm_iio_device_free() devm_iio_device_register() devm_iio_device_unregister() + devm_iio_kfifo_allocate() + devm_iio_kfifo_free() devm_iio_trigger_alloc() devm_iio_trigger_free() diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX index ac28149..9922939 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX @@ -34,6 +34,9 @@ configfs/ - directory containing configfs documentation and example code. cramfs.txt - info on the cram filesystem for small storage (ROMs etc). +dax.txt + - info on avoiding the page cache for files stored on CPU-addressable + storage devices. debugfs.txt - info on the debugfs filesystem. devpts.txt @@ -154,5 +157,3 @@ xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt - info on XFS Self Describing Metadata. xfs.txt - info and mount options for the XFS filesystem. -xip.txt - - info on execute-in-place for file mappings. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking index b30753c..f91926f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking @@ -164,8 +164,6 @@ the block device inode. See there for more details. --------------------------- file_system_type --------------------------- prototypes: - int (*get_sb) (struct file_system_type *, int, - const char *, void *, struct vfsmount *); struct dentry *(*mount) (struct file_system_type *, int, const char *, void *); void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *); @@ -199,8 +197,6 @@ prototypes: int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int); void (*freepage)(struct page *); int (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset); - int (*get_xip_mem)(struct address_space *, pgoff_t, int, void **, - unsigned long *); int (*migratepage)(struct address_space *, struct page *, struct page *); int (*launder_page)(struct page *); int (*is_partially_uptodate)(struct page *, unsigned long, unsigned long); @@ -225,7 +221,6 @@ invalidatepage: yes releasepage: yes freepage: yes direct_IO: -get_xip_mem: maybe migratepage: yes (both) launder_page: yes is_partially_uptodate: yes diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..baf4111 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +Direct Access for files +----------------------- + +Motivation +---------- + +The page cache is usually used to buffer reads and writes to files. +It is also used to provide the pages which are mapped into userspace +by a call to mmap. + +For block devices that are memory-like, the page cache pages would be +unnecessary copies of the original storage. The DAX code removes the +extra copy by performing reads and writes directly to the storage device. +For file mappings, the storage device is mapped directly into userspace. + + +Usage +----- + +If you have a block device which supports DAX, you can make a filesystem +on it as usual. When mounting it, use the -o dax option manually +or add 'dax' to the options in /etc/fstab. + + +Implementation Tips for Block Driver Writers +-------------------------------------------- + +To support DAX in your block driver, implement the 'direct_access' +block device operation. It is used to translate the sector number +(expressed in units of 512-byte sectors) to a page frame number (pfn) +that identifies the physical page for the memory. It also returns a +kernel virtual address that can be used to access the memory. + +The direct_access method takes a 'size' parameter that indicates the +number of bytes being requested. The function should return the number +of bytes that can be contiguously accessed at that offset. It may also +return a negative errno if an error occurs. + +In order to support this method, the storage must be byte-accessible by +the CPU at all times. If your device uses paging techniques to expose +a large amount of memory through a smaller window, then you cannot +implement direct_access. Equally, if your device can occasionally +stall the CPU for an extended period, you should also not attempt to +implement direct_access. + +These block devices may be used for inspiration: +- axonram: Axon DDR2 device driver +- brd: RAM backed block device driver +- dcssblk: s390 dcss block device driver + + +Implementation Tips for Filesystem Writers +------------------------------------------ + +Filesystem support consists of +- adding support to mark inodes as being DAX by setting the S_DAX flag in + i_flags +- implementing the direct_IO address space operation, and calling + dax_do_io() instead of blockdev_direct_IO() if S_DAX is set +- implementing an mmap file operation for DAX files which sets the + VM_MIXEDMAP flag on the VMA, and setting the vm_ops to include handlers + for fault and page_mkwrite (which should probably call dax_fault() and + dax_mkwrite(), passing the appropriate get_block() callback) +- calling dax_truncate_page() instead of block_truncate_page() for DAX files +- calling dax_zero_page_range() instead of zero_user() for DAX files +- ensuring that there is sufficient locking between reads, writes, + truncates and page faults + +The get_block() callback passed to the DAX functions may return +uninitialised extents. If it does, it must ensure that simultaneous +calls to get_block() (for example by a page-fault racing with a read() +or a write()) work correctly. + +These filesystems may be used for inspiration: +- ext2: the second extended filesystem, see Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt +- ext4: the fourth extended filesystem, see Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt + + +Shortcomings +------------ + +Even if the kernel or its modules are stored on a filesystem that supports +DAX on a block device that supports DAX, they will still be copied into RAM. + +The DAX code does not work correctly on architectures which have virtually +mapped caches such as ARM, MIPS and SPARC. + +Calling get_user_pages() on a range of user memory that has been mmaped +from a DAX file will fail as there are no 'struct page' to describe +those pages. This problem is being worked on. That means that O_DIRECT +reads/writes to those memory ranges from a non-DAX file will fail (note +that O_DIRECT reads/writes _of a DAX file_ do work, it is the memory +that is being accessed that is key here). Other things that will not +work include RDMA, sendfile() and splice(). diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt index 1b528b2..fcf4d50 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ system. dlmfs is built with OCFS2 as it requires most of its infrastructure. -Project web page: http://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2 -Tools web page: http://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2-tools +Project web page: http://ocfs2.wiki.kernel.org +Tools web page: https://github.com/markfasheh/ocfs2-tools OCFS2 mailing lists: http://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2/mailman/ All code copyright 2005 Oracle except when otherwise noted. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt index 67639f9..b971456 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt @@ -20,6 +20,9 @@ minixdf Makes `df' act like Minix. check=none, nocheck (*) Don't do extra checking of bitmaps on mount (check=normal and check=strict options removed) +dax Use direct access (no page cache). See + Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt. + debug Extra debugging information is sent to the kernel syslog. Useful for developers. @@ -56,8 +59,6 @@ noacl Don't support POSIX ACLs. nobh Do not attach buffer_heads to file pagecache. -xip Use execute in place (no caching) if possible - grpquota,noquota,quota,usrquota Quota options are silently ignored by ext2. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt index 919a329..6c0108e 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt @@ -386,6 +386,10 @@ max_dir_size_kb=n This limits the size of directories so that any i_version Enable 64-bit inode version support. This option is off by default. +dax Use direct access (no page cache). See + Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt. Note that + this option is incompatible with data=journal. + Data Mode ========= There are 3 different data modes: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt index e0950c4..dac11d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt @@ -106,6 +106,8 @@ background_gc=%s Turn on/off cleaning operations, namely garbage Default value for this option is on. So garbage collection is on by default. disable_roll_forward Disable the roll-forward recovery routine +norecovery Disable the roll-forward recovery routine, mounted read- + only (i.e., -o ro,disable_roll_forward) discard Issue discard/TRIM commands when a segment is cleaned. no_heap Disable heap-style segment allocation which finds free segments for data from the beginning of main area, while @@ -197,6 +199,10 @@ Files in /sys/fs/f2fs/<devname> checkpoint is triggered, and issued during the checkpoint. By default, it is disabled with 0. + trim_sections This parameter controls the number of sections + to be trimmed out in batch mode when FITRIM + conducts. 32 sections is set by default. + ipu_policy This parameter controls the policy of in-place updates in f2fs. There are five policies: 0x01: F2FS_IPU_FORCE, 0x02: F2FS_IPU_SSR, diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt index 1b805a0..f6d9c99 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/fiemap.txt @@ -196,7 +196,8 @@ struct fiemap_extent_info { }; It is intended that the file system should not need to access any of this -structure directly. +structure directly. Filesystem handlers should be tolerant to signals and return +EINTR once fatal signal received. Flag checking should be done at the beginning of the ->fiemap callback via the diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/inotify.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/inotify.txt index cfd0271..51f61db 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/inotify.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/inotify.txt @@ -4,201 +4,10 @@ Document started 15 Mar 2005 by Robert Love <rml@novell.com> +Document updated 4 Jan 2015 by Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com> + --Deleted obsoleted interface, just refer to manpages for user interface. - -(i) User Interface - -Inotify is controlled by a set of three system calls and normal file I/O on a -returned file descriptor. - -First step in using inotify is to initialise an inotify instance: - - int fd = inotify_init (); - -Each instance is associated with a unique, ordered queue. - -Change events are managed by "watches". A watch is an (object,mask) pair where -the object is a file or directory and the mask is a bit mask of one or more -inotify events that the application wishes to receive. See <linux/inotify.h> -for valid events. A watch is referenced by a watch descriptor, or wd. - -Watches are added via a path to the file. - -Watches on a directory will return events on any files inside of the directory. - -Adding a watch is simple: - - int wd = inotify_add_watch (fd, path, mask); - -Where "fd" is the return value from inotify_init(), path is the path to the -object to watch, and mask is the watch mask (see <linux/inotify.h>). - -You can update an existing watch in the same manner, by passing in a new mask. - -An existing watch is removed via - - int ret = inotify_rm_watch (fd, wd); - -Events are provided in the form of an inotify_event structure that is read(2) -from a given inotify instance. The filename is of dynamic length and follows -the struct. It is of size len. The filename is padded with null bytes to -ensure proper alignment. This padding is reflected in len. - -You can slurp multiple events by passing a large buffer, for example - - size_t len = read (fd, buf, BUF_LEN); - -Where "buf" is a pointer to an array of "inotify_event" structures at least -BUF_LEN bytes in size. The above example will return as many events as are -available and fit in BUF_LEN. - -Each inotify instance fd is also select()- and poll()-able. - -You can find the size of the current event queue via the standard FIONREAD -ioctl on the fd returned by inotify_init(). - -All watches are destroyed and cleaned up on close. - - -(ii) - -Prototypes: - - int inotify_init (void); - int inotify_add_watch (int fd, const char *path, __u32 mask); - int inotify_rm_watch (int fd, __u32 mask); - - -(iii) Kernel Interface - -Inotify's kernel API consists a set of functions for managing watches and an -event callback. - -To use the kernel API, you must first initialize an inotify instance with a set -of inotify_operations. You are given an opaque inotify_handle, which you use -for any further calls to inotify. - - struct inotify_handle *ih = inotify_init(my_event_handler); - -You must provide a function for processing events and a function for destroying -the inotify watch. - - void handle_event(struct inotify_watch *watch, u32 wd, u32 mask, - u32 cookie, const char *name, struct inode *inode) - - watch - the pointer to the inotify_watch that triggered this call - wd - the watch descriptor - mask - describes the event that occurred - cookie - an identifier for synchronizing events - name - the dentry name for affected files in a directory-based event - inode - the affected inode in a directory-based event - - void destroy_watch(struct inotify_watch *watch) - -You may add watches by providing a pre-allocated and initialized inotify_watch -structure and specifying the inode to watch along with an inotify event mask. -You must pin the inode during the call. You will likely wish to embed the -inotify_watch structure in a structure of your own which contains other -information about the watch. Once you add an inotify watch, it is immediately -subject to removal depending on filesystem events. You must grab a reference if -you depend on the watch hanging around after the call. - - inotify_init_watch(&my_watch->iwatch); - inotify_get_watch(&my_watch->iwatch); // optional - s32 wd = inotify_add_watch(ih, &my_watch->iwatch, inode, mask); - inotify_put_watch(&my_watch->iwatch); // optional - -You may use the watch descriptor (wd) or the address of the inotify_watch for -other inotify operations. You must not directly read or manipulate data in the -inotify_watch. Additionally, you must not call inotify_add_watch() more than -once for a given inotify_watch structure, unless you have first called either -inotify_rm_watch() or inotify_rm_wd(). - -To determine if you have already registered a watch for a given inode, you may -call inotify_find_watch(), which gives you both the wd and the watch pointer for -the inotify_watch, or an error if the watch does not exist. - - wd = inotify_find_watch(ih, inode, &watchp); - -You may use container_of() on the watch pointer to access your own data -associated with a given watch. When an existing watch is found, -inotify_find_watch() bumps the refcount before releasing its locks. You must -put that reference with: - - put_inotify_watch(watchp); - -Call inotify_find_update_watch() to update the event mask for an existing watch. -inotify_find_update_watch() returns the wd of the updated watch, or an error if -the watch does not exist. - - wd = inotify_find_update_watch(ih, inode, mask); - -An existing watch may be removed by calling either inotify_rm_watch() or -inotify_rm_wd(). - - int ret = inotify_rm_watch(ih, &my_watch->iwatch); - int ret = inotify_rm_wd(ih, wd); - -A watch may be removed while executing your event handler with the following: - - inotify_remove_watch_locked(ih, iwatch); - -Call inotify_destroy() to remove all watches from your inotify instance and -release it. If there are no outstanding references, inotify_destroy() will call -your destroy_watch op for each watch. - - inotify_destroy(ih); - -When inotify removes a watch, it sends an IN_IGNORED event to your callback. -You may use this event as an indication to free the watch memory. Note that -inotify may remove a watch due to filesystem events, as well as by your request. -If you use IN_ONESHOT, inotify will remove the watch after the first event, at -which point you may call the final inotify_put_watch. - -(iv) Kernel Interface Prototypes - - struct inotify_handle *inotify_init(struct inotify_operations *ops); - - inotify_init_watch(struct inotify_watch *watch); - - s32 inotify_add_watch(struct inotify_handle *ih, - struct inotify_watch *watch, - struct inode *inode, u32 mask); - - s32 inotify_find_watch(struct inotify_handle *ih, struct inode *inode, - struct inotify_watch **watchp); - - s32 inotify_find_update_watch(struct inotify_handle *ih, - struct inode *inode, u32 mask); - - int inotify_rm_wd(struct inotify_handle *ih, u32 wd); - - int inotify_rm_watch(struct inotify_handle *ih, - struct inotify_watch *watch); - - void inotify_remove_watch_locked(struct inotify_handle *ih, - struct inotify_watch *watch); - - void inotify_destroy(struct inotify_handle *ih); - - void get_inotify_watch(struct inotify_watch *watch); - void put_inotify_watch(struct inotify_watch *watch); - - -(v) Internal Kernel Implementation - -Each inotify instance is represented by an inotify_handle structure. -Inotify's userspace consumers also have an inotify_device which is -associated with the inotify_handle, and on which events are queued. - -Each watch is associated with an inotify_watch structure. Watches are chained -off of each associated inotify_handle and each associated inode. - -See fs/notify/inotify/inotify_fsnotify.c and fs/notify/inotify/inotify_user.c -for the locking and lifetime rules. - - -(vi) Rationale +(i) Rationale Q: What is the design decision behind not tying the watch to the open fd of the watched object? diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt index c49cd7e..682a59f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt @@ -24,11 +24,6 @@ focuses on the mandatory-to-implement NFSv4.1 Sessions, providing "exactly once" semantics and better control and throttling of the resources allocated for each client. -Other NFSv4.1 features, Parallel NFS operations in particular, -are still under development out of tree. -See http://wiki.linux-nfs.org/wiki/index.php/PNFS_prototype_design -for more information. - The table below, taken from the NFSv4.1 document, lists the operations that are mandatory to implement (REQ), optional (OPT), and NFSv4.0 operations that are required not to implement (MNI) @@ -43,9 +38,7 @@ The OPTIONAL features identified and their abbreviations are as follows: The following abbreviations indicate the linux server implementation status. I Implemented NFSv4.1 operations. NS Not Supported. - NS* unimplemented optional feature. - P pNFS features implemented out of tree. - PNS pNFS features that are not supported yet (out of tree). + NS* Unimplemented optional feature. Operations @@ -70,13 +63,13 @@ I | DESTROY_SESSION | REQ | | Section 18.37 | I | EXCHANGE_ID | REQ | | Section 18.35 | I | FREE_STATEID | REQ | | Section 18.38 | | GETATTR | REQ | | Section 18.7 | -P | GETDEVICEINFO | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.40 | -P | GETDEVICELIST | OPT | pNFS (OPT) | Section 18.41 | +I | GETDEVICEINFO | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.40 | +NS*| GETDEVICELIST | OPT | pNFS (OPT) | Section 18.41 | | GETFH | REQ | | Section 18.8 | NS*| GET_DIR_DELEGATION | OPT | DDELG (REQ) | Section 18.39 | -P | LAYOUTCOMMIT | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.42 | -P | LAYOUTGET | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.43 | -P | LAYOUTRETURN | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.44 | +I | LAYOUTCOMMIT | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.42 | +I | LAYOUTGET | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.43 | +I | LAYOUTRETURN | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 18.44 | | LINK | OPT | | Section 18.9 | | LOCK | REQ | | Section 18.10 | | LOCKT | REQ | | Section 18.11 | @@ -122,9 +115,9 @@ Callback Operations | | MNI | or OPT) | | +-------------------------+-----------+-------------+---------------+ | CB_GETATTR | OPT | FDELG (REQ) | Section 20.1 | -P | CB_LAYOUTRECALL | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 20.3 | +I | CB_LAYOUTRECALL | OPT | pNFS (REQ) | Section 20.3 | NS*| CB_NOTIFY | OPT | DDELG (REQ) | Section 20.4 | -P | CB_NOTIFY_DEVICEID | OPT | pNFS (OPT) | Section 20.12 | +NS*| CB_NOTIFY_DEVICEID | OPT | pNFS (OPT) | Section 20.12 | NS*| CB_NOTIFY_LOCK | OPT | | Section 20.11 | NS*| CB_PUSH_DELEG | OPT | FDELG (OPT) | Section 20.5 | | CB_RECALL | OPT | FDELG, | Section 20.2 | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs-block-server.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs-block-server.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2143673 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs-block-server.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +pNFS block layout server user guide + +The Linux NFS server now supports the pNFS block layout extension. In this +case the NFS server acts as Metadata Server (MDS) for pNFS, which in addition +to handling all the metadata access to the NFS export also hands out layouts +to the clients to directly access the underlying block devices that are +shared with the client. + +To use pNFS block layouts with with the Linux NFS server the exported file +system needs to support the pNFS block layouts (currently just XFS), and the +file system must sit on shared storage (typically iSCSI) that is accessible +to the clients in addition to the MDS. As of now the file system needs to +sit directly on the exported volume, striping or concatenation of +volumes on the MDS and clients is not supported yet. + +On the server, pNFS block volume support is automatically if the file system +support it. On the client make sure the kernel has the CONFIG_PNFS_BLOCK +option enabled, the blkmapd daemon from nfs-utils is running, and the +file system is mounted using the NFSv4.1 protocol version (mount -o vers=4.1). + +If the nfsd server needs to fence a non-responding client it calls +/sbin/nfsd-recall-failed with the first argument set to the IP address of +the client, and the second argument set to the device node without the /dev +prefix for the file system to be fenced. Below is an example file that shows +how to translate the device into a serial number from SCSI EVPD 0x80: + +cat > /sbin/nfsd-recall-failed << EOF +#!/bin/sh + +CLIENT="$1" +DEV="/dev/$2" +EVPD=`sg_inq --page=0x80 ${DEV} | \ + grep "Unit serial number:" | \ + awk -F ': ' '{print $2}'` + +echo "fencing client ${CLIENT} serial ${EVPD}" >> /var/log/pnfsd-fence.log +EOF diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt index adc81a3..44a9f24 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt @@ -57,15 +57,16 @@ bit is set, preventing any new lsegs from being added. layout drivers -------------- -PNFS utilizes what is called layout drivers. The STD defines 3 basic -layout types: "files" "objects" and "blocks". For each of these types -there is a layout-driver with a common function-vectors table which -are called by the nfs-client pnfs-core to implement the different layout -types. +PNFS utilizes what is called layout drivers. The STD defines 4 basic +layout types: "files", "objects", "blocks", and "flexfiles". For each +of these types there is a layout-driver with a common function-vectors +table which are called by the nfs-client pnfs-core to implement the +different layout types. -Files-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/nfs4filelayout.c && nfs4filelayoutdev.c +Files-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/filelayout/.. directory Objects-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/objlayout/.. directory Blocks-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/blocklayout/.. directory +Flexfiles-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/flexfilelayout/.. directory objects-layout setup -------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt index 7618a28..4c49e54 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ also make it attractive for non-clustered use. You'll want to install the ocfs2-tools package in order to at least get "mount.ocfs2" and "ocfs2_hb_ctl". -Project web page: http://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2 -Tools web page: http://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2-tools +Project web page: http://ocfs2.wiki.kernel.org +Tools git tree: https://github.com/markfasheh/ocfs2-tools OCFS2 mailing lists: http://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2/mailman/ All code copyright 2005 Oracle except when otherwise noted. @@ -100,3 +100,7 @@ coherency=full (*) Disallow concurrent O_DIRECT writes, cluster inode coherency=buffered Allow concurrent O_DIRECT writes without EX lock among nodes, which gains high performance at risk of getting stale data on other nodes. +journal_async_commit Commit block can be written to disk without waiting + for descriptor blocks. If enabled older kernels cannot + mount the device. This will enable 'journal_checksum' + internally. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt index a27c950..6db0e5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt @@ -159,6 +159,22 @@ overlay filesystem (though an operation on the name of the file such as rename or unlink will of course be noticed and handled). +Multiple lower layers +--------------------- + +Multiple lower layers can now be given using the the colon (":") as a +separator character between the directory names. For example: + + mount -t overlay overlay -olowerdir=/lower1:/lower2:/lower3 /merged + +As the example shows, "upperdir=" and "workdir=" may be omitted. In +that case the overlay will be read-only. + +The specified lower directories will be stacked beginning from the +rightmost one and going left. In the above example lower1 will be the +top, lower2 the middle and lower3 the bottom layer. + + Non-standard behavior --------------------- @@ -196,3 +212,15 @@ Changes to the underlying filesystems while part of a mounted overlay filesystem are not allowed. If the underlying filesystem is changed, the behavior of the overlay is undefined, though it will not result in a crash or deadlock. + +Testsuite +--------- + +There's testsuite developed by David Howells at: + + git://git.infradead.org/users/dhowells/unionmount-testsuite.git + +Run as root: + + # cd unionmount-testsuite + # ./run --ov diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index aae9dd1..a07ba61 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Table of Contents 1.6 Parallel port info in /proc/parport 1.7 TTY info in /proc/tty 1.8 Miscellaneous kernel statistics in /proc/stat - 1.9 Ext4 file system parameters + 1.9 Ext4 file system parameters 2 Modifying System Parameters @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ Table of Contents 3.6 /proc/<pid>/comm & /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/comm 3.7 /proc/<pid>/task/<tid>/children - Information about task children 3.8 /proc/<pid>/fdinfo/<fd> - Information about opened file + 3.9 /proc/<pid>/map_files - Information about memory mapped files 4 Configuring procfs 4.1 Mount options @@ -144,6 +145,8 @@ Table 1-1: Process specific entries in /proc stack Report full stack trace, enable via CONFIG_STACKTRACE smaps a extension based on maps, showing the memory consumption of each mapping and flags associated with it + numa_maps an extension based on maps, showing the memory locality and + binding policy as well as mem usage (in pages) of each mapping. .............................................................................. For example, to get the status information of a process, all you have to do is @@ -488,12 +491,47 @@ To clear the bits for the file mapped pages associated with the process To clear the soft-dirty bit > echo 4 > /proc/PID/clear_refs +To reset the peak resident set size ("high water mark") to the process's +current value: + > echo 5 > /proc/PID/clear_refs + Any other value written to /proc/PID/clear_refs will have no effect. The /proc/pid/pagemap gives the PFN, which can be used to find the pageflags using /proc/kpageflags and number of times a page is mapped using /proc/kpagecount. For detailed explanation, see Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt. +The /proc/pid/numa_maps is an extension based on maps, showing the memory +locality and binding policy, as well as the memory usage (in pages) of +each mapping. The output follows a general format where mapping details get +summarized separated by blank spaces, one mapping per each file line: + +address policy mapping details + +00400000 default file=/usr/local/bin/app mapped=1 active=0 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +00600000 default file=/usr/local/bin/app anon=1 dirty=1 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +3206000000 default file=/lib64/ld-2.12.so mapped=26 mapmax=6 N0=24 N3=2 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +320621f000 default file=/lib64/ld-2.12.so anon=1 dirty=1 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +3206220000 default file=/lib64/ld-2.12.so anon=1 dirty=1 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +3206221000 default anon=1 dirty=1 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +3206800000 default file=/lib64/libc-2.12.so mapped=59 mapmax=21 active=55 N0=41 N3=18 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +320698b000 default file=/lib64/libc-2.12.so +3206b8a000 default file=/lib64/libc-2.12.so anon=2 dirty=2 N3=2 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +3206b8e000 default file=/lib64/libc-2.12.so anon=1 dirty=1 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +3206b8f000 default anon=3 dirty=3 active=1 N3=3 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +7f4dc10a2000 default anon=3 dirty=3 N3=3 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +7f4dc10b4000 default anon=2 dirty=2 active=1 N3=2 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +7f4dc1200000 default file=/anon_hugepage\040(deleted) huge anon=1 dirty=1 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=2048 +7fff335f0000 default stack anon=3 dirty=3 N3=3 kernelpagesize_kB=4 +7fff3369d000 default mapped=1 mapmax=35 active=0 N3=1 kernelpagesize_kB=4 + +Where: +"address" is the starting address for the mapping; +"policy" reports the NUMA memory policy set for the mapping (see vm/numa_memory_policy.txt); +"mapping details" summarizes mapping data such as mapping type, page usage counters, +node locality page counters (N0 == node0, N1 == node1, ...) and the kernel page +size, in KB, that is backing the mapping up. + 1.2 Kernel data --------------- @@ -1763,6 +1801,28 @@ pair provide additional information particular to the objects they represent. with TIMER_ABSTIME option which will be shown in 'settime flags', but 'it_value' still exhibits timer's remaining time. +3.9 /proc/<pid>/map_files - Information about memory mapped files +--------------------------------------------------------------------- +This directory contains symbolic links which represent memory mapped files +the process is maintaining. Example output: + + | lr-------- 1 root root 64 Jan 27 11:24 333c600000-333c620000 -> /usr/lib64/ld-2.18.so + | lr-------- 1 root root 64 Jan 27 11:24 333c81f000-333c820000 -> /usr/lib64/ld-2.18.so + | lr-------- 1 root root 64 Jan 27 11:24 333c820000-333c821000 -> /usr/lib64/ld-2.18.so + | ... + | lr-------- 1 root root 64 Jan 27 11:24 35d0421000-35d0422000 -> /usr/lib64/libselinux.so.1 + | lr-------- 1 root root 64 Jan 27 11:24 400000-41a000 -> /usr/bin/ls + +The name of a link represents the virtual memory bounds of a mapping, i.e. +vm_area_struct::vm_start-vm_area_struct::vm_end. + +The main purpose of the map_files is to retrieve a set of memory mapped +files in a fast way instead of parsing /proc/<pid>/maps or +/proc/<pid>/smaps, both of which contain many more records. At the same +time one can open(2) mappings from the listings of two processes and +comparing their inode numbers to figure out which anonymous memory areas +are actually shared. + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Configuring procfs ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt index b797ed3..9de4303 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/seq_file.txt @@ -194,16 +194,16 @@ which is in the string esc will be represented in octal form in the output. There are also a pair of functions for printing filenames: - int seq_path(struct seq_file *m, struct path *path, char *esc); - int seq_path_root(struct seq_file *m, struct path *path, - struct path *root, char *esc) + int seq_path(struct seq_file *m, const struct path *path, + const char *esc); + int seq_path_root(struct seq_file *m, const struct path *path, + const struct path *root, const char *esc) Here, path indicates the file of interest, and esc is a set of characters which should be escaped in the output. A call to seq_path() will output the path relative to the current process's filesystem root. If a different -root is desired, it can be used with seq_path_root(). Note that, if it -turns out that path cannot be reached from root, the value of root will be -changed in seq_file_root() to a root which *does* work. +root is desired, it can be used with seq_path_root(). If it turns out that +path cannot be reached from root, seq_path_root() returns SEQ_SKIP. A function producing complicated output may want to check bool seq_has_overflowed(struct seq_file *m); diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index 43ce050..966b228 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -591,8 +591,6 @@ struct address_space_operations { int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int); void (*freepage)(struct page *); ssize_t (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset); - struct page* (*get_xip_page)(struct address_space *, sector_t, - int); /* migrate the contents of a page to the specified target */ int (*migratepage) (struct page *, struct page *); int (*launder_page) (struct page *); @@ -748,11 +746,6 @@ struct address_space_operations { and transfer data directly between the storage and the application's address space. - get_xip_page: called by the VM to translate a block number to a page. - The page is valid until the corresponding filesystem is unmounted. - Filesystems that want to use execute-in-place (XIP) need to implement - it. An example implementation can be found in fs/ext2/xip.c. - migrate_page: This is used to compact the physical memory usage. If the VM wants to relocate a page (maybe off a memory card that is signalling imminent failure) it will pass a new page diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt index 5be51fd..0bfafe1 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt @@ -287,9 +287,9 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem: XFS_ERRLEVEL_LOW: 1 XFS_ERRLEVEL_HIGH: 5 - fs.xfs.panic_mask (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 127) + fs.xfs.panic_mask (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 255) Causes certain error conditions to call BUG(). Value is a bitmask; - AND together the tags which represent errors which should cause panics: + OR together the tags which represent errors which should cause panics: XFS_NO_PTAG 0 XFS_PTAG_IFLUSH 0x00000001 @@ -299,6 +299,7 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem: XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_CORRUPT 0x00000010 XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_IOERROR 0x00000020 XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_LOGERROR 0x00000040 + XFS_PTAG_FSBLOCK_ZERO 0x00000080 This option is intended for debugging only. @@ -348,16 +349,13 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem: Deprecated Sysctls ================== - fs.xfs.xfsbufd_centisecs (Min: 50 Default: 100 Max: 3000) - Dirty metadata is now tracked by the log subsystem and - flushing is driven by log space and idling demands. The - xfsbufd no longer exists, so this syctl does nothing. +None at present. - Due for removal in 3.14. - fs.xfs.age_buffer_centisecs (Min: 100 Default: 1500 Max: 720000) - Dirty metadata is now tracked by the log subsystem and - flushing is driven by log space and idling demands. The - xfsbufd no longer exists, so this syctl does nothing. +Removed Sysctls +=============== - Due for removal in 3.14. + Name Removed + ---- ------- + fs.xfs.xfsbufd_centisec v3.20 + fs.xfs.age_buffer_centisecs v3.20 diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0466ee5..0000000 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/xip.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -Execute-in-place for file mappings ----------------------------------- - -Motivation ----------- -File mappings are performed by mapping page cache pages to userspace. In -addition, read&write type file operations also transfer data from/to the page -cache. - -For memory backed storage devices that use the block device interface, the page -cache pages are in fact copies of the original storage. Various approaches -exist to work around the need for an extra copy. The ramdisk driver for example -does read the data into the page cache, keeps a reference, and discards the -original data behind later on. - -Execute-in-place solves this issue the other way around: instead of keeping -data in the page cache, the need to have a page cache copy is eliminated -completely. With execute-in-place, read&write type operations are performed -directly from/to the memory backed storage device. For file mappings, the -storage device itself is mapped directly into userspace. - -This implementation was initially written for shared memory segments between -different virtual machines on s390 hardware to allow multiple machines to -share the same binaries and libraries. - -Implementation --------------- -Execute-in-place is implemented in three steps: block device operation, -address space operation, and file operations. - -A block device operation named direct_access is used to retrieve a -reference (pointer) to a block on-disk. The reference is supposed to be -cpu-addressable, physical address and remain valid until the release operation -is performed. A struct block_device reference is used to address the device, -and a sector_t argument is used to identify the individual block. As an -alternative, memory technology devices can be used for this. - -The block device operation is optional, these block devices support it as of -today: -- dcssblk: s390 dcss block device driver - -An address space operation named get_xip_mem is used to retrieve references -to a page frame number and a kernel address. To obtain these values a reference -to an address_space is provided. This function assigns values to the kmem and -pfn parameters. The third argument indicates whether the function should allocate -blocks if needed. - -This address space operation is mutually exclusive with readpage&writepage that -do page cache read/write operations. -The following filesystems support it as of today: -- ext2: the second extended filesystem, see Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt - -A set of file operations that do utilize get_xip_page can be found in -mm/filemap_xip.c . The following file operation implementations are provided: -- aio_read/aio_write -- readv/writev -- sendfile - -The generic file operations do_sync_read/do_sync_write can be used to implement -classic synchronous IO calls. - -Shortcomings ------------- -This implementation is limited to storage devices that are cpu addressable at -all times (no highmem or such). It works well on rom/ram, but enhancements are -needed to make it work with flash in read+write mode. -Putting the Linux kernel and/or its modules on a xip filesystem does not mean -they are not copied. diff --git a/Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt b/Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7050ce8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gdb-kernel-debugging.txt @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +Debugging kernel and modules via gdb +==================================== + +The kernel debugger kgdb, hypervisors like QEMU or JTAG-based hardware +interfaces allow to debug the Linux kernel and its modules during runtime +using gdb. Gdb comes with a powerful scripting interface for python. The +kernel provides a collection of helper scripts that can simplify typical +kernel debugging steps. This is a short tutorial about how to enable and use +them. It focuses on QEMU/KVM virtual machines as target, but the examples can +be transferred to the other gdb stubs as well. + + +Requirements +------------ + + o gdb 7.2+ (recommended: 7.4+) with python support enabled (typically true + for distributions) + + +Setup +----- + + o Create a virtual Linux machine for QEMU/KVM (see www.linux-kvm.org and + www.qemu.org for more details). For cross-development, + http://landley.net/aboriginal/bin keeps a pool of machine images and + toolchains that can be helpful to start from. + + o Build the kernel with CONFIG_GDB_SCRIPTS enabled, but leave + CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO_REDUCED off. If your architecture supports + CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER, keep it enabled. + + o Install that kernel on the guest. + + Alternatively, QEMU allows to boot the kernel directly using -kernel, + -append, -initrd command line switches. This is generally only useful if + you do not depend on modules. See QEMU documentation for more details on + this mode. + + o Enable the gdb stub of QEMU/KVM, either + - at VM startup time by appending "-s" to the QEMU command line + or + - during runtime by issuing "gdbserver" from the QEMU monitor + console + + o cd /path/to/linux-build + + o Start gdb: gdb vmlinux + + Note: Some distros may restrict auto-loading of gdb scripts to known safe + directories. In case gdb reports to refuse loading vmlinux-gdb.py, add + + add-auto-load-safe-path /path/to/linux-build + + to ~/.gdbinit. See gdb help for more details. + + o Attach to the booted guest: + (gdb) target remote :1234 + + +Examples of using the Linux-provided gdb helpers +------------------------------------------------ + + o Load module (and main kernel) symbols: + (gdb) lx-symbols + loading vmlinux + scanning for modules in /home/user/linux/build + loading @0xffffffffa0020000: /home/user/linux/build/net/netfilter/xt_tcpudp.ko + loading @0xffffffffa0016000: /home/user/linux/build/net/netfilter/xt_pkttype.ko + loading @0xffffffffa0002000: /home/user/linux/build/net/netfilter/xt_limit.ko + loading @0xffffffffa00ca000: /home/user/linux/build/net/packet/af_packet.ko + loading @0xffffffffa003c000: /home/user/linux/build/fs/fuse/fuse.ko + ... + loading @0xffffffffa0000000: /home/user/linux/build/drivers/ata/ata_generic.ko + + o Set a breakpoint on some not yet loaded module function, e.g.: + (gdb) b btrfs_init_sysfs + Function "btrfs_init_sysfs" not defined. + Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? (y or [n]) y + Breakpoint 1 (btrfs_init_sysfs) pending. + + o Continue the target + (gdb) c + + o Load the module on the target and watch the symbols being loaded as well as + the breakpoint hit: + loading @0xffffffffa0034000: /home/user/linux/build/lib/libcrc32c.ko + loading @0xffffffffa0050000: /home/user/linux/build/lib/lzo/lzo_compress.ko + loading @0xffffffffa006e000: /home/user/linux/build/lib/zlib_deflate/zlib_deflate.ko + loading @0xffffffffa01b1000: /home/user/linux/build/fs/btrfs/btrfs.ko + + Breakpoint 1, btrfs_init_sysfs () at /home/user/linux/fs/btrfs/sysfs.c:36 + 36 btrfs_kset = kset_create_and_add("btrfs", NULL, fs_kobj); + + o Dump the log buffer of the target kernel: + (gdb) lx-dmesg + [ 0.000000] Initializing cgroup subsys cpuset + [ 0.000000] Initializing cgroup subsys cpu + [ 0.000000] Linux version 3.8.0-rc4-dbg+ (... + [ 0.000000] Command line: root=/dev/sda2 resume=/dev/sda1 vga=0x314 + [ 0.000000] e820: BIOS-provided physical RAM map: + [ 0.000000] BIOS-e820: [mem 0x0000000000000000-0x000000000009fbff] usable + [ 0.000000] BIOS-e820: [mem 0x000000000009fc00-0x000000000009ffff] reserved + .... + + o Examine fields of the current task struct: + (gdb) p $lx_current().pid + $1 = 4998 + (gdb) p $lx_current().comm + $2 = "modprobe\000\000\000\000\000\000\000" + + o Make use of the per-cpu function for the current or a specified CPU: + (gdb) p $lx_per_cpu("runqueues").nr_running + $3 = 1 + (gdb) p $lx_per_cpu("runqueues", 2).nr_running + $4 = 0 + + o Dig into hrtimers using the container_of helper: + (gdb) set $next = $lx_per_cpu("hrtimer_bases").clock_base[0].active.next + (gdb) p *$container_of($next, "struct hrtimer", "node") + $5 = { + node = { + node = { + __rb_parent_color = 18446612133355256072, + rb_right = 0x0 <irq_stack_union>, + rb_left = 0x0 <irq_stack_union> + }, + expires = { + tv64 = 1835268000000 + } + }, + _softexpires = { + tv64 = 1835268000000 + }, + function = 0xffffffff81078232 <tick_sched_timer>, + base = 0xffff88003fd0d6f0, + state = 1, + start_pid = 0, + start_site = 0xffffffff81055c1f <hrtimer_start_range_ns+20>, + start_comm = "swapper/2\000\000\000\000\000\000" + } + + +List of commands and functions +------------------------------ + +The number of commands and convenience functions may evolve over the time, +this is just a snapshot of the initial version: + + (gdb) apropos lx + function lx_current -- Return current task + function lx_module -- Find module by name and return the module variable + function lx_per_cpu -- Return per-cpu variable + function lx_task_by_pid -- Find Linux task by PID and return the task_struct variable + function lx_thread_info -- Calculate Linux thread_info from task variable + lx-dmesg -- Print Linux kernel log buffer + lx-lsmod -- List currently loaded modules + lx-symbols -- (Re-)load symbols of Linux kernel and currently loaded modules + +Detailed help can be obtained via "help <command-name>" for commands and "help +function <function-name>" for convenience functions. diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt index 4452786..8b35f51 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ through gpiod_get(). For example: <&gpio 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>, /* green */ <&gpio 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* blue */ - power-gpio = <&gpio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + power-gpios = <&gpio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; }; This property will make GPIOs 15, 16 and 17 available to the driver under the diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/functionality b/Documentation/i2c/functionality index 4556a3e..4aae8ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/functionality +++ b/Documentation/i2c/functionality @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ FUNCTIONALITY CONSTANTS ----------------------- For the most up-to-date list of functionality constants, please check -<linux/i2c.h>! +<uapi/linux/i2c.h>! I2C_FUNC_I2C Plain i2c-level commands (Pure SMBus adapters typically can not do these) diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/paravirt_ops.txt b/Documentation/ia64/paravirt_ops.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 39ded02..0000000 --- a/Documentation/ia64/paravirt_ops.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -Paravirt_ops on IA64 -==================== - 21 May 2008, Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp> - - -Introduction ------------- -The aim of this documentation is to help with maintainability and/or to -encourage people to use paravirt_ops/IA64. - -paravirt_ops (pv_ops in short) is a way for virtualization support of -Linux kernel on x86. Several ways for virtualization support were -proposed, paravirt_ops is the winner. -On the other hand, now there are also several IA64 virtualization -technologies like kvm/IA64, xen/IA64 and many other academic IA64 -hypervisors so that it is good to add generic virtualization -infrastructure on Linux/IA64. - - -What is paravirt_ops? ---------------------- -It has been developed on x86 as virtualization support via API, not ABI. -It allows each hypervisor to override operations which are important for -hypervisors at API level. And it allows a single kernel binary to run on -all supported execution environments including native machine. -Essentially paravirt_ops is a set of function pointers which represent -operations corresponding to low level sensitive instructions and high -level functionalities in various area. But one significant difference -from usual function pointer table is that it allows optimization with -binary patch. It is because some of these operations are very -performance sensitive and indirect call overhead is not negligible. -With binary patch, indirect C function call can be transformed into -direct C function call or in-place execution to eliminate the overhead. - -Thus, operations of paravirt_ops are classified into three categories. -- simple indirect call - These operations correspond to high level functionality so that the - overhead of indirect call isn't very important. - -- indirect call which allows optimization with binary patch - Usually these operations correspond to low level instructions. They - are called frequently and performance critical. So the overhead is - very important. - -- a set of macros for hand written assembly code - Hand written assembly codes (.S files) also need paravirtualization - because they include sensitive instructions or some of code paths in - them are very performance critical. - - -The relation to the IA64 machine vector ---------------------------------------- -Linux/IA64 has the IA64 machine vector functionality which allows the -kernel to switch implementations (e.g. initialization, ipi, dma api...) -depending on executing platform. -We can replace some implementations very easily defining a new machine -vector. Thus another approach for virtualization support would be -enhancing the machine vector functionality. -But paravirt_ops approach was taken because -- virtualization support needs wider support than machine vector does. - e.g. low level instruction paravirtualization. It must be - initialized very early before platform detection. - -- virtualization support needs more functionality like binary patch. - Probably the calling overhead might not be very large compared to the - emulation overhead of virtualization. However in the native case, the - overhead should be eliminated completely. - A single kernel binary should run on each environment including native, - and the overhead of paravirt_ops on native environment should be as - small as possible. - -- for full virtualization technology, e.g. KVM/IA64 or - Xen/IA64 HVM domain, the result would be - (the emulated platform machine vector. probably dig) + (pv_ops). - This means that the virtualization support layer should be under - the machine vector layer. - -Possibly it might be better to move some function pointers from -paravirt_ops to machine vector. In fact, Xen domU case utilizes both -pv_ops and machine vector. - - -IA64 paravirt_ops ------------------ -In this section, the concrete paravirt_ops will be discussed. -Because of the architecture difference between ia64 and x86, the -resulting set of functions is very different from x86 pv_ops. - -- C function pointer tables -They are not very performance critical so that simple C indirect -function call is acceptable. The following structures are defined at -this moment. For details see linux/include/asm-ia64/paravirt.h - - struct pv_info - This structure describes the execution environment. - - struct pv_init_ops - This structure describes the various initialization hooks. - - struct pv_iosapic_ops - This structure describes hooks to iosapic operations. - - struct pv_irq_ops - This structure describes hooks to irq related operations - - struct pv_time_op - This structure describes hooks to steal time accounting. - -- a set of indirect calls which need optimization -Currently this class of functions correspond to a subset of IA64 -intrinsics. At this moment the optimization with binary patch isn't -implemented yet. -struct pv_cpu_op is defined. For details see -linux/include/asm-ia64/paravirt_privop.h -Mostly they correspond to ia64 intrinsics 1-to-1. -Caveat: Now they are defined as C indirect function pointers, but in -order to support binary patch optimization, they will be changed -using GCC extended inline assembly code. - -- a set of macros for hand written assembly code (.S files) -For maintenance purpose, the taken approach for .S files is single -source code and compile multiple times with different macros definitions. -Each pv_ops instance must define those macros to compile. -The important thing here is that sensitive, but non-privileged -instructions must be paravirtualized and that some privileged -instructions also need paravirtualization for reasonable performance. -Developers who modify .S files must be aware of that. At this moment -an easy checker is implemented to detect paravirtualization breakage. -But it doesn't cover all the cases. - -Sometimes this set of macros is called pv_cpu_asm_op. But there is no -corresponding structure in the source code. -Those macros mostly 1:1 correspond to a subset of privileged -instructions. See linux/include/asm-ia64/native/inst.h. -And some functions written in assembly also need to be overrided so -that each pv_ops instance have to define some macros. Again see -linux/include/asm-ia64/native/inst.h. - - -Those structures must be initialized very early before start_kernel. -Probably initialized in head.S using multi entry point or some other trick. -For native case implementation see linux/arch/ia64/kernel/paravirt.c. diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt index 90bca6f..92ae734 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/alps.txt @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ ALPS Touchpad Protocol Introduction ------------ -Currently the ALPS touchpad driver supports five protocol versions in use by -ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. +Currently the ALPS touchpad driver supports seven protocol versions in use by +ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. Since roughly mid-2010 several new ALPS touchpads have been released and integrated into a variety of laptops and netbooks. These new touchpads @@ -114,6 +114,9 @@ ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 2 byte 4: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 +Protocol Version 2 DualPoint devices send standard PS/2 mouse packets for +the DualPoint Stick. + Dualpoint device -- interleaved packet format --------------------------------------------- @@ -127,6 +130,11 @@ Dualpoint device -- interleaved packet format byte 7: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 byte 8: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 +Devices which use the interleaving format normally send standard PS/2 mouse +packets for the DualPoint Stick + ALPS Absolute Mode packets for the +touchpad, switching to the interleaved packet format when both the stick and +the touchpad are used at the same time. + ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 3 --------------------------------------- @@ -240,3 +248,67 @@ For mt, the format is: byte 3: 0 x23 x22 x21 x20 x19 x18 x17 byte 4: 0 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 byte 5: 0 x16 x15 x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 6 +--------------------------------------- + +For trackstick packet, the format is: + + byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + byte 2: 0 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 + byte 3: ? Y7 X7 ? ? M R L + byte 4: Z7 Z6 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 + byte 5: 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + +For touchpad packet, the format is: + + byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 0 0 0 x3 x2 x1 x0 + byte 2: 0 0 0 0 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 3: ? x7 x6 x5 x4 ? r l + byte 4: ? y7 y6 y5 y4 ? ? ? + byte 5: z7 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + +(v6 touchpad does not have middle button) + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 7 +--------------------------------------- + +For trackstick packet, the format is: + + byte 0: 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 + byte 1: 1 1 * * 1 M R L + byte 2: X7 1 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + byte 3: Z6 1 Y6 X6 1 Y2 Y1 Y0 + byte 4: Y7 0 Y5 Y4 Y3 1 1 0 + byte 5: T&P 0 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 + +For touchpad packet, the format is: + + packet-fmt b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + byte 0: TWO & MULTI L 1 R M 1 Y0-2 Y0-1 Y0-0 + byte 0: NEW L 1 X1-5 1 1 Y0-2 Y0-1 Y0-0 + byte 1: Y0-10 Y0-9 Y0-8 Y0-7 Y0-6 Y0-5 Y0-4 Y0-3 + byte 2: X0-11 1 X0-10 X0-9 X0-8 X0-7 X0-6 X0-5 + byte 3: X1-11 1 X0-4 X0-3 1 X0-2 X0-1 X0-0 + byte 4: TWO X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 X1-5 X1-4 + byte 4: MULTI X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 Y1-5 1 + byte 4: NEW X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 0 0 + byte 5: TWO & NEW Y1-10 0 Y1-9 Y1-8 Y1-7 Y1-6 Y1-5 Y1-4 + byte 5: MULTI Y1-10 0 Y1-9 Y1-8 Y1-7 Y1-6 F-1 F-0 + + L: Left button + R / M: Non-clickpads: Right / Middle button + Clickpads: When > 2 fingers are down, and some fingers + are in the button area, then the 2 coordinates reported + are for fingers outside the button area and these report + extra fingers being present in the right / left button + area. Note these fingers are not added to the F field! + so if a TWO packet is received and R = 1 then there are + 3 fingers down, etc. + TWO: 1: Two touches present, byte 0/4/5 are in TWO fmt + 0: If byte 4 bit 0 is 1, then byte 0/4/5 are in MULTI fmt + otherwise byte 0 bit 4 must be set and byte 0/4/5 are + in NEW fmt + F: Number of fingers - 3, 0 means 3 fingers, 1 means 4 ... diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt index c587a96..9670561 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt @@ -294,6 +294,12 @@ accordingly. This property does not affect kernel behavior. The kernel does not provide button emulation for such devices but treats them as any other INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD device. +INPUT_PROP_ACCELEROMETER +------------------------- +Directional axes on this device (absolute and/or relative x, y, z) represent +accelerometer data. All other axes retain their meaning. A device must not mix +regular directional axes and accelerometer axes on the same event node. + Guidelines: ========== The guidelines below ensure proper single-touch and multi-finger functionality. diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt index 7b4f59c..b85d000 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt @@ -312,9 +312,12 @@ ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE The type of approaching tool. A lot of kernel drivers cannot distinguish between different tool types, such as a finger or a pen. In such cases, the -event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER and -MT_TOOL_PEN [2]. For type B devices, this event is handled by input core; -drivers should instead use input_mt_report_slot_state(). +event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER, +MT_TOOL_PEN, and MT_TOOL_PALM [2]. For type B devices, this event is handled +by input core; drivers should instead use input_mt_report_slot_state(). +A contact's ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may change over time while still touching the +device, because the firmware may not be able to determine which tool is being +used when it first appears. ABS_MT_BLOB_ID diff --git a/Documentation/kasan.txt b/Documentation/kasan.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..092fc10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/kasan.txt @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +Kernel address sanitizer +================ + +0. Overview +=========== + +Kernel Address sanitizer (KASan) is a dynamic memory error detector. It provides +a fast and comprehensive solution for finding use-after-free and out-of-bounds +bugs. + +KASan uses compile-time instrumentation for checking every memory access, +therefore you will need a certain version of GCC > 4.9.2 + +Currently KASan is supported only for x86_64 architecture and requires that the +kernel be built with the SLUB allocator. + +1. Usage +========= + +To enable KASAN configure kernel with: + + CONFIG_KASAN = y + +and choose between CONFIG_KASAN_OUTLINE and CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE. Outline/inline +is compiler instrumentation types. The former produces smaller binary the +latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster. Inline instrumentation requires GCC 5.0 or +latter. + +Currently KASAN works only with the SLUB memory allocator. +For better bug detection and nicer report, enable CONFIG_STACKTRACE and put +at least 'slub_debug=U' in the boot cmdline. + +To disable instrumentation for specific files or directories, add a line +similar to the following to the respective kernel Makefile: + + For a single file (e.g. main.o): + KASAN_SANITIZE_main.o := n + + For all files in one directory: + KASAN_SANITIZE := n + +1.1 Error reports +========== + +A typical out of bounds access report looks like this: + +================================================================== +BUG: AddressSanitizer: out of bounds access in kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan] at addr ffff8800693bc5d3 +Write of size 1 by task modprobe/1689 +============================================================================= +BUG kmalloc-128 (Not tainted): kasan error +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Disabling lock debugging due to kernel taint +INFO: Allocated in kmalloc_oob_right+0x3d/0x75 [test_kasan] age=0 cpu=0 pid=1689 + __slab_alloc+0x4b4/0x4f0 + kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x10b/0x190 + kmalloc_oob_right+0x3d/0x75 [test_kasan] + init_module+0x9/0x47 [test_kasan] + do_one_initcall+0x99/0x200 + load_module+0x2cb3/0x3b20 + SyS_finit_module+0x76/0x80 + system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17 +INFO: Slab 0xffffea0001a4ef00 objects=17 used=7 fp=0xffff8800693bd728 flags=0x100000000004080 +INFO: Object 0xffff8800693bc558 @offset=1368 fp=0xffff8800693bc720 + +Bytes b4 ffff8800693bc548: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a ........ZZZZZZZZ +Object ffff8800693bc558: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk +Object ffff8800693bc568: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk +Object ffff8800693bc578: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk +Object ffff8800693bc588: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk +Object ffff8800693bc598: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk +Object ffff8800693bc5a8: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk +Object ffff8800693bc5b8: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk +Object ffff8800693bc5c8: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b a5 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkk. +Redzone ffff8800693bc5d8: cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc ........ +Padding ffff8800693bc718: 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a ZZZZZZZZ +CPU: 0 PID: 1689 Comm: modprobe Tainted: G B 3.18.0-rc1-mm1+ #98 +Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.7.5-0-ge51488c-20140602_164612-nilsson.home.kraxel.org 04/01/2014 + ffff8800693bc000 0000000000000000 ffff8800693bc558 ffff88006923bb78 + ffffffff81cc68ae 00000000000000f3 ffff88006d407600 ffff88006923bba8 + ffffffff811fd848 ffff88006d407600 ffffea0001a4ef00 ffff8800693bc558 +Call Trace: + [<ffffffff81cc68ae>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58 + [<ffffffff811fd848>] print_trailer+0xf8/0x160 + [<ffffffffa00026a7>] ? kmem_cache_oob+0xc3/0xc3 [test_kasan] + [<ffffffff811ff0f5>] object_err+0x35/0x40 + [<ffffffffa0002065>] ? kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan] + [<ffffffff8120b9fa>] kasan_report_error+0x38a/0x3f0 + [<ffffffff8120a79f>] ? kasan_poison_shadow+0x2f/0x40 + [<ffffffff8120b344>] ? kasan_unpoison_shadow+0x14/0x40 + [<ffffffff8120a79f>] ? kasan_poison_shadow+0x2f/0x40 + [<ffffffffa00026a7>] ? kmem_cache_oob+0xc3/0xc3 [test_kasan] + [<ffffffff8120a995>] __asan_store1+0x75/0xb0 + [<ffffffffa0002601>] ? kmem_cache_oob+0x1d/0xc3 [test_kasan] + [<ffffffffa0002065>] ? kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan] + [<ffffffffa0002065>] kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan] + [<ffffffffa00026b0>] init_module+0x9/0x47 [test_kasan] + [<ffffffff810002d9>] do_one_initcall+0x99/0x200 + [<ffffffff811e4e5c>] ? __vunmap+0xec/0x160 + [<ffffffff81114f63>] load_module+0x2cb3/0x3b20 + [<ffffffff8110fd70>] ? m_show+0x240/0x240 + [<ffffffff81115f06>] SyS_finit_module+0x76/0x80 + [<ffffffff81cd3129>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17 +Memory state around the buggy address: + ffff8800693bc300: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc + ffff8800693bc380: fc fc 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 fc + ffff8800693bc400: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc + ffff8800693bc480: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc + ffff8800693bc500: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc 00 00 00 00 00 +>ffff8800693bc580: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 fc fc fc fc fc + ^ + ffff8800693bc600: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc + ffff8800693bc680: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc + ffff8800693bc700: fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb + ffff8800693bc780: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb + ffff8800693bc800: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb +================================================================== + +First sections describe slub object where bad access happened. +See 'SLUB Debug output' section in Documentation/vm/slub.txt for details. + +In the last section the report shows memory state around the accessed address. +Reading this part requires some more understanding of how KASAN works. + +Each 8 bytes of memory are encoded in one shadow byte as accessible, +partially accessible, freed or they can be part of a redzone. +We use the following encoding for each shadow byte: 0 means that all 8 bytes +of the corresponding memory region are accessible; number N (1 <= N <= 7) means +that the first N bytes are accessible, and other (8 - N) bytes are not; +any negative value indicates that the entire 8-byte word is inaccessible. +We use different negative values to distinguish between different kinds of +inaccessible memory like redzones or freed memory (see mm/kasan/kasan.h). + +In the report above the arrows point to the shadow byte 03, which means that +the accessed address is partially accessible. + + +2. Implementation details +======================== + +From a high level, our approach to memory error detection is similar to that +of kmemcheck: use shadow memory to record whether each byte of memory is safe +to access, and use compile-time instrumentation to check shadow memory on each +memory access. + +AddressSanitizer dedicates 1/8 of kernel memory to its shadow memory +(e.g. 16TB to cover 128TB on x86_64) and uses direct mapping with a scale and +offset to translate a memory address to its corresponding shadow address. + +Here is the function witch translate an address to its corresponding shadow +address: + +static inline void *kasan_mem_to_shadow(const void *addr) +{ + return ((unsigned long)addr >> KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT) + + KASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET; +} + +where KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 3. + +Compile-time instrumentation used for checking memory accesses. Compiler inserts +function calls (__asan_load*(addr), __asan_store*(addr)) before each memory +access of size 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16. These functions check whether memory access is +valid or not by checking corresponding shadow memory. + +GCC 5.0 has possibility to perform inline instrumentation. Instead of making +function calls GCC directly inserts the code to check the shadow memory. +This option significantly enlarges kernel but it gives x1.1-x2 performance +boost over outline instrumented kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt index a311db8..74b6c6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt @@ -524,15 +524,16 @@ more details, with real examples. Example: #arch/x86/Makefile cflags-y += $(shell \ - if [ $(call cc-version) -ge 0300 ] ; then \ + if [ $(cc-version) -ge 0300 ] ; then \ echo "-mregparm=3"; fi ;) In the above example, -mregparm=3 is only used for gcc version greater than or equal to gcc 3.0. cc-ifversion - cc-ifversion tests the version of $(CC) and equals last argument if - version expression is true. + cc-ifversion tests the version of $(CC) and equals the fourth parameter + if version expression is true, or the fifth (if given) if the version + expression is false. Example: #fs/reiserfs/Makefile @@ -552,7 +553,7 @@ more details, with real examples. Example: #arch/powerpc/Makefile - $(Q)if test "$(call cc-fullversion)" = "040200" ; then \ + $(Q)if test "$(cc-fullversion)" = "040200" ; then \ echo -n '*** GCC-4.2.0 cannot compile the 64-bit powerpc ' ; \ false ; \ fi @@ -751,12 +752,12 @@ generated by kbuild are deleted all over the kernel src tree when Additional files can be specified in kbuild makefiles by use of $(clean-files). Example: - #drivers/pci/Makefile - clean-files := devlist.h classlist.h + #lib/Makefile + clean-files := crc32table.h When executing "make clean", the two files "devlist.h classlist.h" will be deleted. Kbuild will assume files to be in the same relative directory as the -Makefile except if an absolute path is specified (path starting with '/'). +Makefile, except if prefixed with $(objtree). To delete a directory hierarchy use: @@ -764,9 +765,8 @@ To delete a directory hierarchy use: #scripts/package/Makefile clean-dirs := $(objtree)/debian/ -This will delete the directory debian, including all subdirectories. -Kbuild will assume the directories to be in the same relative path as the -Makefile if no absolute path is specified (path does not start with '/'). +This will delete the directory debian in the toplevel directory, including all +subdirectories. To exclude certain files from make clean, use the $(no-clean-files) variable. This is only a special case used in the top level Kbuild file: diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 176d4fe..01aa47d 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -970,6 +970,18 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. smh Use ARM semihosting calls for early console. + s3c2410,<addr> + s3c2412,<addr> + s3c2440,<addr> + s3c6400,<addr> + s5pv210,<addr> + exynos4210,<addr> + Use early console provided by serial driver available + on Samsung SoCs, requires selecting proper type and + a correct base address of the selected UART port. The + serial port must already be setup and configured. + Options are not yet supported. + earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN,ARM,M68k] earlyprintk=vga earlyprintk=efi @@ -1024,7 +1036,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Format: {"off" | "on" | "skip[mbr]"} efi= [EFI] - Format: { "old_map", "nochunk", "noruntime" } + Format: { "old_map", "nochunk", "noruntime", "debug" } old_map [X86-64]: switch to the old ioremap-based EFI runtime services mapping. 32-bit still uses this one by default. @@ -1032,6 +1044,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. boot stub, as chunking can cause problems with some firmware implementations. noruntime : disable EFI runtime services support + debug: enable misc debug output efi_no_storage_paranoia [EFI; X86] Using this parameter you can use more than 50% of @@ -1470,6 +1483,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. no_hwp Do not enable hardware P state control (HWP) if available. + hwp_only + Only load intel_pstate on systems which support + hardware P state control (HWP) if available. intremap= [X86-64, Intel-IOMMU] on enable Interrupt Remapping (default) @@ -1494,6 +1510,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. forcesac soft pt [x86, IA-64] + nobypass [PPC/POWERNV] + Disable IOMMU bypass, using IOMMU for PCI devices. io7= [HW] IO7 for Marvel based alpha systems @@ -3207,6 +3225,18 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. retain_initrd [RAM] Keep initrd memory after extraction + rfkill.default_state= + 0 "airplane mode". All wifi, bluetooth, wimax, gps, fm, + etc. communication is blocked by default. + 1 Unblocked. + + rfkill.master_switch_mode= + 0 The "airplane mode" button does nothing. + 1 The "airplane mode" button toggles between everything + blocked and the previous configuration. + 2 The "airplane mode" button toggles between everything + blocked and everything unblocked. + rhash_entries= [KNL,NET] Set number of hash buckets for route cache diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.txt b/Documentation/kprobes.txt index 4227ec2..1488b65 100644 --- a/Documentation/kprobes.txt +++ b/Documentation/kprobes.txt @@ -702,7 +702,8 @@ a virtual address that is no longer valid (module init sections, module virtual addresses that correspond to modules that've been unloaded), such probes are marked with [GONE]. If the probe is temporarily disabled, such probes are marked with [DISABLED]. If the probe is optimized, it is -marked with [OPTIMIZED]. +marked with [OPTIMIZED]. If the probe is ftrace-based, it is marked with +[FTRACE]. /sys/kernel/debug/kprobes/enabled: Turn kprobes ON/OFF forcibly. diff --git a/Documentation/locking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/locking/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c256c9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/locking/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file. +lockdep-design.txt + - documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator. +lockstat.txt + - info on collecting statistics on locks (and contention). +mutex-design.txt + - info on the generic mutex subsystem. +rt-mutex-design.txt + - description of the RealTime mutex implementation design. +rt-mutex.txt + - desc. of RT-mutex subsystem with PI (Priority Inheritance) support. +spinlocks.txt + - info on using spinlocks to provide exclusive access in kernel. +ww-mutex-design.txt + - Intro to Mutex wait/would deadlock handling.s diff --git a/Documentation/locking/lockstat.txt b/Documentation/locking/lockstat.txt index 7428773..568bbba 100644 --- a/Documentation/locking/lockstat.txt +++ b/Documentation/locking/lockstat.txt @@ -121,6 +121,11 @@ show the header with column descriptions. Lines 05-18 and 20-31 show the actual statistics. These statistics come in two parts; the actual stats separated by a short separator (line 08, 13) from the contention points. +Lines 09-12 show the first 4 recorded contention points (the code +which tries to get the lock) and lines 14-17 show the first 4 recorded +contended points (the lock holder). It is possible that the max +con-bounces point is missing in the statistics. + The first lock (05-18) is a read/write lock, and shows two lines above the short separator. The contention points don't match the column descriptors, they have two: contentions and [<IP>] symbol. The second set of contention diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-client-bus.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-client-bus.txt index f83910a..743be4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-client-bus.txt +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-client-bus.txt @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ Intel(R) Management Engine (ME) Client bus API -=============================================== +============================================== Rationale ========= + MEI misc character device is useful for dedicated applications to send and receive data to the many FW appliance found in Intel's ME from the user space. However for some of the ME functionalities it make sense to leverage existing software @@ -17,7 +18,8 @@ the existing code. MEI CL bus API -=========== +============== + A driver implementation for an MEI Client is very similar to existing bus based device drivers. The driver registers itself as an MEI CL bus driver through the mei_cl_driver structure: @@ -55,6 +57,7 @@ received buffers. Example ======= + As a theoretical example let's pretend the ME comes with a "contact" NFC IP. The driver init and exit routines for this device would look like: @@ -69,11 +72,11 @@ static struct mei_cl_device_id contact_mei_cl_tbl[] = { MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(mei_cl, contact_mei_cl_tbl); static struct mei_cl_driver contact_driver = { - .id_table = contact_mei_tbl, - .name = CONTACT_DRIVER_NAME, + .id_table = contact_mei_tbl, + .name = CONTACT_DRIVER_NAME, - .probe = contact_probe, - .remove = contact_remove, + .probe = contact_probe, + .remove = contact_remove, }; static int contact_init(void) @@ -109,7 +112,7 @@ int contact_probe(struct mei_cl_device *dev, struct mei_cl_device_id *id) mei_cl_register_event_cb(dev, contact_event_cb, contact); return 0; - } +} In the probe routine the driver first enable the MEI device and then registers an ME bus event handler which is as close as it can get to registering a diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt index 15bba1a..8d47501 100644 --- a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ Intel(R) Management Engine Interface (Intel(R) MEI) -======================= +=================================================== Introduction -======================= +============ The Intel Management Engine (Intel ME) is an isolated and protected computing resource (Co-processor) residing inside certain Intel chipsets. The Intel ME @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ each client has its own protocol. The protocol is message-based with a header and payload up to 512 bytes. Prominent usage of the Intel ME Interface is to communicate with Intel(R) -Active Management Technology (Intel AMT)implemented in firmware running on +Active Management Technology (Intel AMT) implemented in firmware running on the Intel ME. Intel AMT provides the ability to manage a host remotely out-of-band (OOB) @@ -44,8 +44,9 @@ HTTP/S that are received from a remote management console application. For more information about Intel AMT: http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + Intel MEI Driver -======================= +================ The driver exposes a misc device called /dev/mei. @@ -91,8 +92,10 @@ A code snippet for an application communicating with Intel AMTHI client: [...] close(fd); -IOCTL: -====== + +IOCTL +===== + The Intel MEI Driver supports the following IOCTL command: IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT Connect to firmware Feature (client). @@ -122,58 +125,61 @@ The Intel MEI Driver supports the following IOCTL command: data that can be sent or received. (e.g. if MTU=2K, can send requests up to bytes 2k and received responses up to 2k bytes). -Intel ME Applications: -============== - -1) Intel Local Management Service (Intel LMS) - - Applications running locally on the platform communicate with Intel AMT Release - 2.0 and later releases in the same way that network applications do via SOAP - over HTTP (deprecated starting with Release 6.0) or with WS-Management over - SOAP over HTTP. This means that some Intel AMT features can be accessed from a - local application using the same network interface as a remote application - communicating with Intel AMT over the network. - - When a local application sends a message addressed to the local Intel AMT host - name, the Intel LMS, which listens for traffic directed to the host name, - intercepts the message and routes it to the Intel MEI. - For more information: - http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide - Under "About Intel AMT" => "Local Access" - - For downloading Intel LMS: - http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/download-the-latest-intel-amt-open-source-drivers/ - - The Intel LMS opens a connection using the Intel MEI driver to the Intel LMS - firmware feature using a defined UUID and then communicates with the feature - using a protocol called Intel AMT Port Forwarding Protocol(Intel APF protocol). - The protocol is used to maintain multiple sessions with Intel AMT from a - single application. - - See the protocol specification in the Intel AMT Software Development Kit(SDK) - http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide - Under "SDK Resources" => "Intel(R) vPro(TM) Gateway(MPS)" - => "Information for Intel(R) vPro(TM) Gateway Developers" - => "Description of the Intel AMT Port Forwarding (APF)Protocol" - - 2) Intel AMT Remote configuration using a Local Agent - A Local Agent enables IT personnel to configure Intel AMT out-of-the-box - without requiring installing additional data to enable setup. The remote - configuration process may involve an ISV-developed remote configuration - agent that runs on the host. - For more information: - http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide - Under "Setup and Configuration of Intel AMT" => - "SDK Tools Supporting Setup and Configuration" => - "Using the Local Agent Sample" - - An open source Intel AMT configuration utility, implementing a local agent - that accesses the Intel MEI driver, can be found here: - http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/download-the-latest-intel-amt-open-source-drivers/ - - -Intel AMT OS Health Watchdog: -============================= + +Intel ME Applications +===================== + + 1) Intel Local Management Service (Intel LMS) + + Applications running locally on the platform communicate with Intel AMT Release + 2.0 and later releases in the same way that network applications do via SOAP + over HTTP (deprecated starting with Release 6.0) or with WS-Management over + SOAP over HTTP. This means that some Intel AMT features can be accessed from a + local application using the same network interface as a remote application + communicating with Intel AMT over the network. + + When a local application sends a message addressed to the local Intel AMT host + name, the Intel LMS, which listens for traffic directed to the host name, + intercepts the message and routes it to the Intel MEI. + For more information: + http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + Under "About Intel AMT" => "Local Access" + + For downloading Intel LMS: + http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/download-the-latest-intel-amt-open-source-drivers/ + + The Intel LMS opens a connection using the Intel MEI driver to the Intel LMS + firmware feature using a defined UUID and then communicates with the feature + using a protocol called Intel AMT Port Forwarding Protocol (Intel APF protocol). + The protocol is used to maintain multiple sessions with Intel AMT from a + single application. + + See the protocol specification in the Intel AMT Software Development Kit (SDK) + http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + Under "SDK Resources" => "Intel(R) vPro(TM) Gateway (MPS)" + => "Information for Intel(R) vPro(TM) Gateway Developers" + => "Description of the Intel AMT Port Forwarding (APF) Protocol" + + 2) Intel AMT Remote configuration using a Local Agent + + A Local Agent enables IT personnel to configure Intel AMT out-of-the-box + without requiring installing additional data to enable setup. The remote + configuration process may involve an ISV-developed remote configuration + agent that runs on the host. + For more information: + http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + Under "Setup and Configuration of Intel AMT" => + "SDK Tools Supporting Setup and Configuration" => + "Using the Local Agent Sample" + + An open source Intel AMT configuration utility, implementing a local agent + that accesses the Intel MEI driver, can be found here: + http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/download-the-latest-intel-amt-open-source-drivers/ + + +Intel AMT OS Health Watchdog +============================ + The Intel AMT Watchdog is an OS Health (Hang/Crash) watchdog. Whenever the OS hangs or crashes, Intel AMT will send an event to any subscriber to this event. This mechanism means that @@ -192,8 +198,10 @@ watchdog is 120 seconds. If the Intel AMT Watchdog feature does not exist (i.e. the connection failed), the Intel MEI driver will disable the sending of heartbeats. -Supported Chipsets: + +Supported Chipsets ================== + 7 Series Chipset Family 6 Series Chipset Family 5 Series Chipset Family diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX index 557b6ef..df27a1a 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ 00-INDEX - this file -3c505.txt - - information on the 3Com EtherLink Plus (3c505) driver. 3c509.txt - information on the 3Com Etherlink III Series Ethernet cards. 6pack.txt @@ -24,6 +22,8 @@ README.sb1000 - info on General Instrument/NextLevel SURFboard1000 cable modem. alias.txt - info on using alias network devices. +altera_tse.txt + - Altera Triple-Speed Ethernet controller. arcnet-hardware.txt - tons of info on ARCnet, hubs, jumper settings for ARCnet cards, etc. arcnet.txt @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ bridge.txt - where to get user space programs for ethernet bridging with Linux. can.txt - documentation on CAN protocol family. +cdc_mbim.txt + - 3G/LTE USB modem (Mobile Broadband Interface Model) cops.txt - info on the COPS LocalTalk Linux driver cs89x0.txt @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ cxgb.txt - Release Notes for the Chelsio N210 Linux device driver. dccp.txt - the Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) (RFC 4340..42). +dctcp.txt + - DataCenter TCP congestion control de4x5.txt - the Digital EtherWORKS DE4?? and DE5?? PCI Ethernet driver decnet.txt diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt index 2236d6d..0a2859a 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: mechanisms. Inside this filter definition the (interested) type of errors may be selected. The reception of error messages is disabled by default. The format of the CAN error message frame is briefly - described in the Linux header file "include/linux/can/error.h". + described in the Linux header file "include/uapi/linux/can/error.h". 4. How to use SocketCAN ------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt index 58d08f8..9930ecfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt @@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ Possible BPF extensions are shown in the following table: hatype skb->dev->type rxhash skb->hash cpu raw_smp_processor_id() - vlan_tci vlan_tx_tag_get(skb) - vlan_pr vlan_tx_tag_present(skb) + vlan_tci skb_vlan_tag_get(skb) + vlan_pr skb_vlan_tag_present(skb) rand prandom_u32() These extensions can also be prefixed with '#'. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index 85b0221..1b8c964 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -290,6 +290,28 @@ tcp_frto - INTEGER By default it's enabled with a non-zero value. 0 disables F-RTO. +tcp_invalid_ratelimit - INTEGER + Limit the maximal rate for sending duplicate acknowledgments + in response to incoming TCP packets that are for an existing + connection but that are invalid due to any of these reasons: + + (a) out-of-window sequence number, + (b) out-of-window acknowledgment number, or + (c) PAWS (Protection Against Wrapped Sequence numbers) check failure + + This can help mitigate simple "ack loop" DoS attacks, wherein + a buggy or malicious middlebox or man-in-the-middle can + rewrite TCP header fields in manner that causes each endpoint + to think that the other is sending invalid TCP segments, thus + causing each side to send an unterminating stream of duplicate + acknowledgments for invalid segments. + + Using 0 disables rate-limiting of dupacks in response to + invalid segments; otherwise this value specifies the minimal + space between sending such dupacks, in milliseconds. + + Default: 500 (milliseconds). + tcp_keepalive_time - INTEGER How often TCP sends out keepalive messages when keepalive is enabled. Default: 2hours. @@ -1287,6 +1309,13 @@ accept_ra_rtr_pref - BOOLEAN Functional default: enabled if accept_ra is enabled. disabled if accept_ra is disabled. +accept_ra_mtu - BOOLEAN + Apply the MTU value specified in RA option 5 (RFC4861). If + disabled, the MTU specified in the RA will be ignored. + + Functional default: enabled if accept_ra is enabled. + disabled if accept_ra is disabled. + accept_redirects - BOOLEAN Accept Redirects. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt index 70da508..f55599c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/nf_conntrack-sysctl.txt @@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ nf_conntrack_buckets - INTEGER (read-only) Size of hash table. If not specified as parameter during module loading, the default size is calculated by dividing total memory by 16384 to determine the number of buckets but the hash table will - never have fewer than 32 or more than 16384 buckets. + never have fewer than 32 and limited to 16384 buckets. For systems + with more than 4GB of memory it will be 65536 buckets. nf_conntrack_checksum - BOOLEAN 0 - disabled diff --git a/Documentation/networking/openvswitch.txt b/Documentation/networking/openvswitch.txt index 37c20ee..b3b9ac6 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/openvswitch.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/openvswitch.txt @@ -131,6 +131,19 @@ performs best-effort detection of overlapping wildcarded flows and may reject some but not all of them. However, this behavior may change in future versions. +Unique flow identifiers +----------------------- + +An alternative to using the original match portion of a key as the handle for +flow identification is a unique flow identifier, or "UFID". UFIDs are optional +for both the kernel and user space program. + +User space programs that support UFID are expected to provide it during flow +setup in addition to the flow, then refer to the flow using the UFID for all +future operations. The kernel is not required to index flows by the original +flow key if a UFID is specified. + + Basic rule for evolving flow keys --------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt index a5c784c..5f09226 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt @@ -162,6 +162,27 @@ SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG: option IP_PKTINFO simultaneously. +SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY: + + Applies to transmit timestamps only. Makes the kernel return the + timestamp as a cmsg alongside an empty packet, as opposed to + alongside the original packet. This reduces the amount of memory + charged to the socket's receive budget (SO_RCVBUF) and delivers + the timestamp even if sysctl net.core.tstamp_allow_data is 0. + This option disables SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG. + + +New applications are encouraged to pass SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID to +disambiguate timestamps and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY to operate +regardless of the setting of sysctl net.core.tstamp_allow_data. + +An exception is when a process needs additional cmsg data, for +instance SOL_IP/IP_PKTINFO to detect the egress network interface. +Then pass option SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG. This option depends on +having access to the contents of the original packet, so cannot be +combined with SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY. + + 1.4 Bytestream Timestamps The SO_TIMESTAMPING interface supports timestamping of bytes in a diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c index 876f71c..8217510 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/txtimestamp.c @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ * 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ +#define _GNU_SOURCE + #include <arpa/inet.h> #include <asm/types.h> #include <error.h> @@ -59,14 +61,6 @@ #include <time.h> #include <unistd.h> -/* ugly hack to work around netinet/in.h and linux/ipv6.h conflicts */ -#ifndef in6_pktinfo -struct in6_pktinfo { - struct in6_addr ipi6_addr; - int ipi6_ifindex; -}; -#endif - /* command line parameters */ static int cfg_proto = SOCK_STREAM; static int cfg_ipproto = IPPROTO_TCP; @@ -76,6 +70,7 @@ static int do_ipv6 = 1; static int cfg_payload_len = 10; static bool cfg_show_payload; static bool cfg_do_pktinfo; +static bool cfg_loop_nodata; static uint16_t dest_port = 9000; static struct sockaddr_in daddr; @@ -147,6 +142,9 @@ static void print_payload(char *data, int len) { int i; + if (!len) + return; + if (len > 70) len = 70; @@ -183,6 +181,7 @@ static void __recv_errmsg_cmsg(struct msghdr *msg, int payload_len) struct sock_extended_err *serr = NULL; struct scm_timestamping *tss = NULL; struct cmsghdr *cm; + int batch = 0; for (cm = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(msg); cm && cm->cmsg_len; @@ -215,10 +214,18 @@ static void __recv_errmsg_cmsg(struct msghdr *msg, int payload_len) } else fprintf(stderr, "unknown cmsg %d,%d\n", cm->cmsg_level, cm->cmsg_type); + + if (serr && tss) { + print_timestamp(tss, serr->ee_info, serr->ee_data, + payload_len); + serr = NULL; + tss = NULL; + batch++; + } } - if (serr && tss) - print_timestamp(tss, serr->ee_info, serr->ee_data, payload_len); + if (batch > 1) + fprintf(stderr, "batched %d timestamps\n", batch); } static int recv_errmsg(int fd) @@ -250,7 +257,7 @@ static int recv_errmsg(int fd) if (ret == -1 && errno != EAGAIN) error(1, errno, "recvmsg"); - if (ret > 0) { + if (ret >= 0) { __recv_errmsg_cmsg(&msg, ret); if (cfg_show_payload) print_payload(data, cfg_payload_len); @@ -315,6 +322,9 @@ static void do_test(int family, unsigned int opt) opt |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE | SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG | SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID; + if (cfg_loop_nodata) + opt |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY; + if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_TIMESTAMPING, (char *) &opt, sizeof(opt))) error(1, 0, "setsockopt timestamping"); @@ -384,6 +394,7 @@ static void __attribute__((noreturn)) usage(const char *filepath) " -h: show this message\n" " -I: request PKTINFO\n" " -l N: send N bytes at a time\n" + " -n: set no-payload option\n" " -r: use raw\n" " -R: use raw (IP_HDRINCL)\n" " -p N: connect to port N\n" @@ -398,7 +409,7 @@ static void parse_opt(int argc, char **argv) int proto_count = 0; char c; - while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "46hIl:p:rRux")) != -1) { + while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "46hIl:np:rRux")) != -1) { switch (c) { case '4': do_ipv6 = 0; @@ -409,6 +420,9 @@ static void parse_opt(int argc, char **argv) case 'I': cfg_do_pktinfo = true; break; + case 'n': + cfg_loop_nodata = true; + break; case 'r': proto_count++; cfg_proto = SOCK_RAW; diff --git a/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt b/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt index 8e1ddec..ae57b9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ and it's also much more restricted in the latter case: even if this was created by another process. - If possible, the file mapping will be directly on the backing device - if the backing device has the BDI_CAP_MAP_DIRECT capability and + if the backing device has the NOMMU_MAP_DIRECT capability and appropriate mapping protection capabilities. Ramfs, romfs, cramfs and mtd might all permit this. - If the backing device device can't or won't permit direct sharing, - but does have the BDI_CAP_MAP_COPY capability, then a copy of the + but does have the NOMMU_MAP_COPY capability, then a copy of the appropriate bit of the file will be read into a contiguous bit of memory and any extraneous space beyond the EOF will be cleared @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ directly (can't be copied). The file->f_op->mmap() operation will be called to actually inaugurate the mapping. It can be rejected at that point. Returning the ENOSYS error will -cause the mapping to be copied instead if BDI_CAP_MAP_COPY is specified. +cause the mapping to be copied instead if NOMMU_MAP_COPY is specified. The vm_ops->close() routine will be invoked when the last mapping on a chardev is removed. An existing mapping will be shared, partially or not, if possible @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ want to handle it, despite the fact it's got an operation. For instance, it might try directing the call to a secondary driver which turns out not to implement it. Such is the case for the framebuffer driver which attempts to direct the call to the device-specific driver. Under such circumstances, the -mapping request will be rejected if BDI_CAP_MAP_COPY is not specified, and a +mapping request will be rejected if NOMMU_MAP_COPY is not specified, and a copy mapped otherwise. IMPORTANT NOTE: diff --git a/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt b/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt index beefb9f..f3ac05c 100644 --- a/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt +++ b/Documentation/oops-tracing.txt @@ -270,6 +270,8 @@ characters, each representing a particular tainted value. 15: 'L' if a soft lockup has previously occurred on the system. + 16: 'K' if the kernel has been live patched. + The primary reason for the 'Tainted: ' string is to tell kernel debuggers if this is a clean kernel or if anything unusual has occurred. Tainting is permanent: even if an offending module is diff --git a/Documentation/power/s2ram.txt b/Documentation/power/s2ram.txt index 1bdfa04..4685aee 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/s2ram.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/s2ram.txt @@ -69,6 +69,10 @@ Reason for this is that the RTC is the only reliably available piece of hardware during resume operations where a value can be set that will survive a reboot. +pm_trace is not compatible with asynchronous suspend, so it turns +asynchronous suspend off (which may work around timing or +ordering-sensitive bugs). + Consequence is that after a resume (even if it is successful) your system clock will have a value corresponding to the magic number instead of the correct date/time! It is therefore advisable to use a program like ntp-date diff --git a/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt b/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt index 2f9c5a5..8afb29a 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/suspend-and-interrupts.txt @@ -40,8 +40,10 @@ but also to IPIs and to some other special-purpose interrupts. The IRQF_NO_SUSPEND flag is used to indicate that to the IRQ subsystem when requesting a special-purpose interrupt. It causes suspend_device_irqs() to -leave the corresponding IRQ enabled so as to allow the interrupt to work all -the time as expected. +leave the corresponding IRQ enabled so as to allow the interrupt to work as +expected during the suspend-resume cycle, but does not guarantee that the +interrupt will wake the system from a suspended state -- for such cases it is +necessary to use enable_irq_wake(). Note that the IRQF_NO_SUSPEND flag affects the entire IRQ and not just one user of it. Thus, if the IRQ is shared, all of the interrupt handlers installed @@ -110,8 +112,9 @@ any special interrupt handling logic for it to work. IRQF_NO_SUSPEND and enable_irq_wake() ------------------------------------- -There are no valid reasons to use both enable_irq_wake() and the IRQF_NO_SUSPEND -flag on the same IRQ. +There are very few valid reasons to use both enable_irq_wake() and the +IRQF_NO_SUSPEND flag on the same IRQ, and it is never valid to use both for the +same device. First of all, if the IRQ is not shared, the rules for handling IRQF_NO_SUSPEND interrupts (interrupt handlers are invoked after suspend_device_irqs()) are @@ -120,4 +123,13 @@ handlers are not invoked after suspend_device_irqs()). Second, both enable_irq_wake() and IRQF_NO_SUSPEND apply to entire IRQs and not to individual interrupt handlers, so sharing an IRQ between a system wakeup -interrupt source and an IRQF_NO_SUSPEND interrupt source does not make sense. +interrupt source and an IRQF_NO_SUSPEND interrupt source does not generally +make sense. + +In rare cases an IRQ can be shared between a wakeup device driver and an +IRQF_NO_SUSPEND user. In order for this to be safe, the wakeup device driver +must be able to discern spurious IRQs from genuine wakeup events (signalling +the latter to the core with pm_system_wakeup()), must use enable_irq_wake() to +ensure that the IRQ will function as a wakeup source, and must request the IRQ +with IRQF_COND_SUSPEND to tell the core that it meets these requirements. If +these requirements are not met, it is not valid to use IRQF_COND_SUSPEND. diff --git a/Documentation/rfkill.txt b/Documentation/rfkill.txt index 427e897..2ee6ef9 100644 --- a/Documentation/rfkill.txt +++ b/Documentation/rfkill.txt @@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ whether they can be changed or not: - soft block: writable radio block (need not be readable) that is set by the system software. +The rfkill subsystem has two parameters, rfkill.default_state and +rfkill.master_switch_mode, which are documented in kernel-parameters.txt. + 2. Implementation details diff --git a/Documentation/rtc.txt b/Documentation/rtc.txt index 596b60c..8446f1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/rtc.txt @@ -204,266 +204,4 @@ Some common examples: * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF: These are also emulated by the generic code. -If all else fails, check out the rtc-test.c driver! - - --------------------- 8< ---------------- 8< ----------------------------- - -/* - * Real Time Clock Driver Test/Example Program - * - * Compile with: - * gcc -s -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes rtctest.c -o rtctest - * - * Copyright (C) 1996, Paul Gortmaker. - * - * Released under the GNU General Public License, version 2, - * included herein by reference. - * - */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <linux/rtc.h> -#include <sys/ioctl.h> -#include <sys/time.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <fcntl.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> - - -/* - * This expects the new RTC class driver framework, working with - * clocks that will often not be clones of what the PC-AT had. - * Use the command line to specify another RTC if you need one. - */ -static const char default_rtc[] = "/dev/rtc0"; - - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - int i, fd, retval, irqcount = 0; - unsigned long tmp, data; - struct rtc_time rtc_tm; - const char *rtc = default_rtc; - - switch (argc) { - case 2: - rtc = argv[1]; - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - case 1: - break; - default: - fprintf(stderr, "usage: rtctest [rtcdev]\n"); - return 1; - } - - fd = open(rtc, O_RDONLY); - - if (fd == -1) { - perror(rtc); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\n\t\t\tRTC Driver Test Example.\n\n"); - - /* Turn on update interrupts (one per second) */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_UIE_ON, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, - "\n...Update IRQs not supported.\n"); - goto test_READ; - } - perror("RTC_UIE_ON ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "Counting 5 update (1/sec) interrupts from reading %s:", - rtc); - fflush(stderr); - for (i=1; i<6; i++) { - /* This read will block */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, " %d",i); - fflush(stderr); - irqcount++; - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\nAgain, from using select(2) on /dev/rtc:"); - fflush(stderr); - for (i=1; i<6; i++) { - struct timeval tv = {5, 0}; /* 5 second timeout on select */ - fd_set readfds; - - FD_ZERO(&readfds); - FD_SET(fd, &readfds); - /* The select will wait until an RTC interrupt happens. */ - retval = select(fd+1, &readfds, NULL, NULL, &tv); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("select"); - exit(errno); - } - /* This read won't block unlike the select-less case above. */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, " %d",i); - fflush(stderr); - irqcount++; - } - - /* Turn off update interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_UIE_OFF, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_UIE_OFF ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - -test_READ: - /* Read the RTC time/date */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_RD_TIME, &rtc_tm); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_RD_TIME ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\n\nCurrent RTC date/time is %d-%d-%d, %02d:%02d:%02d.\n", - rtc_tm.tm_mday, rtc_tm.tm_mon + 1, rtc_tm.tm_year + 1900, - rtc_tm.tm_hour, rtc_tm.tm_min, rtc_tm.tm_sec); - - /* Set the alarm to 5 sec in the future, and check for rollover */ - rtc_tm.tm_sec += 5; - if (rtc_tm.tm_sec >= 60) { - rtc_tm.tm_sec %= 60; - rtc_tm.tm_min++; - } - if (rtc_tm.tm_min == 60) { - rtc_tm.tm_min = 0; - rtc_tm.tm_hour++; - } - if (rtc_tm.tm_hour == 24) - rtc_tm.tm_hour = 0; - - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_ALM_SET, &rtc_tm); - if (retval == -1) { - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, - "\n...Alarm IRQs not supported.\n"); - goto test_PIE; - } - perror("RTC_ALM_SET ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - /* Read the current alarm settings */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_ALM_READ, &rtc_tm); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_ALM_READ ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "Alarm time now set to %02d:%02d:%02d.\n", - rtc_tm.tm_hour, rtc_tm.tm_min, rtc_tm.tm_sec); - - /* Enable alarm interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_AIE_ON, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_AIE_ON ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "Waiting 5 seconds for alarm..."); - fflush(stderr); - /* This blocks until the alarm ring causes an interrupt */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - irqcount++; - fprintf(stderr, " okay. Alarm rang.\n"); - - /* Disable alarm interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_AIE_OFF, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_AIE_OFF ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - -test_PIE: - /* Read periodic IRQ rate */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_IRQP_READ, &tmp); - if (retval == -1) { - /* not all RTCs support periodic IRQs */ - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, "\nNo periodic IRQ support\n"); - goto done; - } - perror("RTC_IRQP_READ ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, "\nPeriodic IRQ rate is %ldHz.\n", tmp); - - fprintf(stderr, "Counting 20 interrupts at:"); - fflush(stderr); - - /* The frequencies 128Hz, 256Hz, ... 8192Hz are only allowed for root. */ - for (tmp=2; tmp<=64; tmp*=2) { - - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_IRQP_SET, tmp); - if (retval == -1) { - /* not all RTCs can change their periodic IRQ rate */ - if (errno == ENOTTY) { - fprintf(stderr, - "\n...Periodic IRQ rate is fixed\n"); - goto done; - } - perror("RTC_IRQP_SET ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - fprintf(stderr, "\n%ldHz:\t", tmp); - fflush(stderr); - - /* Enable periodic interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_PIE_ON, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_PIE_ON ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - - for (i=1; i<21; i++) { - /* This blocks */ - retval = read(fd, &data, sizeof(unsigned long)); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("read"); - exit(errno); - } - fprintf(stderr, " %d",i); - fflush(stderr); - irqcount++; - } - - /* Disable periodic interrupts */ - retval = ioctl(fd, RTC_PIE_OFF, 0); - if (retval == -1) { - perror("RTC_PIE_OFF ioctl"); - exit(errno); - } - } - -done: - fprintf(stderr, "\n\n\t\t\t *** Test complete ***\n"); - - close(fd); - - return 0; -} +If all else fails, check out the tools/testing/selftests/timers/rtctest.c test! diff --git a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt index 08911b5..3df8bab 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt +++ b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ - - Debugging on Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture - by - Denis Joseph Barrow (djbarrow@de.ibm.com,barrow_dj@yahoo.com) - Copyright (C) 2000-2001 IBM Deutschland Entwicklung GmbH, IBM Corporation - Best viewed with fixed width fonts + + Debugging on Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture + by + Denis Joseph Barrow (djbarrow@de.ibm.com,barrow_dj@yahoo.com) + Copyright (C) 2000-2001 IBM Deutschland Entwicklung GmbH, IBM Corporation + Best viewed with fixed width fonts Overview of Document: ===================== -This document is intended to give a good overview of how to debug -Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture. It isn't intended as a complete reference & not a +This document is intended to give a good overview of how to debug Linux for +s/390 and z/Architecture. It is not intended as a complete reference and not a tutorial on the fundamentals of C & assembly. It doesn't go into 390 IO in any detail. It is intended to complement the documents in the reference section below & any other worthwhile references you get. @@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ Examining core dumps ldd Debugging modules The proc file system -Starting points for debugging scripting languages etc. SysRq References Special Thanks @@ -44,18 +43,20 @@ Register Set ============ The current architectures have the following registers. -16 General propose registers, 32 bit on s/390 64 bit on z/Architecture, r0-r15 or gpr0-gpr15 used for arithmetic & addressing. - -16 Control registers, 32 bit on s/390 64 bit on z/Architecture, ( cr0-cr15 kernel usage only ) used for memory management, -interrupt control,debugging control etc. - -16 Access registers ( ar0-ar15 ) 32 bit on s/390 & z/Architecture -not used by normal programs but potentially could -be used as temporary storage. Their main purpose is their 1 to 1 -association with general purpose registers and are used in -the kernel for copying data between kernel & user address spaces. -Access register 0 ( & access register 1 on z/Architecture ( needs 64 bit -pointer ) ) is currently used by the pthread library as a pointer to +16 General propose registers, 32 bit on s/390 and 64 bit on z/Architecture, +r0-r15 (or gpr0-gpr15), used for arithmetic and addressing. + +16 Control registers, 32 bit on s/390 and 64 bit on z/Architecture, cr0-cr15, +kernel usage only, used for memory management, interrupt control, debugging +control etc. + +16 Access registers (ar0-ar15), 32 bit on both s/390 and z/Architecture, +normally not used by normal programs but potentially could be used as +temporary storage. These registers have a 1:1 association with general +purpose registers and are designed to be used in the so-called access +register mode to select different address spaces. +Access register 0 (and access register 1 on z/Architecture, which needs a +64 bit pointer) is currently used by the pthread library as a pointer to the current running threads private area. 16 64 bit floating point registers (fp0-fp15 ) IEEE & HFP floating @@ -90,18 +91,19 @@ s/390 z/Architecture 6 6 Input/Output interrupt Mask -7 7 External interrupt Mask used primarily for interprocessor signalling & - clock interrupts. +7 7 External interrupt Mask used primarily for interprocessor + signalling and clock interrupts. -8-11 8-11 PSW Key used for complex memory protection mechanism not used under linux +8-11 8-11 PSW Key used for complex memory protection mechanism + (not used under linux) 12 12 1 on s/390 0 on z/Architecture 13 13 Machine Check Mask 1=enable machine check interrupts -14 14 Wait State set this to 1 to stop the processor except for interrupts & give - time to other LPARS used in CPU idle in the kernel to increase overall - usage of processor resources. +14 14 Wait State. Set this to 1 to stop the processor except for + interrupts and give time to other LPARS. Used in CPU idle in + the kernel to increase overall usage of processor resources. 15 15 Problem state ( if set to 1 certain instructions are disabled ) all linux user programs run with this bit 1 @@ -165,21 +167,23 @@ s/390 z/Architecture when loading the address with LPSWE otherwise a specification exception occurs, LPSW is fully backward compatible. - - + + Prefix Page(s) --------------- +-------------- This per cpu memory area is too intimately tied to the processor not to mention. -It exists between the real addresses 0-4096 on s/390 & 0-8192 z/Architecture & is exchanged -with a 1 page on s/390 or 2 pages on z/Architecture in absolute storage by the set -prefix instruction in linux'es startup. -This page is mapped to a different prefix for each processor in an SMP configuration -( assuming the os designer is sane of course :-) ). -Bytes 0-512 ( 200 hex ) on s/390 & 0-512,4096-4544,4604-5119 currently on z/Architecture -are used by the processor itself for holding such information as exception indications & -entry points for exceptions. -Bytes after 0xc00 hex are used by linux for per processor globals on s/390 & z/Architecture -( there is a gap on z/Architecture too currently between 0xc00 & 1000 which linux uses ). +It exists between the real addresses 0-4096 on s/390 and between 0-8192 on +z/Architecture and is exchanged with one page on s/390 or two pages on +z/Architecture in absolute storage by the set prefix instruction during Linux +startup. +This page is mapped to a different prefix for each processor in an SMP +configuration (assuming the OS designer is sane of course). +Bytes 0-512 (200 hex) on s/390 and 0-512, 4096-4544, 4604-5119 currently on +z/Architecture are used by the processor itself for holding such information +as exception indications and entry points for exceptions. +Bytes after 0xc00 hex are used by linux for per processor globals on s/390 and +z/Architecture (there is a gap on z/Architecture currently between 0xc00 and +0x1000, too, which is used by Linux). The closest thing to this on traditional architectures is the interrupt vector table. This is a good thing & does simplify some of the kernel coding however it means that we now cannot catch stray NULL pointers in the @@ -192,26 +196,26 @@ Address Spaces on Intel Linux The traditional Intel Linux is approximately mapped as follows forgive the ascii art. -0xFFFFFFFF 4GB Himem ***************** - * * - * Kernel Space * - * * - ***************** **************** -User Space Himem (typically 0xC0000000 3GB )* User Stack * * * - ***************** * * - * Shared Libs * * Next Process * - ***************** * to * - * * <== * Run * <== - * User Program * * * - * Data BSS * * * - * Text * * * - * Sections * * * -0x00000000 ***************** **************** - -Now it is easy to see that on Intel it is quite easy to recognise a kernel address -as being one greater than user space himem ( in this case 0xC0000000). -& addresses of less than this are the ones in the current running program on this -processor ( if an smp box ). +0xFFFFFFFF 4GB Himem ***************** + * * + * Kernel Space * + * * + ***************** **************** +User Space Himem * User Stack * * * +(typically 0xC0000000 3GB ) ***************** * * + * Shared Libs * * Next Process * + ***************** * to * + * * <== * Run * <== + * User Program * * * + * Data BSS * * * + * Text * * * + * Sections * * * +0x00000000 ***************** **************** + +Now it is easy to see that on Intel it is quite easy to recognise a kernel +address as being one greater than user space himem (in this case 0xC0000000), +and addresses of less than this are the ones in the current running program on +this processor (if an smp box). If using the virtual machine ( VM ) as a debugger it is quite difficult to know which user process is running as the address space you are looking at could be from any process in the run queue. @@ -247,8 +251,8 @@ Our addressing scheme is basically as follows: Himem 0x7fffffff 2GB on s/390 ***************** **************** currently 0x3ffffffffff (2^42)-1 * User Stack * * * on z/Architecture. ***************** * * - * Shared Libs * * * - ***************** * * + * Shared Libs * * * + ***************** * * * * * Kernel * * User Program * * * * Data BSS * * * @@ -301,10 +305,10 @@ Virtual Addresses on s/390 & z/Architecture =========================================== A virtual address on s/390 is made up of 3 parts -The SX ( segment index, roughly corresponding to the PGD & PMD in linux terminology ) -being bits 1-11. -The PX ( page index, corresponding to the page table entry (pte) in linux terminology ) -being bits 12-19. +The SX (segment index, roughly corresponding to the PGD & PMD in Linux +terminology) being bits 1-11. +The PX (page index, corresponding to the page table entry (pte) in Linux +terminology) being bits 12-19. The remaining bits BX (the byte index are the offset in the page ) i.e. bits 20 to 31. @@ -368,9 +372,9 @@ each processor as follows. * ( 8K ) * 16K aligned ************************ -What this means is that we don't need to dedicate any register or global variable -to point to the current running process & can retrieve it with the following -very simple construct for s/390 & one very similar for z/Architecture. +What this means is that we don't need to dedicate any register or global +variable to point to the current running process & can retrieve it with the +following very simple construct for s/390 & one very similar for z/Architecture. static inline struct task_struct * get_current(void) { @@ -403,8 +407,8 @@ Note: To follow stackframes requires a knowledge of C or Pascal & limited knowledge of one assembly language. It should be noted that there are some differences between the -s/390 & z/Architecture stack layouts as the z/Architecture stack layout didn't have -to maintain compatibility with older linkage formats. +s/390 and z/Architecture stack layouts as the z/Architecture stack layout +didn't have to maintain compatibility with older linkage formats. Glossary: --------- @@ -440,7 +444,7 @@ The code generated by the compiler to return to the caller. frameless-function A frameless function in Linux for s390 & z/Architecture is one which doesn't -need more than the register save area ( 96 bytes on s/390, 160 on z/Architecture ) +need more than the register save area (96 bytes on s/390, 160 on z/Architecture) given to it by the caller. A frameless function never: 1) Sets up a back chain. @@ -588,8 +592,8 @@ A sample program with comments. Comments on the function test ----------------------------- -1) It didn't need to set up a pointer to the constant pool gpr13 as it isn't used -( :-( ). +1) It didn't need to set up a pointer to the constant pool gpr13 as it is not +used ( :-( ). 2) This is a frameless function & no stack is bought. 3) The compiler was clever enough to recognise that it could return the value in r2 as well as use it for the passed in parameter ( :-) ). @@ -743,35 +747,34 @@ Debugging under VM Notes ----- Addresses & values in the VM debugger are always hex never decimal -Address ranges are of the format <HexValue1>-<HexValue2> or <HexValue1>.<HexValue2> -e.g. The address range 0x2000 to 0x3000 can be described as 2000-3000 or 2000.1000 +Address ranges are of the format <HexValue1>-<HexValue2> or +<HexValue1>.<HexValue2> +For example, the address range 0x2000 to 0x3000 can be described as 2000-3000 +or 2000.1000 The VM Debugger is case insensitive. -VM's strengths are usually other debuggers weaknesses you can get at any resource -no matter how sensitive e.g. memory management resources,change address translation -in the PSW. For kernel hacking you will reap dividends if you get good at it. - -The VM Debugger displays operators but not operands, probably because some -of it was written when memory was expensive & the programmer was probably proud that -it fitted into 2k of memory & the programmers & didn't want to shock hardcore VM'ers by -changing the interface :-), also the debugger displays useful information on the same line & -the author of the code probably felt that it was a good idea not to go over -the 80 columns on the screen. - -As some of you are probably in a panic now this isn't as unintuitive as it may seem -as the 390 instructions are easy to decode mentally & you can make a good guess at a lot -of them as all the operands are nibble ( half byte aligned ) & if you have an objdump listing -also it is quite easy to follow, if you don't have an objdump listing keep a copy of -the s/390 Reference Summary & look at between pages 2 & 7 or alternatively the -s/390 principles of operation. +VM's strengths are usually other debuggers weaknesses you can get at any +resource no matter how sensitive e.g. memory management resources, change +address translation in the PSW. For kernel hacking you will reap dividends if +you get good at it. + +The VM Debugger displays operators but not operands, and also the debugger +displays useful information on the same line as the author of the code probably +felt that it was a good idea not to go over the 80 columns on the screen. +This isn't as unintuitive as it may seem as the s/390 instructions are easy to +decode mentally and you can make a good guess at a lot of them as all the +operands are nibble (half byte aligned). +So if you have an objdump listing by hand, it is quite easy to follow, and if +you don't have an objdump listing keep a copy of the s/390 Reference Summary +or alternatively the s/390 principles of operation next to you. e.g. even I can guess that 0001AFF8' LR 180F CC 0 is a ( load register ) lr r0,r15 -Also it is very easy to tell the length of a 390 instruction from the 2 most significant -bits in the instruction ( not that this info is really useful except if you are trying to -make sense of a hexdump of code ). +Also it is very easy to tell the length of a 390 instruction from the 2 most +significant bits in the instruction (not that this info is really useful except +if you are trying to make sense of a hexdump of code). Here is a table Bits Instruction Length ------------------------------------------ @@ -780,9 +783,6 @@ Bits Instruction Length 10 4 Bytes 11 6 Bytes - - - The debugger also displays other useful info on the same line such as the addresses being operated on destination addresses of branches & condition codes. e.g. @@ -853,8 +853,8 @@ Displaying & modifying Registers -------------------------------- D G will display all the gprs Adding a extra G to all the commands is necessary to access the full 64 bit -content in VM on z/Architecture obviously this isn't required for access registers -as these are still 32 bit. +content in VM on z/Architecture. Obviously this isn't required for access +registers as these are still 32 bit. e.g. DGG instead of DG D X will display all the control registers D AR will display all the access registers @@ -870,10 +870,11 @@ Displaying Memory ----------------- To display memory mapped using the current PSW's mapping try D <range> -To make VM display a message each time it hits a particular address & continue try +To make VM display a message each time it hits a particular address and +continue try D I<range> will disassemble/display a range of instructions. ST addr 32 bit word will store a 32 bit aligned address -D T<range> will display the EBCDIC in an address ( if you are that way inclined ) +D T<range> will display the EBCDIC in an address (if you are that way inclined) D R<range> will display real addresses ( without DAT ) but with prefixing. There are other complex options to display if you need to get at say home space but are in primary space the easiest thing to do is to temporarily @@ -884,8 +885,8 @@ restore it. Hints ----- -If you want to issue a debugger command without halting your virtual machine with the -PA1 key try prefixing the command with #CP e.g. +If you want to issue a debugger command without halting your virtual machine +with the PA1 key try prefixing the command with #CP e.g. #cp tr i pswa 2000 also suffixing most debugger commands with RUN will cause them not to stop just display the mnemonic at the current instruction on the console. @@ -903,9 +904,10 @@ This sends a message to your own console each time do_signal is entered. script with breakpoints on every kernel procedure, this isn't a good idea because there are thousands of these routines & VM can only set 255 breakpoints at a time so you nearly had to spend as long pruning the file down as you would -entering the msg's by hand ),however, the trick might be useful for a single object file. -On linux'es 3270 emulator x3270 there is a very useful option under the file ment -Save Screens In File this is very good of keeping a copy of traces. +entering the msgs by hand), however, the trick might be useful for a single +object file. In the 3270 terminal emulator x3270 there is a very useful option +in the file menu called "Save Screen In File" - this is very good for keeping a +copy of traces. From CMS help <command name> will give you online help on a particular command. e.g. @@ -920,7 +922,8 @@ SET PF9 IMM B This does a single step in VM on pressing F8. SET PF10 ^ This sets up the ^ key. -which can be used for ^c (ctrl-c),^z (ctrl-z) which can't be typed directly into some 3270 consoles. +which can be used for ^c (ctrl-c),^z (ctrl-z) which can't be typed directly +into some 3270 consoles. SET PF11 ^- This types the starting keystrokes for a sysrq see SysRq below. SET PF12 RETRIEVE @@ -1014,8 +1017,8 @@ Tracing Program Exceptions -------------------------- If you get a crash which says something like illegal operation or specification exception followed by a register dump -You can restart linux & trace these using the tr prog <range or value> trace option. - +You can restart linux & trace these using the tr prog <range or value> trace +option. The most common ones you will normally be tracing for is @@ -1057,9 +1060,10 @@ TR GOTO INITIAL Tracing linux syscalls under VM ------------------------------- -Syscalls are implemented on Linux for S390 by the Supervisor call instruction (SVC) there 256 -possibilities of these as the instruction is made up of a 0xA opcode & the second byte being -the syscall number. They are traced using the simple command. +Syscalls are implemented on Linux for S390 by the Supervisor call instruction +(SVC). There 256 possibilities of these as the instruction is made up of a 0xA +opcode and the second byte being the syscall number. They are traced using the +simple command: TR SVC <Optional value or range> the syscalls are defined in linux/arch/s390/include/asm/unistd.h e.g. to trace all file opens just do @@ -1070,12 +1074,12 @@ SMP Specific commands --------------------- To find out how many cpus you have Q CPUS displays all the CPU's available to your virtual machine -To find the cpu that the current cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at do -Q CPU to change the current cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at do +To find the cpu that the current cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at +do Q CPU to change the current cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at do CPU <desired cpu no> -On a SMP guest issue a command to all CPUs try prefixing the command with cpu all. -To issue a command to a particular cpu try cpu <cpu number> e.g. +On a SMP guest issue a command to all CPUs try prefixing the command with cpu +all. To issue a command to a particular cpu try cpu <cpu number> e.g. CPU 01 TR I R 2000.3000 If you are running on a guest with several cpus & you have a IO related problem & cannot follow the flow of code but you know it isn't smp related. @@ -1101,10 +1105,10 @@ D TX0.100 Alternatively ============= -Under older VM debuggers ( I love EBDIC too ) you can use this little program I wrote which -will convert a command line of hex digits to ascii text which can be compiled under linux & -you can copy the hex digits from your x3270 terminal to your xterm if you are debugging -from a linuxbox. +Under older VM debuggers (I love EBDIC too) you can use following little +program which converts a command line of hex digits to ascii text. It can be +compiled under linux and you can copy the hex digits from your x3270 terminal +to your xterm if you are debugging from a linuxbox. This is quite useful when looking at a parameter passed in as a text string under VM ( unless you are good at decoding ASCII in your head ). @@ -1114,14 +1118,14 @@ TR SVC 5 We have stopped at a breakpoint 000151B0' SVC 0A05 -> 0001909A' CC 0 -D 20.8 to check the SVC old psw in the prefix area & see was it from userspace -( for the layout of the prefix area consult P18 of the s/390 390 Reference Summary -if you have it available ). +D 20.8 to check the SVC old psw in the prefix area and see was it from userspace +(for the layout of the prefix area consult the "Fixed Storage Locations" +chapter of the s/390 Reference Summary if you have it available). V00000020 070C2000 800151B2 The problem state bit wasn't set & it's also too early in the boot sequence for it to be a userspace SVC if it was we would have to temporarily switch the -psw to user space addressing so we could get at the first parameter of the open in -gpr2. +psw to user space addressing so we could get at the first parameter of the open +in gpr2. Next do a D G2 GPR 2 = 00014CB4 @@ -1208,9 +1212,9 @@ Here are the tricks I use 9 out of 10 times it works pretty well, When your backchain reaches a dead end -------------------------------------- -This can happen when an exception happens in the kernel & the kernel is entered twice -if you reach the NULL pointer at the end of the back chain you should be -able to sniff further back if you follow the following tricks. +This can happen when an exception happens in the kernel and the kernel is +entered twice. If you reach the NULL pointer at the end of the back chain you +should be able to sniff further back if you follow the following tricks. 1) A kernel address should be easy to recognise since it is in primary space & the problem state bit isn't set & also The Hi bit of the address is set. @@ -1260,8 +1264,8 @@ V000FFFD0 00010400 80010802 8001085A 000FFFA0 our 3rd return address is 8001085A -as the 04B52002 looks suspiciously like rubbish it is fair to assume that the kernel entry routines -for the sake of optimisation don't set up a backchain. +as the 04B52002 looks suspiciously like rubbish it is fair to assume that the +kernel entry routines for the sake of optimisation don't set up a backchain. now look at System.map to see if the addresses make any sense. @@ -1289,67 +1293,75 @@ Congrats you've done your first backchain. s/390 & z/Architecture IO Overview ================================== -I am not going to give a course in 390 IO architecture as this would take me quite a -while & I'm no expert. Instead I'll give a 390 IO architecture summary for Dummies if you have -the s/390 principles of operation available read this instead. If nothing else you may find a few -useful keywords in here & be able to use them on a web search engine like altavista to find -more useful information. +I am not going to give a course in 390 IO architecture as this would take me +quite a while and I'm no expert. Instead I'll give a 390 IO architecture +summary for Dummies. If you have the s/390 principles of operation available +read this instead. If nothing else you may find a few useful keywords in here +and be able to use them on a web search engine to find more useful information. Unlike other bus architectures modern 390 systems do their IO using mostly -fibre optics & devices such as tapes & disks can be shared between several mainframes, -also S390 can support up to 65536 devices while a high end PC based system might be choking -with around 64. Here is some of the common IO terminology +fibre optics and devices such as tapes and disks can be shared between several +mainframes. Also S390 can support up to 65536 devices while a high end PC based +system might be choking with around 64. -Subchannel: -This is the logical number most IO commands use to talk to an IO device there can be up to -0x10000 (65536) of these in a configuration typically there is a few hundred. Under VM -for simplicity they are allocated contiguously, however on the native hardware they are not -they typically stay consistent between boots provided no new hardware is inserted or removed. -Under Linux for 390 we use these as IRQ's & also when issuing an IO command (CLEAR SUBCHANNEL, -HALT SUBCHANNEL,MODIFY SUBCHANNEL,RESUME SUBCHANNEL,START SUBCHANNEL,STORE SUBCHANNEL & -TEST SUBCHANNEL ) we use this as the ID of the device we wish to talk to, the most -important of these instructions are START SUBCHANNEL ( to start IO ), TEST SUBCHANNEL ( to check -whether the IO completed successfully ), & HALT SUBCHANNEL ( to kill IO ), a subchannel -can have up to 8 channel paths to a device this offers redundancy if one is not available. +Here is some of the common IO terminology: +Subchannel: +This is the logical number most IO commands use to talk to an IO device. There +can be up to 0x10000 (65536) of these in a configuration, typically there are a +few hundred. Under VM for simplicity they are allocated contiguously, however +on the native hardware they are not. They typically stay consistent between +boots provided no new hardware is inserted or removed. +Under Linux for s390 we use these as IRQ's and also when issuing an IO command +(CLEAR SUBCHANNEL, HALT SUBCHANNEL, MODIFY SUBCHANNEL, RESUME SUBCHANNEL, +START SUBCHANNEL, STORE SUBCHANNEL and TEST SUBCHANNEL). We use this as the ID +of the device we wish to talk to. The most important of these instructions are +START SUBCHANNEL (to start IO), TEST SUBCHANNEL (to check whether the IO +completed successfully) and HALT SUBCHANNEL (to kill IO). A subchannel can have +up to 8 channel paths to a device, this offers redundancy if one is not +available. Device Number: -This number remains static & Is closely tied to the hardware, there are 65536 of these -also they are made up of a CHPID ( Channel Path ID, the most significant 8 bits ) -& another lsb 8 bits. These remain static even if more devices are inserted or removed -from the hardware, there is a 1 to 1 mapping between Subchannels & Device Numbers provided -devices aren't inserted or removed. +This number remains static and is closely tied to the hardware. There are 65536 +of these, made up of a CHPID (Channel Path ID, the most significant 8 bits) and +another lsb 8 bits. These remain static even if more devices are inserted or +removed from the hardware. There is a 1 to 1 mapping between subchannels and +device numbers, provided devices aren't inserted or removed. Channel Control Words: -CCWS are linked lists of instructions initially pointed to by an operation request block (ORB), -which is initially given to Start Subchannel (SSCH) command along with the subchannel number -for the IO subsystem to process while the CPU continues executing normal code. -These come in two flavours, Format 0 ( 24 bit for backward ) -compatibility & Format 1 ( 31 bit ). These are typically used to issue read & write -( & many other instructions ) they consist of a length field & an absolute address field. -For each IO typically get 1 or 2 interrupts one for channel end ( primary status ) when the -channel is idle & the second for device end ( secondary status ) sometimes you get both -concurrently, you check how the IO went on by issuing a TEST SUBCHANNEL at each interrupt, -from which you receive an Interruption response block (IRB). If you get channel & device end -status in the IRB without channel checks etc. your IO probably went okay. If you didn't you -probably need a doctor to examine the IRB & extended status word etc. +CCWs are linked lists of instructions initially pointed to by an operation +request block (ORB), which is initially given to Start Subchannel (SSCH) +command along with the subchannel number for the IO subsystem to process +while the CPU continues executing normal code. +CCWs come in two flavours, Format 0 (24 bit for backward compatibility) and +Format 1 (31 bit). These are typically used to issue read and write (and many +other) instructions. They consist of a length field and an absolute address +field. +Each IO typically gets 1 or 2 interrupts, one for channel end (primary status) +when the channel is idle, and the second for device end (secondary status). +Sometimes you get both concurrently. You check how the IO went on by issuing a +TEST SUBCHANNEL at each interrupt, from which you receive an Interruption +response block (IRB). If you get channel and device end status in the IRB +without channel checks etc. your IO probably went okay. If you didn't you +probably need to examine the IRB, extended status word etc. If an error occurs, more sophisticated control units have a facility known as -concurrent sense this means that if an error occurs Extended sense information will -be presented in the Extended status word in the IRB if not you have to issue a -subsequent SENSE CCW command after the test subchannel. +concurrent sense. This means that if an error occurs Extended sense information +will be presented in the Extended status word in the IRB. If not you have to +issue a subsequent SENSE CCW command after the test subchannel. -TPI( Test pending interrupt) can also be used for polled IO but in multitasking multiprocessor -systems it isn't recommended except for checking special cases ( i.e. non looping checks for -pending IO etc. ). +TPI (Test pending interrupt) can also be used for polled IO, but in +multitasking multiprocessor systems it isn't recommended except for +checking special cases (i.e. non looping checks for pending IO etc.). -Store Subchannel & Modify Subchannel can be used to examine & modify operating characteristics -of a subchannel ( e.g. channel paths ). +Store Subchannel and Modify Subchannel can be used to examine and modify +operating characteristics of a subchannel (e.g. channel paths). Other IO related Terms: Sysplex: S390's Clustering Technology -QDIO: S390's new high speed IO architecture to support devices such as gigabit ethernet, -this architecture is also designed to be forward compatible with up & coming 64 bit machines. +QDIO: S390's new high speed IO architecture to support devices such as gigabit +ethernet, this architecture is also designed to be forward compatible with +upcoming 64 bit machines. General Concepts @@ -1406,37 +1418,40 @@ sometimes called Bus-and Tag & sometimes Original Equipment Manufacturers Interface (OEMI). This byte wide Parallel channel path/bus has parity & data on the "Bus" cable -& control lines on the "Tag" cable. These can operate in byte multiplex mode for -sharing between several slow devices or burst mode & monopolize the channel for the -whole burst. Up to 256 devices can be addressed on one of these cables. These cables are -about one inch in diameter. The maximum unextended length supported by these cables is -125 Meters but this can be extended up to 2km with a fibre optic channel extended -such as a 3044. The maximum burst speed supported is 4.5 megabytes per second however -some really old processors support only transfer rates of 3.0, 2.0 & 1.0 MB/sec. +and control lines on the "Tag" cable. These can operate in byte multiplex mode +for sharing between several slow devices or burst mode and monopolize the +channel for the whole burst. Up to 256 devices can be addressed on one of these +cables. These cables are about one inch in diameter. The maximum unextended +length supported by these cables is 125 Meters but this can be extended up to +2km with a fibre optic channel extended such as a 3044. The maximum burst speed +supported is 4.5 megabytes per second. However, some really old processors +support only transfer rates of 3.0, 2.0 & 1.0 MB/sec. One of these paths can be daisy chained to up to 8 control units. ESCON if fibre optic it is also called FICON -Was introduced by IBM in 1990. Has 2 fibre optic cables & uses either leds or lasers -for communication at a signaling rate of up to 200 megabits/sec. As 10bits are transferred -for every 8 bits info this drops to 160 megabits/sec & to 18.6 Megabytes/sec once -control info & CRC are added. ESCON only operates in burst mode. +Was introduced by IBM in 1990. Has 2 fibre optic cables and uses either leds or +lasers for communication at a signaling rate of up to 200 megabits/sec. As +10bits are transferred for every 8 bits info this drops to 160 megabits/sec +and to 18.6 Megabytes/sec once control info and CRC are added. ESCON only +operates in burst mode. -ESCONs typical max cable length is 3km for the led version & 20km for the laser version -known as XDF ( extended distance facility ). This can be further extended by using an -ESCON director which triples the above mentioned ranges. Unlike Bus & Tag as ESCON is -serial it uses a packet switching architecture the standard Bus & Tag control protocol -is however present within the packets. Up to 256 devices can be attached to each control -unit that uses one of these interfaces. +ESCONs typical max cable length is 3km for the led version and 20km for the +laser version known as XDF (extended distance facility). This can be further +extended by using an ESCON director which triples the above mentioned ranges. +Unlike Bus & Tag as ESCON is serial it uses a packet switching architecture, +the standard Bus & Tag control protocol is however present within the packets. +Up to 256 devices can be attached to each control unit that uses one of these +interfaces. Common 390 Devices include: Network adapters typically OSA2,3172's,2116's & OSA-E gigabit ethernet adapters, -Consoles 3270 & 3215 ( a teletype emulated under linux for a line mode console ). +Consoles 3270 & 3215 (a teletype emulated under linux for a line mode console). DASD's direct access storage devices ( otherwise known as hard disks ). Tape Drives. CTC ( Channel to Channel Adapters ), ESCON or Parallel Cables used as a very high speed serial link -between 2 machines. We use 2 cables under linux to do a bi-directional serial link. +between 2 machines. Debugging IO on s/390 & z/Architecture under VM @@ -1475,9 +1490,9 @@ or the halt subchannels or TR HSCH 7C08-7C09 MSCH's ,STSCH's I think you can guess the rest -Ingo's favourite trick is tracing all the IO's & CCWS & spooling them into the reader of another -VM guest so he can ftp the logfile back to his own machine.I'll do a small bit of this & give you - a look at the output. +A good trick is tracing all the IO's and CCWS and spooling them into the reader +of another VM guest so he can ftp the logfile back to his own machine. I'll do +a small bit of this and give you a look at the output. 1) Spool stdout to VM reader SP PRT TO (another vm guest ) or * for the local vm guest @@ -1593,8 +1608,8 @@ undisplay : undo's display's info breakpoints: shows all current breakpoints -info stack: shows stack back trace ( if this doesn't work too well, I'll show you the -stacktrace by hand below ). +info stack: shows stack back trace (if this doesn't work too well, I'll show +you the stacktrace by hand below). info locals: displays local variables. @@ -1619,7 +1634,8 @@ next: like step except this will not step into subroutines stepi: steps a single machine code instruction. e.g. stepi 100 -nexti: steps a single machine code instruction but will not step into subroutines. +nexti: steps a single machine code instruction but will not step into +subroutines. finish: will run until exit of the current routine @@ -1721,7 +1737,8 @@ e.g. outputs: $1 = 11 -You might now be thinking that the line above didn't work, something extra had to be done. +You might now be thinking that the line above didn't work, something extra had +to be done. (gdb) call fflush(stdout) hello world$2 = 0 As an aside the debugger also calls malloc & free under the hood @@ -1804,26 +1821,17 @@ man gdb or info gdb. core dumps ---------- What a core dump ?, -A core dump is a file generated by the kernel ( if allowed ) which contains the registers, -& all active pages of the program which has crashed. -From this file gdb will allow you to look at the registers & stack trace & memory of the -program as if it just crashed on your system, it is usually called core & created in the -current working directory. -This is very useful in that a customer can mail a core dump to a technical support department -& the technical support department can reconstruct what happened. -Provided they have an identical copy of this program with debugging symbols compiled in & -the source base of this build is available. -In short it is far more useful than something like a crash log could ever hope to be. - -In theory all that is missing to restart a core dumped program is a kernel patch which -will do the following. -1) Make a new kernel task structure -2) Reload all the dumped pages back into the kernel's memory management structures. -3) Do the required clock fixups -4) Get all files & network connections for the process back into an identical state ( really difficult ). -5) A few more difficult things I haven't thought of. - - +A core dump is a file generated by the kernel (if allowed) which contains the +registers and all active pages of the program which has crashed. +From this file gdb will allow you to look at the registers, stack trace and +memory of the program as if it just crashed on your system. It is usually +called core and created in the current working directory. +This is very useful in that a customer can mail a core dump to a technical +support department and the technical support department can reconstruct what +happened. Provided they have an identical copy of this program with debugging +symbols compiled in and the source base of this build is available. +In short it is far more useful than something like a crash log could ever hope +to be. Why have I never seen one ?. Probably because you haven't used the command @@ -1868,7 +1876,7 @@ Breakpoint 2 at 0x4d87a4: file top.c, line 2609. #3 0x5167e6 in readline_internal_char () at readline.c:454 #4 0x5168ee in readline_internal_charloop () at readline.c:507 #5 0x51692c in readline_internal () at readline.c:521 -#6 0x5164fe in readline (prompt=0x7ffff810 "\177ÿøx\177ÿ÷Ø\177ÿøxÀ") +#6 0x5164fe in readline (prompt=0x7ffff810) at readline.c:349 #7 0x4d7a8a in command_line_input (prompt=0x564420 "(gdb) ", repeat=1, annotation_suffix=0x4d6b44 "prompt") at top.c:2091 @@ -1929,8 +1937,8 @@ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward On my machine now outputs 1 IP forwarding is on. -There is a lot of useful info in here best found by going in & having a look around, -so I'll take you through some entries I consider important. +There is a lot of useful info in here best found by going in and having a look +around, so I'll take you through some entries I consider important. All the processes running on the machine have their own entry defined by /proc/<pid> @@ -2060,7 +2068,8 @@ if the device doesn't say up try /etc/rc.d/init.d/network start ( this starts the network stack & hopefully calls ifconfig tr0 up ). -ifconfig looks at the output of /proc/net/dev & presents it in a more presentable form +ifconfig looks at the output of /proc/net/dev and presents it in a more +presentable form. Now ping the device from a machine in the same subnet. if the RX packets count & TX packets counts don't increment you probably have problems. @@ -2086,34 +2095,6 @@ of the device. See the manpage chandev.8 &type cat /proc/chandev for more info. - -Starting points for debugging scripting languages etc. -====================================================== - -bash/sh - -bash -x <scriptname> -e.g. bash -x /usr/bin/bashbug -displays the following lines as it executes them. -+ MACHINE=i586 -+ OS=linux-gnu -+ CC=gcc -+ CFLAGS= -DPROGRAM='bash' -DHOSTTYPE='i586' -DOSTYPE='linux-gnu' -DMACHTYPE='i586-pc-linux-gnu' -DSHELL -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I. -I./lib -O2 -pipe -+ RELEASE=2.01 -+ PATCHLEVEL=1 -+ RELSTATUS=release -+ MACHTYPE=i586-pc-linux-gnu - -perl -d <scriptname> runs the perlscript in a fully interactive debugger -<like gdb>. -Type 'h' in the debugger for help. - -for debugging java type -jdb <filename> another fully interactive gdb style debugger. -& type ? in the debugger for help. - - - SysRq ===== This is now supported by linux for s/390 & z/Architecture. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f77651e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +completions - wait for completion handling +========================================== + +This document was originally written based on 3.18.0 (linux-next) + +Introduction: +------------- + +If you have one or more threads of execution that must wait for some process +to have reached a point or a specific state, completions can provide a race +free solution to this problem. Semantically they are somewhat like a +pthread_barriers and have similar use-cases. + +Completions are a code synchronization mechanism that is preferable to any +misuse of locks. Any time you think of using yield() or some quirky +msleep(1); loop to allow something else to proceed, you probably want to +look into using one of the wait_for_completion*() calls instead. The +advantage of using completions is clear intent of the code but also more +efficient code as both threads can continue until the result is actually +needed. + +Completions are built on top of the generic event infrastructure in Linux, +with the event reduced to a simple flag appropriately called "done" in +struct completion, that tells the waiting threads of execution if they +can continue safely. + +As completions are scheduling related the code is found in +kernel/sched/completion.c - for details on completion design and +implementation see completions-design.txt + + +Usage: +------ + +There are three parts to the using completions, the initialization of the +struct completion, the waiting part through a call to one of the variants of +wait_for_completion() and the signaling side through a call to complete(), +or complete_all(). Further there are some helper functions for checking the +state of completions. + +To use completions one needs to include <linux/completion.h> and +create a variable of type struct completion. The structure used for +handling of completions is: + + struct completion { + unsigned int done; + wait_queue_head_t wait; + }; + +providing the wait queue to place tasks on for waiting and the flag for +indicating the state of affairs. + +Completions should be named to convey the intent of the waiter. A good +example is: + + wait_for_completion(&early_console_added); + + complete(&early_console_added); + +Good naming (as always) helps code readability. + + +Initializing completions: +------------------------- + +Initialization of dynamically allocated completions, often embedded in +other structures, is done with: + + void init_completion(&done); + +Initialization is accomplished by initializing the wait queue and setting +the default state to "not available", that is, "done" is set to 0. + +The re-initialization function, reinit_completion(), simply resets the +done element to "not available", thus again to 0, without touching the +wait queue. Calling init_completion() on the same completions object is +most likely a bug as it re-initializes the queue to an empty queue and +enqueued tasks could get "lost" - use reinit_completion() in that case. + +For static declaration and initialization, macros are available. These are: + + static DECLARE_COMPLETION(setup_done) + +used for static declarations in file scope. Within functions the static +initialization should always use: + + DECLARE_COMPLETION_ONSTACK(setup_done) + +suitable for automatic/local variables on the stack and will make lockdep +happy. Note also that one needs to making *sure* the completion passt to +work threads remains in-scope, and no references remain to on-stack data +when the initiating function returns. + + +Waiting for completions: +------------------------ + +For a thread of execution to wait for some concurrent work to finish, it +calls wait_for_completion() on the initialized completion structure. +A typical usage scenario is: + + structure completion setup_done; + init_completion(&setup_done); + initialze_work(...,&setup_done,...) + + /* run non-dependent code */ /* do setup */ + + wait_for_completion(&seupt_done); complete(setup_done) + +This is not implying any temporal order of wait_for_completion() and the +call to complete() - if the call to complete() happened before the call +to wait_for_completion() then the waiting side simply will continue +immediately as all dependencies are satisfied. + +Note that wait_for_completion() is calling spin_lock_irq/spin_unlock_irq +so it can only be called safely when you know that interrupts are enabled. +Calling it from hard-irq context will result in hard to detect spurious +enabling of interrupts. + +wait_for_completion(): + + void wait_for_completion(struct completion *done): + +The default behavior is to wait without a timeout and mark the task as +uninterruptible. wait_for_completion() and its variants are only safe +in soft-interrupt or process context but not in hard-irq context. +As all variants of wait_for_completion() can (obviously) block for a long +time, you probably don't want to call this with held locks - see also +try_wait_for_completion() below. + + +Variants available: +------------------- + +The below variants all return status and this status should be checked in +most(/all) cases - in cases where the status is deliberately not checked you +probably want to make a note explaining this (e.g. see +arch/arm/kernel/smp.c:__cpu_up()). + +A common problem that occurs is to have unclean assignment of return types, +so care should be taken with assigning return-values to variables of proper +type. Checking for the specific meaning of return values also has been found +to be quite inaccurate e.g. constructs like +if(!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...)) would execute the same +code path for successful completion and for the interrupted case - which is +probably not what you want. + + int wait_for_completion_interruptible(struct completion *done) + +marking the task TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a signal was received while waiting. +It will return -ERESTARTSYS and 0 otherwise. + + unsigned long wait_for_completion_timeout(struct completion *done, + unsigned long timeout) + +The task is marked as TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and will wait at most timeout +(in jiffies). If timeout occurs it return 0 else the remaining time in +jiffies (but at least 1). Timeouts are preferably passed by msecs_to_jiffies() +or usecs_to_jiffies(). If the returned timeout value is deliberately ignored +a comment should probably explain why (e.g. see drivers/mfd/wm8350-core.c +wm8350_read_auxadc()) + + long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( + struct completion *done, unsigned long timeout) + +passing a timeout in jiffies and marking the task as TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a +signal was received it will return -ERESTARTSYS, 0 if completion timed-out and +the remaining time in jiffies if completion occurred. + +Further variants include _killable which passes TASK_KILLABLE as the +designated tasks state and will return a -ERESTARTSYS if interrupted or +else 0 if completions was achieved as well as a _timeout variant. + + long wait_for_completion_killable(struct completion *done) + long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout(struct completion *done, + unsigned long timeout) + +The _io variants wait_for_completion_io behave the same as the non-_io +variants, except for accounting waiting time as waiting on IO, which has +an impact on how scheduling is calculated. + + void wait_for_completion_io(struct completion *done) + unsigned long wait_for_completion_io_timeout(struct completion *done + unsigned long timeout) + + +Signaling completions: +---------------------- + +A thread of execution that wants to signal that the conditions for +continuation have been achieved calls complete() to signal exactly one +of the waiters that it can continue. + + void complete(struct completion *done) + +or calls complete_all to signal all current and future waiters. + + void complete_all(struct completion *done) + +The signaling will work as expected even if completions are signaled before +a thread starts waiting. This is achieved by the waiter "consuming" +(decrementing) the done element of struct completion. Waiting threads +wakeup order is the same in which they were enqueued (FIFO order). + +If complete() is called multiple times then this will allow for that number +of waiters to continue - each call to complete() will simply increment the +done element. Calling complete_all() multiple times is a bug though. Both +complete() and complete_all() can be called in hard-irq context safely. + +There only can be one thread calling complete() or complete_all() on a +particular struct completions at any time - serialized through the wait +queue spinlock. Any such concurrent calls to complete() or complete_all() +probably are a design bug. + +Signaling completion from hard-irq context is fine as it will appropriately +lock with spin_lock_irqsave/spin_unlock_irqrestore. + + +try_wait_for_completion()/completion_done(): +-------------------------------------------- + +The try_wait_for_completion will not put the thread on the wait queue but +rather returns false if it would need to enqueue (block) the thread, else it +consumes any posted completions and returns true. + + bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *done) + +Finally to check state of a completions without changing it in any way is +provided by completion_done() returning false if there are any posted +completion that was not yet consumed by waiters implying that there are +waiters and true otherwise; + + bool completion_done(struct completion *done) + +Both try_wait_for_completion() and completion_done() are safe to be called in +hard-irq context. diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt index 821c936..c9e7f4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt @@ -323,8 +323,6 @@ about the status of the key service: U Under construction by callback to userspace N Negative key - This file must be enabled at kernel configuration time as it allows anyone - to list the keys database. (*) /proc/key-users diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt index aee73e7..02f8331 100644 --- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt +++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt @@ -32,18 +32,42 @@ Procedure for submitting patches to the -stable tree: - If the patch covers files in net/ or drivers/net please follow netdev stable submission guidelines as described in Documentation/networking/netdev-FAQ.txt - - Send the patch, after verifying that it follows the above rules, to - stable@vger.kernel.org. You must note the upstream commit ID in the - changelog of your submission, as well as the kernel version you wish - it to be applied to. - - To have the patch automatically included in the stable tree, add the tag + - Security patches should not be handled (solely) by the -stable review + process but should follow the procedures in Documentation/SecurityBugs. + +For all other submissions, choose one of the following procedures: + + --- Option 1 --- + + To have the patch automatically included in the stable tree, add the tag Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org in the sign-off area. Once the patch is merged it will be applied to the stable tree without anything else needing to be done by the author or subsystem maintainer. - - If the patch requires other patches as prerequisites which can be - cherry-picked, then this can be specified in the following format in - the sign-off area: + + --- Option 2 --- + + After the patch has been merged to Linus' tree, send an email to + stable@vger.kernel.org containing the subject of the patch, the commit ID, + why you think it should be applied, and what kernel version you wish it to + be applied to. + + --- Option 3 --- + + Send the patch, after verifying that it follows the above rules, to + stable@vger.kernel.org. You must note the upstream commit ID in the + changelog of your submission, as well as the kernel version you wish + it to be applied to. + +Option 1 is probably the easiest and most common. Options 2 and 3 are more +useful if the patch isn't deemed worthy at the time it is applied to a public +git tree (for instance, because it deserves more regression testing first). +Option 3 is especially useful if the patch needs some special handling to apply +to an older kernel (e.g., if API's have changed in the meantime). + +Additionally, some patches submitted via Option 1 may have additional patch +prerequisites which can be cherry-picked. This can be specified in the following +format in the sign-off area: Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.3.x: a1f84a3: sched: Check for idle Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.3.x: 1b9508f: sched: Rate-limit newidle @@ -57,13 +81,13 @@ Procedure for submitting patches to the -stable tree: git cherry-pick fd21073 git cherry-pick <this commit> +Following the submission: + - The sender will receive an ACK when the patch has been accepted into the queue, or a NAK if the patch is rejected. This response might take a few days, according to the developer's schedules. - If accepted, the patch will be added to the -stable queue, for review by other developers and by the relevant subsystem maintainer. - - Security patches should not be sent to this alias, but instead to the - documented security@kernel.org address. Review cycle: diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index 75511ef..83ab256 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -843,6 +843,7 @@ can be ORed together: 8192 - An unsigned module has been loaded in a kernel supporting module signature. 16384 - A soft lockup has previously occurred on the system. +32768 - The kernel has been live patched. ============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt index 666594b..6294b51 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt @@ -97,6 +97,14 @@ rmem_max The maximum receive socket buffer size in bytes. +tstamp_allow_data +----------------- +Allow processes to receive tx timestamps looped together with the original +packet contents. If disabled, transmit timestamp requests from unprivileged +processes are dropped unless socket option SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY is set. +Default: 1 (on) + + wmem_default ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt index 4415aa9..902b457 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt @@ -555,12 +555,12 @@ this is causing problems for your system/application. oom_dump_tasks -Enables a system-wide task dump (excluding kernel threads) to be -produced when the kernel performs an OOM-killing and includes such -information as pid, uid, tgid, vm size, rss, nr_ptes, swapents, -oom_score_adj score, and name. This is helpful to determine why the -OOM killer was invoked, to identify the rogue task that caused it, -and to determine why the OOM killer chose the task it did to kill. +Enables a system-wide task dump (excluding kernel threads) to be produced +when the kernel performs an OOM-killing and includes such information as +pid, uid, tgid, vm size, rss, nr_ptes, nr_pmds, swapents, oom_score_adj +score, and name. This is helpful to determine why the OOM killer was +invoked, to identify the rogue task that caused it, and to determine why +the OOM killer chose the task it did to kill. If this is set to zero, this information is suppressed. On very large systems with thousands of tasks it may not be feasible to dump @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ The default value is 60. - user_reserve_kbytes -When overcommit_memory is set to 2, "never overommit" mode, reserve +When overcommit_memory is set to 2, "never overcommit" mode, reserve min(3% of current process size, user_reserve_kbytes) of free memory. This is intended to prevent a user from starting a single memory hogging process, such that they cannot recover (kill the hog). diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt index bba7dbf..0236155 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ At typical coresight system would look like this: | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | SWD/ | | . | ! | | . | ! | ! . | | JTAG *****************************************************************<-| - *************************** AMBA Debug ABP ************************ + *************************** AMBA Debug APB ************************ ***************************************************************** | . ! . ! ! . | | . * . * * . | @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ At typical coresight system would look like this: To trace port TPIU= Trace Port Interface Unit SWD = Serial Wire Debug -While on target configuration of the components is done via the ABP bus, +While on target configuration of the components is done via the APB bus, all trace data are carried out-of-band on the ATB bus. The CTM provides a way to aggregate and distribute signals between CoreSight components. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt index 8408e04..572ca92 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ no pid yum-updatesd-3111 [003] 1637.254683: lock_hrtimer_base <-hrtimer_try_to_cancel yum-updatesd-3111 [003] 1637.254685: fget_light <-do_sys_poll yum-updatesd-3111 [003] 1637.254686: pipe_poll <-do_sys_poll -# echo -1 > set_ftrace_pid +# echo > set_ftrace_pid # cat trace |head # tracer: function # diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..076ac7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget-testing.txt @@ -0,0 +1,728 @@ +This file summarizes information on basic testing of USB functions +provided by gadgets. + +1. ACM function +2. ECM function +3. ECM subset function +4. EEM function +5. FFS function +6. HID function +7. LOOPBACK function +8. MASS STORAGE function +9. MIDI function +10. NCM function +11. OBEX function +12. PHONET function +13. RNDIS function +14. SERIAL function +15. SOURCESINK function +16. UAC1 function +17. UAC2 function +18. UVC function + + +1. ACM function +=============== + +The function is provided by usb_f_acm.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "acm". +The ACM function provides just one attribute in its function directory: + + port_num + +The attribute is read-only. + +There can be at most 4 ACM/generic serial/OBEX ports in the system. + + +Testing the ACM function +------------------------ + +On the host: cat > /dev/ttyACM<X> +On the device : cat /dev/ttyGS<Y> + +then the other way round + +On the device: cat > /dev/ttyGS<Y> +On the host: cat /dev/ttyACM<X> + +2. ECM function +=============== + +The function is provided by usb_f_ecm.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "ecm". +The ECM function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with this + function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + +and after creating the functions/ecm.<instance name> they contain default +values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. +Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a +configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface +which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. + +Testing the ECM function +------------------------ + +Configure IP addresses of the device and the host. Then: + +On the device: ping <host's IP> +On the host: ping <device's IP> + +3. ECM subset function +====================== + +The function is provided by usb_f_ecm_subset.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "geth". +The ECM subset function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with this + function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + +and after creating the functions/ecm.<instance name> they contain default +values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. +Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a +configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface +which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. + +Testing the ECM subset function +------------------------------- + +Configure IP addresses of the device and the host. Then: + +On the device: ping <host's IP> +On the host: ping <device's IP> + +4. EEM function +=============== + +The function is provided by usb_f_eem.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "eem". +The EEM function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with this + function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + +and after creating the functions/eem.<instance name> they contain default +values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. +Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a +configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface +which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. + +Testing the EEM function +------------------------ + +Configure IP addresses of the device and the host. Then: + +On the device: ping <host's IP> +On the host: ping <device's IP> + +5. FFS function +=============== + +The function is provided by usb_f_fs.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "ffs". +The function directory is intentionally empty and not modifiable. + +After creating the directory there is a new instance (a "device") of FunctionFS +available in the system. Once a "device" is available, the user should follow +the standard procedure for using FunctionFS (mount it, run the userspace +process which implements the function proper). The gadget should be enabled +by writing a suitable string to usb_gadget/<gadget>/UDC. + +Testing the FFS function +------------------------ + +On the device: start the function's userspace daemon, enable the gadget +On the host: use the USB function provided by the device + +6. HID function +=============== + +The function is provided by usb_f_hid.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "hid". +The HID function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + protocol - HID protocol to use + report_desc - data to be used in HID reports, except data + passed with /dev/hidg<X> + report_length - HID report length + subclass - HID subclass to use + +For a keyboard the protocol and the subclass are 1, the report_length is 8, +while the report_desc is: + +$ hd my_report_desc +00000000 05 01 09 06 a1 01 05 07 19 e0 29 e7 15 00 25 01 |..........)...%.| +00000010 75 01 95 08 81 02 95 01 75 08 81 03 95 05 75 01 |u.......u.....u.| +00000020 05 08 19 01 29 05 91 02 95 01 75 03 91 03 95 06 |....).....u.....| +00000030 75 08 15 00 25 65 05 07 19 00 29 65 81 00 c0 |u...%e....)e...| +0000003f + +Such a sequence of bytes can be stored to the attribute with echo: + +$ echo -ne \\x05\\x01\\x09\\x06\\xa1..... + +Testing the HID function +------------------------ + +Device: +- create the gadget +- connect the gadget to a host, preferably not the one used +to control the gadget +- run a program which writes to /dev/hidg<N>, e.g. +a userspace program found in Documentation/usb/gadget_hid.txt: + +$ ./hid_gadget_test /dev/hidg0 keyboard + +Host: +- observe the keystrokes from the gadget + +7. LOOPBACK function +==================== + +The function is provided by usb_f_ss_lb.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "Loopback". +The LOOPBACK function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + qlen - depth of loopback queue + bulk_buflen - buffer length + +Testing the LOOPBACK function +----------------------------- + +device: run the gadget +host: test-usb + +http://www.linux-usb.org/usbtest/testusb.c + +8. MASS STORAGE function +======================== + +The function is provided by usb_f_mass_storage.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "mass_storage". +The MASS STORAGE function provides these attributes in its directory: +files: + + stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints. + Disabled on some USB devices known not to work + correctly. You should set it to true. + num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers + are 2..4. Available only if + CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set. + +and a default lun.0 directory corresponding to SCSI LUN #0. + +A new lun can be added with mkdir: + +$ mkdir functions/mass_storage.0/partition.5 + +Lun numbering does not have to be continuous, except for lun #0 which is +created by default. A maximum of 8 luns can be specified and they all must be +named following the <name>.<number> scheme. The numbers can be 0..8. +Probably a good convention is to name the luns "lun.<number>", +although it is not mandatory. + +In each lun directory there are the following attribute files: + + file - The path to the backing file for the LUN. + Required if LUN is not marked as removable. + ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be + read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation + is enabled as well as when it was impossible + to open "filename" in R/W mode. + removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as + being removable. + cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as + being a CD-ROM. + nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag + in SCSI WRITE(10,12) + +Testing the MASS STORAGE function +--------------------------------- + +device: connect the gadget, enable it +host: dmesg, see the USB drives appear (if system configured to automatically +mount) + +9. MIDI function +================ + +The function is provided by usb_f_midi.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "midi". +The MIDI function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + buflen - MIDI buffer length + id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter + in_ports - number of MIDI input ports + index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter + out_ports - number of MIDI output ports + qlen - USB read request queue length + +Testing the MIDI function +------------------------- + +There are two cases: playing a mid from the gadget to +the host and playing a mid from the host to the gadget. + +1) Playing a mid from the gadget to the host +host) + +$ arecordmidi -l + Port Client name Port name + 14:0 Midi Through Midi Through Port-0 + 24:0 MIDI Gadget MIDI Gadget MIDI 1 +$ arecordmidi -p 24:0 from_gadget.mid + +gadget) + +$ aplaymidi -l + Port Client name Port name + 20:0 f_midi f_midi + +$ aplaymidi -p 20:0 to_host.mid + +2) Playing a mid from the host to the gadget +gadget) + +$ arecordmidi -l + Port Client name Port name + 20:0 f_midi f_midi + +$ arecordmidi -p 20:0 from_host.mid + +host) + +$ aplaymidi -l + Port Client name Port name + 14:0 Midi Through Midi Through Port-0 + 24:0 MIDI Gadget MIDI Gadget MIDI 1 + +$ aplaymidi -p24:0 to_gadget.mid + +The from_gadget.mid should sound identical to the to_host.mid. +The from_host.id should sound identical to the to_gadget.mid. + +MIDI files can be played to speakers/headphones with e.g. timidity installed + +$ aplaymidi -l + Port Client name Port name + 14:0 Midi Through Midi Through Port-0 + 24:0 MIDI Gadget MIDI Gadget MIDI 1 +128:0 TiMidity TiMidity port 0 +128:1 TiMidity TiMidity port 1 +128:2 TiMidity TiMidity port 2 +128:3 TiMidity TiMidity port 3 + +$ aplaymidi -p 128:0 file.mid + +MIDI ports can be logically connected using the aconnect utility, e.g.: + +$ aconnect 24:0 128:0 # try it on the host + +After the gadget's MIDI port is connected to timidity's MIDI port, +whatever is played at the gadget side with aplaymidi -l is audible +in host's speakers/headphones. + +10. NCM function +================ + +The function is provided by usb_f_ncm.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "ncm". +The NCM function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with this + function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + +and after creating the functions/ncm.<instance name> they contain default +values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. +Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a +configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface +which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. + +Testing the NCM function +------------------------ + +Configure IP addresses of the device and the host. Then: + +On the device: ping <host's IP> +On the host: ping <device's IP> + +11. OBEX function +================= + +The function is provided by usb_f_obex.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "obex". +The OBEX function provides just one attribute in its function directory: + + port_num + +The attribute is read-only. + +There can be at most 4 ACM/generic serial/OBEX ports in the system. + +Testing the OBEX function +------------------------- + +On device: seriald -f /dev/ttyGS<Y> -s 1024 +On host: serialc -v <vendorID> -p <productID> -i<interface#> -a1 -s1024 \ + -t<out endpoint addr> -r<in endpoint addr> + +where seriald and serialc are Felipe's utilities found here: + +https://git.gitorious.org/usb/usb-tools.git master + +12. PHONET function +=================== + +The function is provided by usb_f_phonet.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "phonet". +The PHONET function provides just one attribute in its function directory: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with this + function instance + +Testing the PHONET function +--------------------------- + +It is not possible to test the SOCK_STREAM protocol without a specific piece +of hardware, so only SOCK_DGRAM has been tested. For the latter to work, +in the past I had to apply the patch mentioned here: + +http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-usb/msg85689.html + +These tools are required: + +git://git.gitorious.org/meego-cellular/phonet-utils.git + +On the host: + +$ ./phonet -a 0x10 -i usbpn0 +$ ./pnroute add 0x6c usbpn0 +$./pnroute add 0x10 usbpn0 +$ ifconfig usbpn0 up + +On the device: + +$ ./phonet -a 0x6c -i upnlink0 +$ ./pnroute add 0x10 upnlink0 +$ ifconfig upnlink0 up + +Then a test program can be used: + +http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-usb/msg85690.html + +On the device: + +$ ./pnxmit -a 0x6c -r + +On the host: + +$ ./pnxmit -a 0x10 -s 0x6c + +As a result some data should be sent from host to device. +Then the other way round: + +On the host: + +$ ./pnxmit -a 0x10 -r + +On the device: + +$ ./pnxmit -a 0x6c -s 0x10 + +13. RNDIS function +================== + +The function is provided by usb_f_rndis.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "rndis". +The RNDIS function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with this + function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + +and after creating the functions/rndis.<instance name> they contain default +values: qmult is 5, dev_addr and host_addr are randomly selected. +Except for ifname they can be written to until the function is linked to a +configuration. The ifname is read-only and contains the name of the interface +which was assigned by the net core, e. g. usb0. + +By default there can be only 1 RNDIS interface in the system. + +Testing the RNDIS function +-------------------------- + +Configure IP addresses of the device and the host. Then: + +On the device: ping <host's IP> +On the host: ping <device's IP> + +14. SERIAL function +=================== + +The function is provided by usb_f_gser.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "gser". +The SERIAL function provides just one attribute in its function directory: + + port_num + +The attribute is read-only. + +There can be at most 4 ACM/generic serial/OBEX ports in the system. + +Testing the SERIAL function +--------------------------- + +On host: insmod usbserial + echo VID PID >/sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/generic/new_id +On host: cat > /dev/ttyUSB<X> +On target: cat /dev/ttyGS<Y> + +then the other way round + +On target: cat > /dev/ttyGS<Y> +On host: cat /dev/ttyUSB<X> + +15. SOURCESINK function +======================= + +The function is provided by usb_f_ss_lb.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "SourceSink". +The SOURCESINK function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none) + isoc_interval - 1..16 + isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss) + isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only) + isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) + bulk_buflen - buffer length + +Testing the SOURCESINK function +------------------------------- + +device: run the gadget +host: test-usb + +http://www.linux-usb.org/usbtest/testusb.c + +16. UAC1 function +================= + +The function is provided by usb_f_uac1.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "uac1". +The uac1 function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + audio_buf_size - audio buffer size + fn_cap - capture pcm device file name + fn_cntl - control device file name + fn_play - playback pcm device file name + req_buf_size - ISO OUT endpoint request buffer size + req_count - ISO OUT endpoint request count + +The attributes have sane default values. + +Testing the UAC1 function +------------------------- + +device: run the gadget +host: aplay -l # should list our USB Audio Gadget + +17. UAC2 function +================= + +The function is provided by usb_f_uac2.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "uac2". +The uac2 function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + chmask - capture channel mask + c_srate - capture sampling rate + c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes) + p_chmask - playback channel mask + p_srate - playback sampling rate + p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes) + +The attributes have sane default values. + +Testing the UAC2 function +------------------------- + +device: run the gadget +host: aplay -l # should list our USB Audio Gadget + +This function does not require real hardware support, it just +sends a stream of audio data to/from the host. In order to +actually hear something at the device side, a command similar +to this must be used at the device side: + +$ arecord -f dat -t wav -D hw:2,0 | aplay -D hw:0,0 & + +e.g.: + +$ arecord -f dat -t wav -D hw:CARD=UAC2Gadget,DEV=0 | \ +aplay -D default:CARD=OdroidU3 + +18. UVC function +================ + +The function is provided by usb_f_uvc.ko module. + +Function-specific configfs interface +------------------------------------ + +The function name to use when creating the function directory is "uvc". +The uvc function provides these attributes in its function directory: + + streaming_interval - interval for polling endpoint for data transfers + streaming_maxburst - bMaxBurst for super speed companion descriptor + streaming_maxpacket - maximum packet size this endpoint is capable of + sending or receiving when this configuration is + selected + +There are also "control" and "streaming" subdirectories, each of which contain +a number of their subdirectories. There are some sane defaults provided, but +the user must provide the following: + + control header - create in control/header, link from control/class/fs + and/or control/class/ss + streaming header - create in streaming/header, link from + streaming/class/fs and/or streaming/class/hs and/or + streaming/class/ss + format description - create in streaming/mjpeg and/or + streaming/uncompressed + frame description - create in streaming/mjpeg/<format> and/or in + streaming/uncompressed/<format> + +Each frame description contains frame interval specification, and each +such specification consists of a number of lines with an inverval value +in each line. The rules stated above are best illustrated with an example: + +# mkdir functions/uvc.usb0/control/header/h +# cd functions/uvc.usb0/control/header/h +# ln -s header/h class/fs +# ln -s header/h class/ss +# mkdir -p functions/uvc.usb0/streaming/uncompressed/u/360p +# cat <<EOF > functions/uvc.usb0/streaming/uncompressed/u/360p/dwFrameInterval +666666 +1000000 +5000000 +EOF +# cd $GADGET_CONFIGFS_ROOT +# mkdir functions/uvc.usb0/streaming/header/h +# cd functions/uvc.usb0/streaming/header/h +# ln -s ../../uncompressed/u +# cd ../../class/fs +# ln -s ../../header/h +# cd ../../class/hs +# ln -s ../../header/h +# cd ../../class/ss +# ln -s ../../header/h + + +Testing the UVC function +------------------------ + +device: run the gadget, modprobe vivid + +# uvc-gadget -u /dev/video<uvc video node #> -v /dev/video<vivid video node #> + +where uvc-gadget is this program: +http://git.ideasonboard.org/uvc-gadget.git + +with these patches: +http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-usb/msg99220.html + +host: luvcview -f yuv diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt index 61e67f6..6b4a88a 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt @@ -236,8 +236,12 @@ I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=0a(data ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=serial E: Ad=81(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms E: Ad=02(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 512 Ivl=0ms -You must explicitly load the usbserial driver with parameters to -configure it to recognize the gadget serial device, like this: +You must load the usbserial driver and explicitly set its parameters +to configure it to recognize the gadget serial device, like this: + + echo 0x0525 0xA4A6 >/sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/generic/new_id + +The legacy way is to use module parameters: modprobe usbserial vendor=0x0525 product=0xA4A6 diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt b/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt index c42bb9c..28425f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ to listen on a single bus, otherwise, to listen on all buses, type: # cat /sys/kernel/debug/usb/usbmon/0u > /tmp/1.mon.out -This process will be reading until killed. Naturally, the output can be +This process will read until it is killed. Naturally, the output can be redirected to a desirable location. This is preferred, because it is going to be quite long. @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ number. Number zero (/dev/usbmon0) is special and means "all buses". Note that specific naming policy is set by your Linux distribution. If you create /dev/usbmon0 by hand, make sure that it is owned by root -and has mode 0600. Otherwise, unpriviledged users will be able to snoop +and has mode 0600. Otherwise, unprivileged users will be able to snoop keyboard traffic. The following ioctl calls are available, with MON_IOC_MAGIC 0x92: diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0b69e4e..0000000 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -c-qcam - Connectix Color QuickCam video4linux kernel driver - -Copyright (C) 1999 Dave Forrest <drf5n@virginia.edu> - released under GNU GPL. - -1999-12-08 Dave Forrest, written with kernel version 2.2.12 in mind - - -Table of Contents - -1.0 Introduction -2.0 Compilation, Installation, and Configuration -3.0 Troubleshooting -4.0 Future Work / current work arounds -9.0 Sample Program, v4lgrab -10.0 Other Information - - -1.0 Introduction - - The file ../../drivers/media/parport/c-qcam.c is a device driver for -the Logitech (nee Connectix) parallel port interface color CCD camera. -This is a fairly inexpensive device for capturing images. Logitech -does not currently provide information for developers, but many people -have engineered several solutions for non-Microsoft use of the Color -Quickcam. - -1.1 Motivation - - I spent a number of hours trying to get my camera to work, and I -hope this document saves you some time. My camera will not work with -the 2.2.13 kernel as distributed, but with a few patches to the -module, I was able to grab some frames. See 4.0, Future Work. - - - -2.0 Compilation, Installation, and Configuration - - The c-qcam depends on parallel port support, video4linux, and the -Color Quickcam. It is also nice to have the parallel port readback -support enabled. I enabled these as modules during the kernel -configuration. The appropriate flags are: - - CONFIG_PRINTER M for lp.o, parport.o parport_pc.o modules - CONFIG_PNP_PARPORT M for autoprobe.o IEEE1284 readback module - CONFIG_PRINTER_READBACK M for parport_probe.o IEEE1284 readback module - CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV M for videodev.o video4linux module - CONFIG_VIDEO_CQCAM M for c-qcam.o Color Quickcam module - - With these flags, the kernel should compile and install the modules. -To record and monitor the compilation, I use: - - (make zlilo ; \ - make modules; \ - make modules_install ; - depmod -a ) &>log & - less log # then a capital 'F' to watch the progress - -But that is my personal preference. - -2.2 Configuration - - The configuration requires module configuration and device -configuration. The following sections detail these procedures. - - -2.1 Module Configuration - - Using modules requires a bit of work to install and pass the -parameters. Understand that entries in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf of: - - alias parport_lowlevel parport_pc - options parport_pc io=0x378 irq=none - alias char-major-81 videodev - alias char-major-81-0 c-qcam - -2.2 Device Configuration - - At this point, we need to ensure that the device files exist. -Video4linux used the /dev/video* files, and we want to attach the -Quickcam to one of these. - - ls -lad /dev/video* # should produce a list of the video devices - -If the video devices do not exist, you can create them with: - - su - cd /dev - for ii in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ; do - mknod video$ii c 81 $ii # char-major-81-[0-16] - chown root.root video$ii # owned by root - chmod 600 video$ii # read/writable by root only - done - - Lots of people connect video0 to video and bttv, but you might want -your c-qcam to mean something more: - - ln -s video0 c-qcam # make /dev/c-qcam a working file - ln -s c-qcam video # make /dev/c-qcam your default video source - - But these are conveniences. The important part is to make the proper -special character files with the right major and minor numbers. All -of the special device files are listed in ../devices.txt. If you -would like the c-qcam readable by non-root users, you will need to -change the permissions. - -3.0 Troubleshooting - - If the sample program below, v4lgrab, gives you output then -everything is working. - - v4lgrab | wc # should give you a count of characters - - Otherwise, you have some problem. - - The c-qcam is IEEE1284 compatible, so if you are using the proc file -system (CONFIG_PROC_FS), the parallel printer support -(CONFIG_PRINTER), the IEEE 1284 system,(CONFIG_PRINTER_READBACK), you -should be able to read some identification from your quickcam with - - modprobe -v parport - modprobe -v parport_probe - cat /proc/parport/PORTNUMBER/autoprobe -Returns: - CLASS:MEDIA; - MODEL:Color QuickCam 2.0; - MANUFACTURER:Connectix; - - A good response to this indicates that your color quickcam is alive -and well. A common problem is that the current driver does not -reliably detect a c-qcam, even though one is attached. In this case, - - modprobe -v c-qcam -or - insmod -v c-qcam - - Returns a message saying "Device or resource busy" Development is -currently underway, but a workaround is to patch the module to skip -the detection code and attach to a defined port. Check the -video4linux mailing list and archive for more current information. - -3.1 Checklist: - - Can you get an image? - v4lgrab >qcam.ppm ; wc qcam.ppm ; xv qcam.ppm - - Is a working c-qcam connected to the port? - grep ^ /proc/parport/?/autoprobe - - Do the /dev/video* files exist? - ls -lad /dev/video - - Is the c-qcam module loaded? - modprobe -v c-qcam ; lsmod - - Does the camera work with alternate programs? cqcam, etc? - - - - -4.0 Future Work / current workarounds - - It is hoped that this section will soon become obsolete, but if it -isn't, you might try patching the c-qcam module to add a parport=xxx -option as in the bw-qcam module so you can specify the parallel port: - - insmod -v c-qcam parport=0 - -And bypass the detection code, see ../../drivers/char/c-qcam.c and -look for the 'qc_detect' code and call. - - Note that there is work in progress to change the video4linux API, -this work is documented at the video4linux2 site listed below. - - -9.0 --- A sample program using v4lgrabber, - -v4lgrab is a simple image grabber that will copy a frame from the -first video device, /dev/video0 to standard output in portable pixmap -format (.ppm) To produce .jpg output, you can use it like this: -'v4lgrab | convert - c-qcam.jpg' - - -10.0 --- Other Information - -Use the ../../Maintainers file, particularly the VIDEO FOR LINUX and PARALLEL -PORT SUPPORT sections - -The video4linux page: - http://linuxtv.org - -The V4L2 API spec: - http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/ - -Some web pages about the quickcams: - http://www.pingouin-land.com/howto/QuickCam-HOWTO.html - - http://www.crynwr.com/qcpc/ QuickCam Third-Party Drivers - http://www.crynwr.com/qcpc/re.html Some Reverse Engineering - http://www.wirelesscouch.net/software/gqcam/ v4l client - http://phobos.illtel.denver.co.us/pub/qcread/ doesn't use v4l - ftp://ftp.cs.unm.edu/pub/chris/quickcam/ Has lots of drivers - http://www.cs.duke.edu/~reynolds/quickcam/ Has lots of information - - diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.tlg2300 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.tlg2300 deleted file mode 100644 index 416ccb9..0000000 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.tlg2300 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -tlg2300 release notes -==================== - -This is a v4l2/dvb device driver for the tlg2300 chip. - - -current status -============== - -video - - support mmap and read().(no overlay) - -audio - - The driver will register a ALSA card for the audio input. - -vbi - - Works for almost TV norms. - -dvb-t - - works for DVB-T - -FM - - Works for radio. - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -TESTED APPLICATIONS: - --VLC1.0.4 test the video and dvb. The GUI is friendly to use. - --Mplayer test the video. - --Mplayer test the FM. The mplayer should be compiled with --enable-radio and - --enable-radio-capture. - The command runs as this(The alsa audio registers to card 1): - #mplayer radio://103.7/capture/ -radio adevice=hw=1,0:arate=48000 \ - -rawaudio rate=48000:channels=2 - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -KNOWN PROBLEMS: -about preemphasis: - You can set the preemphasis for radio by the following command: - #v4l2-ctl -d /dev/radio0 --set-ctrl=pre_emphasis_settings=1 - - "pre_emphasis_settings=1" means that you select the 50us. If you want - to select the 75us, please use "pre_emphasis_settings=2" - - diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt index a11dff0..f586e29 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -793,8 +793,10 @@ video_register_device_no_warn() instead. Whenever a device node is created some attributes are also created for you. If you look in /sys/class/video4linux you see the devices. Go into e.g. -video0 and you will see 'name' and 'index' attributes. The 'name' attribute -is the 'name' field of the video_device struct. +video0 and you will see 'name', 'debug' and 'index' attributes. The 'name' +attribute is the 'name' field of the video_device struct. The 'debug' attribute +can be used to enable core debugging. See the next section for more detailed +information on this. The 'index' attribute is the index of the device node: for each call to video_register_device() the index is just increased by 1. The first video @@ -816,6 +818,25 @@ video_device was embedded in it. The vdev->release() callback will never be called if the registration failed, nor should you ever attempt to unregister the device if the registration failed. +video device debugging +---------------------- + +The 'debug' attribute that is created for each video, vbi, radio or swradio +device in /sys/class/video4linux/<devX>/ allows you to enable logging of +file operations. + +It is a bitmask and the following bits can be set: + +0x01: Log the ioctl name and error code. VIDIOC_(D)QBUF ioctls are only logged + if bit 0x08 is also set. +0x02: Log the ioctl name arguments and error code. VIDIOC_(D)QBUF ioctls are + only logged if bit 0x08 is also set. +0x04: Log the file operations open, release, read, write, mmap and + get_unmapped_area. The read and write operations are only logged if + bit 0x08 is also set. +0x08: Log the read and write file operations and the VIDIOC_QBUF and + VIDIOC_DQBUF ioctls. +0x10: Log the poll file operation. video_device cleanup -------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c index 006721e..7bd1b97 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c @@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ MODULE_DESCRIPTION("V4L2 PCI Skeleton Driver"); MODULE_AUTHOR("Hans Verkuil"); MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2"); -MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, skeleton_pci_tbl); /** * struct skeleton - All internal data for one instance of device @@ -95,6 +94,7 @@ static const struct pci_device_id skeleton_pci_tbl[] = { /* { PCI_DEVICE(PCI_VENDOR_ID_, PCI_DEVICE_ID_) }, */ { 0, } }; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, skeleton_pci_tbl); /* * HDTV: this structure has the capabilities of the HDTV receiver. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8550245..0000000 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/w9966.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -W9966 Camera driver, written by Jakob Kemi (jakob.kemi@telia.com) - -After a lot of work in softice & wdasm, reading .pdf-files and tiresome -trial-and-error work I've finally got everything to work. I needed vision for a -robotics project so I borrowed this camera from a friend and started hacking. -Anyway I've converted my original code from the AVR 8bit RISC C/ASM code into -a working Linux driver. - -To get it working simply configure your kernel to support -parport, ieee1284, video4linux and w9966 - -If w9966 is statically linked it will always perform aggressive probing for -the camera. If built as a module you'll have more configuration options. - -Options: - modprobe w9966.o pardev=parport0(or whatever) parmode=0 (0=auto, 1=ecp, 2=epp) -voila! - -you can also type 'modinfo -p w9966.o' for option usage -(or checkout w9966.c) - -The only thing to keep in mind is that the image format is in Y-U-Y-V format -where every two pixels take 4 bytes. In SDL (www.libsdl.org) this format -is called VIDEO_PALETTE_YUV422 (16 bpp). - -A minimal test application (with source) is available from: - http://www.slackwaresupport.com/howtos/Webcam-HOWTO - -The slow framerate is due to missing DMA ECP read support in the -parport drivers. I might add working EPP support later. - -Good luck! - /Jakob Kemi diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX b/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX index e952d30..af0d239 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX @@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ Virtualization support in the Linux kernel. 00-INDEX - this file. + +paravirt_ops.txt + - Describes the Linux kernel pv_ops to support different hypervisors kvm/ - Kernel Virtual Machine. See also http://linux-kvm.org uml/ diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 0007fef..bc9f6fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -612,11 +612,14 @@ Type: vm ioctl Parameters: none Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error -Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. On x86, creates a virtual -ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a -local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 -only go to the IOAPIC. On ARM/arm64, a GIC is -created. On s390, a dummy irq routing table is created. +Creates an interrupt controller model in the kernel. +On x86, creates a virtual ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up +future vcpus to have a local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both +PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 only go to the IOAPIC. +On ARM/arm64, a GICv2 is created. Any other GIC versions require the usage of +KVM_CREATE_DEVICE, which also supports creating a GICv2. Using +KVM_CREATE_DEVICE is preferred over KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP for GICv2. +On s390, a dummy irq routing table is created. Note that on s390 the KVM_CAP_S390_IRQCHIP vm capability needs to be enabled before KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP can be used. @@ -994,7 +997,7 @@ for vm-wide capabilities. 4.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, s390 +Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 Type: vcpu ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (out) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1008,7 +1011,7 @@ uniprocessor guests). Possible values are: - - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86] + - KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE: the vcpu is currently running [x86,arm/arm64] - KVM_MP_STATE_UNINITIALIZED: the vcpu is an application processor (AP) which has not yet received an INIT signal [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_INIT_RECEIVED: the vcpu has received an INIT signal, and is @@ -1017,7 +1020,7 @@ Possible values are: is waiting for an interrupt [x86] - KVM_MP_STATE_SIPI_RECEIVED: the vcpu has just received a SIPI (vector accessible via KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS) [x86] - - KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390] + - KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED: the vcpu is stopped [s390,arm/arm64] - KVM_MP_STATE_CHECK_STOP: the vcpu is in a special error state [s390] - KVM_MP_STATE_OPERATING: the vcpu is operating (running or halted) [s390] @@ -1028,11 +1031,15 @@ On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on these architectures. +For arm/arm64: + +The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and +KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu is paused or not. 4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE -Architectures: x86, s390 +Architectures: x86, s390, arm, arm64 Type: vcpu ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_mp_state (in) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error @@ -1044,6 +1051,10 @@ On x86, this ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace on these architectures. +For arm/arm64: + +The only states that are valid are KVM_MP_STATE_STOPPED and +KVM_MP_STATE_RUNNABLE which reflect if the vcpu should be paused or not. 4.40 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR @@ -1964,15 +1975,25 @@ registers, find a list below: MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_STATUS | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CAUSE | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_EPC | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_PRID | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG1 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG2 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG3 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG4 | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG5 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_CONFIG7 | 32 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_CP0_ERROREPC | 64 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_CTL | 64 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_RESUME | 64 MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_COUNT_HZ | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_32(0..31) | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_64(0..31) | 64 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128(0..31) | 128 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_IR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_CSR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_IR | 32 + MIPS | KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_CSR | 32 ARM registers are mapped using the lower 32 bits. The upper 16 of that is the register group type, or coprocessor number: @@ -2026,6 +2047,25 @@ patterns depending on whether they're 32-bit or 64-bit registers: MIPS KVM control registers (see above) have the following id bit patterns: 0x7030 0000 0002 <reg:16> +MIPS FPU registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_{32,64}() above) have the following +id bit patterns depending on the size of the register being accessed. They are +always accessed according to the current guest FPU mode (Status.FR and +Config5.FRE), i.e. as the guest would see them, and they become unpredictable +if the guest FPU mode is changed. MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) vector +registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_128() above) have similar patterns as they +overlap the FPU registers: + 0x7020 0000 0003 00 <0:3> <reg:5> (32-bit FPU registers) + 0x7030 0000 0003 00 <0:3> <reg:5> (64-bit FPU registers) + 0x7040 0000 0003 00 <0:3> <reg:5> (128-bit MSA vector registers) + +MIPS FPU control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_{IR,CSR} above) have the +following id bit patterns: + 0x7020 0000 0003 01 <0:3> <reg:5> + +MIPS MSA control registers (see KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_{IR,CSR} above) have the +following id bit patterns: + 0x7020 0000 0003 02 <0:3> <reg:5> + 4.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG @@ -2231,7 +2271,7 @@ into the hash PTE second double word). 4.75 KVM_IRQFD Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQFD -Architectures: x86 s390 +Architectures: x86 s390 arm arm64 Type: vm ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_irqfd (in) Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error @@ -2257,6 +2297,10 @@ Note that closing the resamplefd is not sufficient to disable the irqfd. The KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_RESAMPLE is only necessary on assignment and need not be specified with KVM_IRQFD_FLAG_DEASSIGN. +On ARM/ARM64, the gsi field in the kvm_irqfd struct specifies the Shared +Peripheral Interrupt (SPI) index, such that the GIC interrupt ID is +given by gsi + 32. + 4.76 KVM_PPC_ALLOCATE_HTAB Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_ALLOC_HTAB @@ -2312,7 +2356,7 @@ struct kvm_s390_interrupt { type can be one of the following: -KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP (vcpu) - sigp restart +KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP (vcpu) - sigp stop; optional flags in parm KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT (vcpu) - program check; code in parm KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX (vcpu) - sigp set prefix; prefix address in parm KVM_S390_RESTART (vcpu) - restart @@ -2713,6 +2757,227 @@ The fields in each entry are defined as follows: eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for this function/index combination +4.89 KVM_S390_MEM_OP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_MEM_OP +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_mem_op (in) +Returns: = 0 on success, + < 0 on generic error (e.g. -EFAULT or -ENOMEM), + > 0 if an exception occurred while walking the page tables + +Read or write data from/to the logical (virtual) memory of a VPCU. + +Parameters are specified via the following structure: + +struct kvm_s390_mem_op { + __u64 gaddr; /* the guest address */ + __u64 flags; /* flags */ + __u32 size; /* amount of bytes */ + __u32 op; /* type of operation */ + __u64 buf; /* buffer in userspace */ + __u8 ar; /* the access register number */ + __u8 reserved[31]; /* should be set to 0 */ +}; + +The type of operation is specified in the "op" field. It is either +KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ for reading from logical memory space or +KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE for writing to logical memory space. The +KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY flag can be set in the "flags" field to check +whether the corresponding memory access would create an access exception +(without touching the data in the memory at the destination). In case an +access exception occurred while walking the MMU tables of the guest, the +ioctl returns a positive error number to indicate the type of exception. +This exception is also raised directly at the corresponding VCPU if the +flag KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_INJECT_EXCEPTION is set in the "flags" field. + +The start address of the memory region has to be specified in the "gaddr" +field, and the length of the region in the "size" field. "buf" is the buffer +supplied by the userspace application where the read data should be written +to for KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_READ, or where the data that should be written +is stored for a KVM_S390_MEMOP_LOGICAL_WRITE. "buf" is unused and can be NULL +when KVM_S390_MEMOP_F_CHECK_ONLY is specified. "ar" designates the access +register number to be used. + +The "reserved" field is meant for future extensions. It is not used by +KVM with the currently defined set of flags. + +4.90 KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys +Returns: 0 on success, KVM_S390_GET_KEYS_NONE if guest is not using storage + keys, negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to get guest storage key values on the s390 +architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. + +struct kvm_s390_skeys { + __u64 start_gfn; + __u64 count; + __u64 skeydata_addr; + __u32 flags; + __u32 reserved[9]; +}; + +The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys +you want to get. + +The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) +whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum +allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range +will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. + +The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer large enough to hold count +bytes. This buffer will be filled with storage key data by the ioctl. + +4.91 KVM_S390_SET_SKEYS + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_SKEYS +Architectures: s390 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_skeys +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error + +This ioctl is used to set guest storage key values on the s390 +architecture. The ioctl takes parameters via the kvm_s390_skeys struct. +See section on KVM_S390_GET_SKEYS for struct definition. + +The start_gfn field is the number of the first guest frame whose storage keys +you want to set. + +The count field is the number of consecutive frames (starting from start_gfn) +whose storage keys to get. The count field must be at least 1 and the maximum +allowed value is defined as KVM_S390_SKEYS_ALLOC_MAX. Values outside this range +will cause the ioctl to return -EINVAL. + +The skeydata_addr field is the address to a buffer containing count bytes of +storage keys. Each byte in the buffer will be set as the storage key for a +single frame starting at start_gfn for count frames. + +Note: If any architecturally invalid key value is found in the given data then +the ioctl will return -EINVAL. + +4.92 KVM_S390_IRQ + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_INJECT_IRQ +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Errors: + EINVAL: interrupt type is invalid + type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and flag parameter is invalid value + type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and code is bigger + than the maximum of VCPUs + EBUSY: type is KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX and vcpu is not stopped + type is KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP and a stop irq is already pending + type is KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL and an external call interrupt + is already pending + +Allows to inject an interrupt to the guest. + +Using struct kvm_s390_irq as a parameter allows +to inject additional payload which is not +possible via KVM_S390_INTERRUPT. + +Interrupt parameters are passed via kvm_s390_irq: + +struct kvm_s390_irq { + __u64 type; + union { + struct kvm_s390_io_info io; + struct kvm_s390_ext_info ext; + struct kvm_s390_pgm_info pgm; + struct kvm_s390_emerg_info emerg; + struct kvm_s390_extcall_info extcall; + struct kvm_s390_prefix_info prefix; + struct kvm_s390_stop_info stop; + struct kvm_s390_mchk_info mchk; + char reserved[64]; + } u; +}; + +type can be one of the following: + +KVM_S390_SIGP_STOP - sigp stop; parameter in .stop +KVM_S390_PROGRAM_INT - program check; parameters in .pgm +KVM_S390_SIGP_SET_PREFIX - sigp set prefix; parameters in .prefix +KVM_S390_RESTART - restart; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_CLOCK_COMP - clock comparator interrupt; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_CPU_TIMER - CPU timer interrupt; no parameters +KVM_S390_INT_EMERGENCY - sigp emergency; parameters in .emerg +KVM_S390_INT_EXTERNAL_CALL - sigp external call; parameters in .extcall +KVM_S390_MCHK - machine check interrupt; parameters in .mchk + + +Note that the vcpu ioctl is asynchronous to vcpu execution. + +4.94 KVM_S390_GET_IRQ_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (out) +Returns: >= number of bytes copied into buffer, + -EINVAL if buffer size is 0, + -ENOBUFS if buffer size is too small to fit all pending interrupts, + -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid + +This ioctl allows userspace to retrieve the complete state of all currently +pending interrupts in a single buffer. Use cases include migration +and introspection. The parameter structure contains the address of a +userspace buffer and its length: + +struct kvm_s390_irq_state { + __u64 buf; + __u32 flags; + __u32 len; + __u32 reserved[4]; +}; + +Userspace passes in the above struct and for each pending interrupt a +struct kvm_s390_irq is copied to the provided buffer. + +If -ENOBUFS is returned the buffer provided was too small and userspace +may retry with a bigger buffer. + +4.95 KVM_S390_SET_IRQ_STATE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_IRQ_STATE +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_irq_state (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if the buffer address was invalid, + -EINVAL for an invalid buffer length (see below), + -EBUSY if there were already interrupts pending, + errors occurring when actually injecting the + interrupt. See KVM_S390_IRQ. + +This ioctl allows userspace to set the complete state of all cpu-local +interrupts currently pending for the vcpu. It is intended for restoring +interrupt state after a migration. The input parameter is a userspace buffer +containing a struct kvm_s390_irq_state: + +struct kvm_s390_irq_state { + __u64 buf; + __u32 len; + __u32 pad; +}; + +The userspace memory referenced by buf contains a struct kvm_s390_irq +for each interrupt to be injected into the guest. +If one of the interrupts could not be injected for some reason the +ioctl aborts. + +len must be a multiple of sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq). It must be > 0 +and it must not exceed (max_vcpus + 32) * sizeof(struct kvm_s390_irq), +which is the maximum number of possibly pending cpu-local interrupts. + 5. The kvm_run structure ------------------------ @@ -3186,6 +3451,31 @@ Parameters: none This capability enables the in-kernel irqchip for s390. Please refer to "4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP" for details. +6.9 KVM_CAP_MIPS_FPU + +Architectures: mips +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). + +This capability allows the use of the host Floating Point Unit by the guest. It +allows the Config1.FP bit to be set to enable the FPU in the guest. Once this is +done the KVM_REG_MIPS_FPR_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_FCR_* registers can be accessed +(depending on the current guest FPU register mode), and the Status.FR, +Config5.FRE bits are accessible via the KVM API and also from the guest, +depending on them being supported by the FPU. + +6.10 KVM_CAP_MIPS_MSA + +Architectures: mips +Target: vcpu +Parameters: args[0] is reserved for future use (should be 0). + +This capability allows the use of the MIPS SIMD Architecture (MSA) by the guest. +It allows the Config3.MSAP bit to be set to enable the use of MSA by the guest. +Once this is done the KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_* registers can be +accessed, and the Config5.MSAEn bit is accessible via the KVM API and also from +the guest. + 7. Capabilities that can be enabled on VMs ------------------------------------------ @@ -3225,3 +3515,61 @@ userspace from doing that. If the hcall number specified is not one that has an in-kernel implementation, the KVM_ENABLE_CAP ioctl will fail with an EINVAL error. + +7.2 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_SIGP + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +This capability controls which SIGP orders will be handled completely in user +space. With this capability enabled, all fast orders will be handled completely +in the kernel: +- SENSE +- SENSE RUNNING +- EXTERNAL CALL +- EMERGENCY SIGNAL +- CONDITIONAL EMERGENCY SIGNAL + +All other orders will be handled completely in user space. + +Only privileged operation exceptions will be checked for in the kernel (or even +in the hardware prior to interception). If this capability is not enabled, the +old way of handling SIGP orders is used (partially in kernel and user space). + +7.3 KVM_CAP_S390_VECTOR_REGISTERS + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on error + +Allows use of the vector registers introduced with z13 processor, and +provides for the synchronization between host and user space. Will +return -EINVAL if the machine does not support vectors. + +7.4 KVM_CAP_S390_USER_STSI + +Architectures: s390 +Parameters: none + +This capability allows post-handlers for the STSI instruction. After +initial handling in the kernel, KVM exits to user space with +KVM_EXIT_S390_STSI to allow user space to insert further data. + +Before exiting to userspace, kvm handlers should fill in s390_stsi field of +vcpu->run: +struct { + __u64 addr; + __u8 ar; + __u8 reserved; + __u8 fc; + __u8 sel1; + __u16 sel2; +} s390_stsi; + +@addr - guest address of STSI SYSIB +@fc - function code +@sel1 - selector 1 +@sel2 - selector 2 +@ar - access register number + +KVM handlers should exit to userspace with rc = -EREMOTE. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt index df8b0c7..3fb9054 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt @@ -3,22 +3,42 @@ ARM Virtual Generic Interrupt Controller (VGIC) Device types supported: KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2 ARM Generic Interrupt Controller v2.0 + KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3 ARM Generic Interrupt Controller v3.0 Only one VGIC instance may be instantiated through either this API or the legacy KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP api. The created VGIC will act as the VM interrupt controller, requiring emulated user-space devices to inject interrupts to the VGIC instead of directly to CPUs. +Creating a guest GICv3 device requires a host GICv3 as well. +GICv3 implementations with hardware compatibility support allow a guest GICv2 +as well. + Groups: KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_ADDR Attributes: KVM_VGIC_V2_ADDR_TYPE_DIST (rw, 64-bit) Base address in the guest physical address space of the GIC distributor - register mappings. + register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. + This address needs to be 4K aligned and the region covers 4 KByte. KVM_VGIC_V2_ADDR_TYPE_CPU (rw, 64-bit) Base address in the guest physical address space of the GIC virtual cpu - interface register mappings. + interface register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. + This address needs to be 4K aligned and the region covers 4 KByte. + + KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_DIST (rw, 64-bit) + Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 distributor + register mappings. Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. + This address needs to be 64K aligned and the region covers 64 KByte. + + KVM_VGIC_V3_ADDR_TYPE_REDIST (rw, 64-bit) + Base address in the guest physical address space of the GICv3 + redistributor register mappings. There are two 64K pages for each + VCPU and all of the redistributor pages are contiguous. + Only valid for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V3. + This address needs to be 64K aligned. + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_DIST_REGS Attributes: @@ -36,6 +56,7 @@ Groups: the register. Limitations: - Priorities are not implemented, and registers are RAZ/WI + - Currently only implemented for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. Errors: -ENODEV: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running @@ -68,6 +89,7 @@ Groups: Limitations: - Priorities are not implemented, and registers are RAZ/WI + - Currently only implemented for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. Errors: -ENODEV: Getting or setting this register is not yet supported -EBUSY: One or more VCPUs are running @@ -81,3 +103,14 @@ Groups: -EINVAL: Value set is out of the expected range -EBUSY: Value has already be set, or GIC has already been initialized with default values. + + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_GRP_CTRL + Attributes: + KVM_DEV_ARM_VGIC_CTRL_INIT + request the initialization of the VGIC, no additional parameter in + kvm_device_attr.addr. + Errors: + -ENXIO: VGIC not properly configured as required prior to calling + this attribute + -ENODEV: no online VCPU + -ENOMEM: memory shortage when allocating vgic internal data diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt index 4ceef53..d1ad9d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/s390_flic.txt @@ -27,6 +27,9 @@ Groups: Copies all floating interrupts into a buffer provided by userspace. When the buffer is too small it returns -ENOMEM, which is the indication for userspace to try again with a bigger buffer. + -ENOBUFS is returned when the allocation of a kernelspace buffer has + failed. + -EFAULT is returned when copying data to userspace failed. All interrupts remain pending, i.e. are not deleted from the list of currently pending interrupts. attr->addr contains the userspace address of the buffer into which all diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt index d426fc8..5542c46 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/vm.txt @@ -24,3 +24,62 @@ Returns: 0 Clear the CMMA status for all guest pages, so any pages the guest marked as unused are again used any may not be reclaimed by the host. + +1.3. ATTRIBUTE KVM_S390_VM_MEM_LIMIT_SIZE +Parameters: in attr->addr the address for the new limit of guest memory +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible + -EINVAL if the virtual machine is of type UCONTROL + -E2BIG if the given guest memory is to big for that machine + -EBUSY if a vcpu is already defined + -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available for a new shadow guest mapping + 0 otherwise + +Allows userspace to query the actual limit and set a new limit for +the maximum guest memory size. The limit will be rounded up to +2048 MB, 4096 GB, 8192 TB respectively, as this limit is governed by +the number of page table levels. + +2. GROUP: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MODEL +Architectures: s390 + +2.1. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE (r/o) + +Allows user space to retrieve machine and kvm specific cpu related information: + +struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_machine { + __u64 cpuid; # CPUID of host + __u32 ibc; # IBC level range offered by host + __u8 pad[4]; + __u64 fac_mask[256]; # set of cpu facilities enabled by KVM + __u64 fac_list[256]; # set of cpu facilities offered by host +} + +Parameters: address of buffer to store the machine related cpu data + of type struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_machine* +Returns: -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available to process the ioctl + 0 in case of success + +2.2. ATTRIBUTE: KVM_S390_VM_CPU_PROCESSOR (r/w) + +Allows user space to retrieve or request to change cpu related information for a vcpu: + +struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_processor { + __u64 cpuid; # CPUID currently (to be) used by this vcpu + __u16 ibc; # IBC level currently (to be) used by this vcpu + __u8 pad[6]; + __u64 fac_list[256]; # set of cpu facilities currently (to be) used + # by this vcpu +} + +KVM does not enforce or limit the cpu model data in any form. Take the information +retrieved by means of KVM_S390_VM_CPU_MACHINE as hint for reasonable configuration +setups. Instruction interceptions triggered by additionally set facilitiy bits that +are not handled by KVM need to by imlemented in the VM driver code. + +Parameters: address of buffer to store/set the processor related cpu + data of type struct kvm_s390_vm_cpu_processor*. +Returns: -EBUSY in case 1 or more vcpus are already activated (only in write case) + -EFAULT if the given address is not accessible from kernel space + -ENOMEM if not enough memory is available to process the ioctl + 0 in case of success diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.txt b/Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4881c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/virtual/paravirt_ops.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Paravirt_ops +============ + +Linux provides support for different hypervisor virtualization technologies. +Historically different binary kernels would be required in order to support +different hypervisors, this restriction was removed with pv_ops. +Linux pv_ops is a virtualization API which enables support for different +hypervisors. It allows each hypervisor to override critical operations and +allows a single kernel binary to run on all supported execution environments +including native machine -- without any hypervisors. + +pv_ops provides a set of function pointers which represent operations +corresponding to low level critical instructions and high level +functionalities in various areas. pv-ops allows for optimizations at run +time by enabling binary patching of the low-ops critical operations +at boot time. + +pv_ops operations are classified into three categories: + +- simple indirect call + These operations correspond to high level functionality where it is + known that the overhead of indirect call isn't very important. + +- indirect call which allows optimization with binary patch + Usually these operations correspond to low level critical instructions. They + are called frequently and are performance critical. The overhead is + very important. + +- a set of macros for hand written assembly code + Hand written assembly codes (.S files) also need paravirtualization + because they include sensitive instructions or some of code paths in + them are very performance critical. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt index 142fbb0..01d7628 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ lock the page to ensure serial behavior. CLEANCACHE PERFORMANCE METRICS If properly configured, monitoring of cleancache is done via debugfs in -the /sys/kernel/debug/mm/cleancache directory. The effectiveness of cleancache +the /sys/kernel/debug/cleancache directory. The effectiveness of cleancache can be measured (across all filesystems) with: succ_gets - number of gets that were successful diff --git a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt index 5948e45..6fbd55e 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt @@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ There are three components to pagemap: 20. NOPAGE 21. KSM 22. THP + 23. BALLOON + 24. ZERO_PAGE Short descriptions to the page flags: @@ -102,6 +104,12 @@ Short descriptions to the page flags: 22. THP contiguous pages which construct transparent hugepages +23. BALLOON + balloon compaction page + +24. ZERO_PAGE + zero page for pfn_zero or huge_zero page + [IO related page flags] 1. ERROR IO error occurred 3. UPTODATE page has up-to-date data diff --git a/Documentation/vm/remap_file_pages.txt b/Documentation/vm/remap_file_pages.txt index 560e436..f609142 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/remap_file_pages.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/remap_file_pages.txt @@ -18,10 +18,9 @@ on 32-bit systems to map files bigger than can linearly fit into 32-bit virtual address space. This use-case is not critical anymore since 64-bit systems are widely available. -The plan is to deprecate the syscall and replace it with an emulation. -The emulation will create new VMAs instead of nonlinear mappings. It's -going to work slower for rare users of remap_file_pages() but ABI is -preserved. +The syscall is deprecated and replaced it with an emulation now. The +emulation creates new VMAs instead of nonlinear mappings. It's going to +work slower for rare users of remap_file_pages() but ABI is preserved. One side effect of emulation (apart from performance) is that user can hit vm.max_map_count limit more easily due to additional VMAs. See comment for diff --git a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt index a75e3ad..88b8589 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/boot.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/boot.txt @@ -406,6 +406,12 @@ Protocol: 2.00+ - If 0, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x10000. - If 1, the protected-mode code is loaded at 0x100000. + Bit 1 (kernel internal): ALSR_FLAG + - Used internally by the compressed kernel to communicate + KASLR status to kernel proper. + If 1, KASLR enabled. + If 0, KASLR disabled. + Bit 5 (write): QUIET_FLAG - If 0, print early messages. - If 1, suppress early messages. diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt index 052ee64..05712ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ ffffc90000000000 - ffffe8ffffffffff (=45 bits) vmalloc/ioremap space ffffe90000000000 - ffffe9ffffffffff (=40 bits) hole ffffea0000000000 - ffffeaffffffffff (=40 bits) virtual memory map (1TB) ... unused hole ... +ffffec0000000000 - fffffc0000000000 (=44 bits) kasan shadow memory (16TB) +... unused hole ... ffffff0000000000 - ffffff7fffffffff (=39 bits) %esp fixup stacks ... unused hole ... ffffffff80000000 - ffffffffa0000000 (=512 MB) kernel text mapping, from phys 0 diff --git a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt index 199f453..82fbdbc 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ protocol of kernel. These should be filled by bootloader or 16-bit real-mode setup code of the kernel. References/settings to it mainly are in: - arch/x86/include/asm/bootparam.h + arch/x86/include/uapi/asm/bootparam.h Offset Proto Name Meaning |
